Agenda packet — Hermosa Beach City Council, April 9, 2024 (part 1 of 4)

Tuesday, April 9, 2024
5:30 PM
City of Hermosa Beach
City Hall
1315 Valley Drive
Hermosa Beach, CA 90254
City Council
Mayor
Justin Massey
Mayor Pro Tem
Dean Francois
Councilmembers
Rob Saemann
Mike Detoy
Ray Jackson
Regular Meeting Agenda - Final
Closed Session at 5:30 p.m. and Open Session at 6:00 p.m.

Executive Team
Angela Crespi, Deputy City Manager
Viki Copeland, Finance Director
Myra Maravilla, City Clerk
Paul LeBaron, Chief of Police
Joe SanClemente, Public Works Director
Carrie Tai, Community Development Director
Vanessa Godinez, Human Resources Manager
Lisa Nichols, Community Resources Manager
City Treasurer
Karen Nowicki
City Attorney
Patrick Donegan
Suja Lowenthal, City Manager
1 City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final April 9, 2024

PUBLIC MEETING VIEWING OPTIONS
Hermosa Beach City Council meetings are open to the public and are being held in person in the City Hall Council Chambers located at 1315 Valley Drive, Hermosa Beach, CA 90254.

Public comment is only guaranteed to be taken in person at City Hall during the meeting or prior to the meeting by submitting an eComment for an item on the agenda.

As a courtesy only, the public may view and participate on action items listed on the agenda via the following:
*ZOOM - https://us02web.zoom.us/j/89968207828?
pwd=bXZmWS83dmxHWDZLbWRTK2RVaUxaUT092
*PHONE - Toll Free: (833) 548 0276; Meeting ID: 899 6820 7828, then #; Passcode: 472825 Please be advised that while the City will endeavor to ensure these remote participation methods are available, the City does not guarantee that they will be technically feasible or work all the time. Further, the City reserves the right to terminate these remote participation methods (subject to Brown Act restrictions) at any time and for whatever reason. Please attend in person or by submitting an eComment to ensure your public participation.

Similarly, as a courtesy, the City will also plan to broadcast the meeting via the following listed mediums. However, these are done as a courtesy only and are not guaranteed to be technically feasible. Thus, in order to guarantee live time viewing and/or public participation, members of the public shall attend in Council Chambers.
*CABLE TV - Spectrum Channel 8 and Frontier Channel 31 in Hermosa Beach *YOUTUBE - https://www.youtube.com/c/CityofHermosaBeach90254 *LIVE STREAM - www.hermosabeach.gov and visit the Agendas/Minutes/Videos page If you experience technical difficulties while viewing a meeting on any of our digital platforms, please try another viewing option. View City Council staff reports and attachments at www.hermosabeach.gov and visit the Agendas/Minutes/Video page.

Council Chambers WiFi
Network ID: CHB Guest
Password: chbguest
To comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, Assistive Listening Devices (ALD) are available for check out at the meeting. If you require special assistance to participate in this meeting, you must call or submit your request in writing to the Office of the City Clerk at (310) 318 0204 or at [email protected] at least 48 hours before the meeting.

City of Hermosa Beach Page 2 Printed on 4/4/2024
2 City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final April 9, 2024 Submit Supplemental eComments
Submit an eComment via Speak Up Hermosa at hermosabeach.granicusideas.com by 3:00 p.m. on the meeting date. For items on the agenda, supplemental communications may be submitted via eComment or emailed to [email protected]. Supplemental emails should indicate the agenda item and meeting date in the subject line. Supplemental communications must be received by 3:00 p.m. on the date of the meeting to be posted to the corresponding agenda item before the meeting begins. Supplemental communications submitted after 3:00 p.m. on the date of the meeting but before the meeting ends will be posted to the agenda packet the next business day.

City of Hermosa Beach Page 3 Printed on 4/4/2024
3 City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final April 9, 2024 5:30 PM - CLOSED SESSION

CALL TO ORDER

ROLL CALL

PUBLIC COMMENT ON THE CLOSED SESSION AGENDA
The public is invited to attend and provide public comment. Public comments are limited to 3 minutes per speaker. This Public Comment period is limited to Closed Session agenda items only.

1. IN PERSON - Council Chambers, 1315 Valley Drive, Hermosa Beach, CA 90254

2. ZOOM - https://us02web.zoom.us/j/89968207828?
pwd=bXZmWS83dmxHWDZLbWRTK2RVaUxaUT09 and use 'Raise Hand' feature.

3. PHONE - Toll Free: (833) 548-0276; Meeting ID: 899 6820 7828, then #; Passcode: 472825 Press *9 to 'Raise Hand' and then *6 to unmute yourself line when prompted.

4. EMAIL - Email comments to [email protected] by 3:00 p.m. on the meeting date.

5. ECOMMENT - Submit an eComment via Speak Up Hermosa at hermosabeach.granicusideas.com by 3:00 p.m. on the meeting date.

RECESS TO CLOSED SESSION (Meeting will reconvene in the Council Chambers after Closed Session and recess to Open Session)
a) 24-0190 MINUTES: Approval of minutes of Closed Session held on March 26, 2024. b) 24-0189 CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL:

Initiation of Litigation - Government Code Section 54956.9(d)(4) The City finds, based on advice from legal counsel, that discussion in open session will prejudice the position of the City in the litigation. Number of Potential Cases: 1
City of Hermosa Beach Page 4 Printed on 4/4/2024
4 City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final April 9, 2024 6:00 PM - OPEN SESSION

1. CALL TO ORDER

2. PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE

3. ROLL CALL

4. CLOSED SESSION REPORT

5. ANNOUNCEMENTS - UPCOMING CITY EVENTS

6. APPROVAL OF AGENDA
This is the time for the City Council to discuss any changes to the order of agenda items.

7. PROCLAMATIONS / PRESENTATIONS

8. CITY MANAGER REPORT
a) 24-0188 PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR UPDATE
b) 24-0162 POLICE CHIEF UPDATE

9. PUBLIC COMMENT
This is the time for members of the public to address the City Council on any items within the Council's jurisdiction and on items where public comment will not be taken (City Manager Report, City Councilmember Comments, and Future Agenda Items).

The public is invited to attend and provide public comment. Public comments are limited to two minutes per speaker and shall only be taken from those present in City Council Chambers. No remote public comment will be taken during this time unless required by the Brown Act. A total of thirty minutes will be allocated to this initial public participation item. This time allotment may be modified due to time constraints at the discretion of the Mayor or City Council. Another period is also reserved for general comment later in the meeting for those that could not be heard at this time.

No action will be taken on matters raised during public comment, except that the Council may take action to schedule issues raised during public comment for a future agenda. Speakers with comments regarding City management or departmental operations are encouraged to submit those comments directly to the City Manager. Members of the audience will have a future opportunity to speak on items pulled from the Consent Calendar for separate discussion, Public Hearings, and Municipal Matters when those items are heard.

City of Hermosa Beach Page 5 Printed on 4/4/2024
5 City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final April 9, 2024

10. CITY COUNCILMEMBER COMMENTS
a) 24-0163 UPDATES FROM CITY COUNCIL AD HOC SUBCOMMITTEES

AND STANDING COMMITTEE DELEGATES/ALTERNATES

11. CONSENT CALENDAR
The following matters will be acted upon collectively with a single motion and vote to approve with the majority consent of the City Council. Councilmembers may orally register a negative vote on any Consent Calendar item without pulling the item for separate consideration before the vote on the Consent Calendar. There will be no separate discussion of these items unless a Councilmember removes an item from the Consent Calendar, either under Approval of the Agenda or under this item before the vote on the Consent Calendar. Items removed for separate discussion will be considered under Agenda Item XII (12), with public comment permitted at that time. a) 24-0191 WAIVE READING IN FULL OF ALL ORDINANCES ON THE AGENDA (City Clerk Myra Maravilla)
Recommendation: Staff recommends City Council waive reading in full of all ordinances on the agenda and declare that said titles which appear on the public agenda shall be determined to have been read by title and further reading waived.
b) REPORT
24-0181

CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES
(City Clerk Myra Maravilla)
Recommendation: Staff recommends City Council approve the minutes for the Tuesday, March 26, 2024 regular meeting.
c) REPORT
24-0166

CHECK REGISTERS
(Finance Director Viki Copeland)
Recommendation: Staff recommends City Council ratify the following check register. d) REPORT
24-0169

APPROVAL OF A REQUEST TO REVISE THE CLASS

SPECIFICATION FOR POLICE LIEUTENANT AND AFFIRMATION OF

THE BARGAINING GROUP AS POLICE MANAGEMENT GROUP
(Human Resources Manager Vanessa Godinez)
Recommendation: Staff recommends City Council:

1. Approve the revised class specification for the position of Police Lieutenant (Attachment 2); and

2. Affirm the bargaining unit for the classification as Police Management Group.

City of Hermosa Beach Page 6 Printed on 4/4/2024
6 City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final April 9, 2024 e) REPORT
24-0167

APPROVAL OF A REQUEST TO REVISE THE CLASS

SPECIFICATION FOR POLICE CAPTAIN AND AFFIRMATION OF

THE BARGAINING UNIT AS POLICE MANAGEMENT GROUP
(Human Resources Manager Vanessa Godinez)
Recommendation: Staff recommends City Council:

1. Approve the revised class specification for the position of Police Captain (Attachment 2); and

2. Affirm the bargaining unit for the classification as Police Management Group. f) REPORT
24-0164

APPROVAL OF A PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH

VAN LINGEN TOWING TO PROVIDE TOWING AND STORAGE

SERVICES
(Police Chief Paul LeBaron)
Recommendation: Staff recommends City Council:

1. Approve a Professional Services Agreement (Attachment 3) with Van Lingen Towing to provide non-exclusive towing and storage services for a four-year term ending March 31, 2028, with an option to allow the City Manager to extend up to two one-year terms; and

2. Authorize the City Manager to execute and the City Clerk to attest to the proposed agreement, subject to approval by the City Attorney.
g) REPORT
24-0171

LOS ANGELES COUNTY FIRE AND AMBULANCE
MONTHLY REPORT FOR FEBRUARY 2024
(Emergency Management Coordinator Maurice Wright)
Recommendation: Staff recommends City Council receive and file the February 2024 Fire and Ambulance monthly report.
h) REPORT
24-0173

REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF SPONSORSHIP DONATION TO
MIRA COSTA HIGH SCHOOL GRAD NITE 2024
(City Manager Suja Lowenthal)
Recommendation: Staff recommends City Council approve a sponsorship donation of $1,000 to the Mira Costa High School G.R.A.D. Booster Club for 2024.

12. ITEMS REMOVED FROM THE CONSENT CALENDAR FOR SEPARATE

DISCUSSION
Items pulled from the Consent Calendar will be handled separately. Public comment will be taken before Council deliberation, and action on each item pulled from the Consent Calendar.

City of Hermosa Beach Page 7 Printed on 4/4/2024
7 City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final April 9, 2024

13. PUBLIC HEARINGS - TO COMMENCE AT 6:30 P.M.

14. MUNICIPAL MATTERS
a) REPORT
24-0168

CONSIDERATION OF APPROVAL OF ADDITIONAL EVENT DAYS

TO THE LOS ANGELES RAMS NFL DRAFT EXPERIENCE
(Community Resources Manager Lisa Nichols)
Recommendation: Staff recommends City Council provide direction on the request for additional event days, as outlined in the discussion section of the following staff report, to the Los Angeles Rams National Football League Draft Experience.
b) REPORT
24-0152

DISCUSSION OF ADMINISTRATION CITATION FINES FOR

CANNABIS DELIVERY AND SHORT-TERM VACATION RENTALS

AND A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH,

CALIFORNIA, AMENDING THE ADMINISTRATIVE CITATION FINE

SCHEDULE TO INCLUDE RECENTLY ADDED VIOLATIONS

SUBJECT TO ADMINISTRATIVE CITATION PROVISIONS AND

FINDING THE SAME EXEMPT FROM THE CALIFORNIA

ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT
(Community Development Director Carrie Tai)
Recommendation: Staff recommends City Council:
1) Discuss and provide direction on the cannabis delivery administrative citation fines; 2) Discuss and provide direction on the short-term vacation rental administrative citation fines; and
3) Adopt a resolution (Attachment 1) amending the City's administrative fine schedule and finding the action to be exempt pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act. c) REPORT
24-0153

DISCUSSION AND CONSIDERATION OF INTERIM ORDINANCE TO

PROHIBIT OFFICES AND OTHER NON-PEDESTRIAN-ORIENTED

USES ON THE GROUND-FLOOR IN THE DOWNTOWN
COMMERCIAL ZONE (C-2)
(Community Development Director Carrie Tai)
Recommendation: Staff recommends City Council:

1. Conduct a discussion regarding the potential prohibition of offices and other non-pedestrian uses on the ground floor in commercial areas; and

2. Consider an interim ordinance to protect ground-floor pedestrian-oriented uses in the City's Downtown Commercial Zone (C-2).

City of Hermosa Beach Page 8 Printed on 4/4/2024
8 City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final April 9, 2024 d) REPORT
24-0172

PURCHASE OF VEHICLES FOR POLICE DEPARTMENT
(Public Works Director Joe SanClemente)
Recommendation: Staff recommends City Council:

1. Authorize the purchase of two patrol pursuit vehicles in an amount not to exceed $146,266 from National Auto Fleet Group, the State of California's General Services Department Statewide Contract for Fleet Vehicles, or sole source from a dealership as the vehicles become available;

2. Authorize outfitting, at an amount not to exceed $54,000 total for the two vehicles, through National Auto Fleet Group; and

3. Approve an additional appropriation of $200,266 from the Equipment Replacement Fund balance to fund the purchase and outfitting of the two patrol pursuit vehicles. e) REPORT
24-0176

CONSIDERATION OF A RESOLUTION EXPRESSING
OPPOSITION TO ASSEMBLY BILL 2560 (ALVAREZ),
SENATE BILL 1077 (BLAKESPEAR),
SENATE BILL 1092 (BLAKESPEAR),
AND SENATE BILL 951 (ALLEN)
(Deputy City Manager Angela Crespi)
Recommendation: Staff recommends City Council consider adopting by title a Resolution of the City Council of the City of Hermosa Beach, California expressing opposition to Assembly Bill 2560, Senate Bill 1077, Senate Bill 1092, and Senate Bill 951 (Attachment 1). f) REPORT
24-0174 ADOPT A RESOLUTION EXPRESSING CONTINUED OPPOSITION

TO TAXPAYER PROTECTION AND GOVERNMENT
ACCOUNTABILITY ACT INITIATIVE NO. 21-0042A1 RESTRICTING

VOTER'S INPUT AND LOCAL TAXING AUTHORITY
(Deputy City Manager Angela Crespi)
Recommendation: Staff recommends City Council adopt by title a Resolution of the City Council of the City of Hermosa Beach, California, expressing continued opposition to the Taxpayer Protection and Government Accountability Act Initiative No. 21-0042A1 (Attachment 1).

15. FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS
This is the time for Councilmembers to schedule future agenda items and to ask questions about the status of previously approved future agenda items. No discussion, debate, or public comment will be taken. Councilmembers should consider the city's work plan when considering new items. The tentative future agenda items document is provided for information only. a) REPORT
24-0180

TENTATIVE FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS
City of Hermosa Beach Page 9 Printed on 4/4/2024
9 City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final April 9, 2024

16. PUBLIC PARTICIPATION FROM THE PUBLIC
This time is set aside for the public to address the Council on any item of interest within the subject matter jurisdiction of the Council that could not be heard under Item 9 during the first public participation item because there were too many prior public speakers and the thirty minute maximum time limit was exhausted.

17. ADJOURNMENT
City of Hermosa Beach Page 10 Printed on 4/4/2024
10 City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final April 9, 2024

FUTURE MEETINGS AND CITY HOLIDAYS
CITY COUNCIL MEETINGS:

April 18, 2024 - Thursday - 6:00 PM - CIP Study Session April 23, 2024 - Tuesday - No Meeting (Dark)
May 14, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Closed Session,
6:00 PM - City Council Meeting
May 28, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Closed Session,
6:00 PM - City Council Meeting
June 5, 2024 - Wednesday - 6:00 PM - Budget Study Session June 11, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - 8:00 PM (Budget Adoption) June 25, 2024 - Tuesday - No Meeting (Dark)
July 9, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Closed Session,
6:00 PM - City Council Meeting
July 15, 2024 - Monday - 6:00 PM - Mayor and Mayor Pro Tem Election July 23, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Closed Session,
6:00 PM - City Council Meeting
August 13, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Closed Session,
6:00 PM - City Council Meeting
August 27, 2023 - Tuesday - No Meeting (Dark)
September 10, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Closed Session, 6:00 PM - City Council Meeting
September 24, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Closed Session, 6:00 PM - City Council Meeting
October 8, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Closed Session,
6:00 PM - City Council Meeting
October 22, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Closed Session,
6:00 PM - City Council Meeting
November 12, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Closed Session, 6:00 PM - City Council Meeting
November 26, 2024 - Tuesday - No Meeting (Dark)
December 5, 2024 - Thursday - 6:00 PM - Certification of Election Results and Installation of Elected Officials
December 10, 2024 - Tuesday - No Meeting (Dark)
December 24, 2024 - Tuesday - No Meeting (Dark)
City of Hermosa Beach Page 11 Printed on 4/4/2024
11 City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final April 9, 2024 BOARDS, COMMISSIONS AND COMMITTEE MEETINGS:

April 11, 2024 - Thursday - 7:00 PM - Parks and Recreation Advisory Commission Meeting April 16, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Planning Commission Meeting April 17, 2024 - Wednesday - 5:00 PM - Civil Service Board Meeting May 7, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Parks and Recreation Advisory Commission Meeting May 15, 2024 - Wednesday - 5:00 PM - Civil Service Board Meeting May 15, 2024 - Wednesday - 6:00 PM - Public Works Commission Meeting May 21, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Planning Commission Meeting June 4, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Parks and Recreation Advisory Commission Meeting June 18, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Civil Service Board Meeting June 18, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Planning Commission Meeting July 2, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Parks and Recreation Advisory Commission Meeting July 16, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Planning Commission Meeting July 17, 2024 - Wednesday - 5:00 PM - Civil Service Board Meeting July 17, 2024 - Wednesday - 6:00 PM - Public Works Commission Meeting August 6, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Parks and Recreation Advisory Commission Meeting August 20, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Planning Commission Meeting August 21, 2024 - Wednesday - 5:00 PM - Civil Service Board Meeting September 3, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Parks and Recreation Advisory Commission Meeting September 17, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Planning Commission Meeting September 18, 2024 - Wednesday - 5:00 PM - Civil Service Board Meeting September 18, 2024 - Wednesday - 6:00 PM - Public Works Commission Meeting October 1, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Parks and Recreation Advisory Commission Meeting October 15, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Planning Commission Meeting October 16, 2024 - Wednesday - 5:00 PM - Civil Service Board Meeting November 4, 2024 - Monday - 7:00 PM - Parks and Recreation Advisory Commission Meeting November 18, 2024 - Monday - 7:00 PM - Planning Commission Meeting November 20, 2024 - Wednesday - 5:00 PM - Civil Service Board Meeting November 20, 2024 - Wednesday - 6:00 PM - Public Works Commission Meeting December 3, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Parks and Recreation Advisory Commission Meeting December 16, 2024 - Monday - 7:00 PM - Planning Commission Meeting December 18, 2024 - Wednesday - 5:00 PM - Civil Service Board Meeting CITY OFFICES CLOSED FRIDAY-SUNDAY AND ON THE FOLLOWING DAYS:

May 27, 2024 - Monday - Memorial Day
June 19, 2024 - Wednesday - Juneteenth
July 4, 2024 - Thursday - Independence Day
September 2, 2024 - Monday - Labor Day
November 11, 2024 - Monday - Veterans Day
November 28, 2024 - Thursday - Thanksgiving Day
December 25, 2024 - Wednesday - Christmas Day
January 1, 2025 - Wednesday - New Year's Day
City of Hermosa Beach Page 12 Printed on 4/4/2024
12 City of Hermosa Beach
Staff Report
City Hall
1315 Valley Drive
Hermosa Beach, CA 90254
Staff Report
24-0190
Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Closed Session of April 9, 2024
MINUTES: Approval of minutes of Closed Session held on March 26, 2024.

City of Hermosa Beach Page 1 of 1 Printed on 4/4/2024
powered by Legistar™ 13
City of Hermosa Beach
Staff Report
City Hall
1315 Valley Drive
Hermosa Beach, CA 90254
Staff Report
24-0189
Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Closed Session of April 9, 2024
CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL:

Initiation of Litigation - Government Code Section 54956.9(d)(4) The City finds, based on advice from legal counsel, that discussion in open session will prejudice the position of the City in the litigation. Number of Potential Cases: 1 City of Hermosa Beach Page 1 of 1 Printed on 4/4/2024
powered by Legistar™ 14
City of Hermosa Beach
Staff Report
City Hall
1315 Valley Drive
Hermosa Beach, CA 90254
Staff Report
24-0188
Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024

PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR UPDATE
City of Hermosa Beach Page 1 of 1 Printed on 4/4/2024
powered by Legistar™ 15
City of Hermosa Beach
Staff Report
City Hall
1315 Valley Drive
Hermosa Beach, CA 90254
Staff Report
24-0162
Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024

POLICE CHIEF UPDATE
City of Hermosa Beach Page 1 of 1 Printed on 4/4/2024
powered by Legistar™ 16
City of Hermosa Beach
Staff Report
City Hall
1315 Valley Drive
Hermosa Beach, CA 90254
Staff Report
24-0163
Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024

UPDATES FROM CITY COUNCIL AD HOC SUBCOMMITTEES

AND STANDING COMMITTEE DELEGATES/ALTERNATES
City of Hermosa Beach Page 1 of 1 Printed on 4/4/2024
powered by Legistar™ 17
City of Hermosa Beach
Staff Report
City Hall
1315 Valley Drive
Hermosa Beach, CA 90254
Staff Report
24-0191
Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024

WAIVE READING IN FULL OF ALL ORDINANCES ON THE AGENDA
(City Clerk Myra Maravilla)
Recommended Action:

Staff recommends City Council waive reading in full of all ordinances on the agenda and declare that said titles which appear on the public agenda shall be determined to have been read by title and further reading waived.

City of Hermosa Beach Page 1 of 1 Printed on 4/4/2024
powered by Legistar™ 18
City of Hermosa Beach
Staff Report
City Hall
1315 Valley Drive
Hermosa Beach, CA 90254
Staff Report
REPORT 24-0181
Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024

CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES
(City Clerk Myra Maravilla)
Recommended Action:

Staff recommends City Council approve the minutes for the Tuesday, March 26, 2024 regular meeting.

Attachment:

March 26, 2024 Regular Meeting Minutes
Respectfully Submitted by: Myra Maravilla, City Clerk
Approved: Suja Lowenthal, City Manager
City of Hermosa Beach Page 1 of 1 Printed on 4/4/2024
powered by Legistar™ 19
City Hall
1315 Valley Drive
Hermosa Beach, CA
90254
City of Hermosa Beach
Meeting Minutes - Draft
City Council
Mayor
Justin Massey
Mayor Pro Tem
Dean Francois
Councilmembers
Rob Saemann
Mike Detoy
Ray Jackson
Tuesday, March 26, 2024 5:00 PM
DRAFT
5:00 PM - CLOSED SESSION

CALL TO ORDER
Mayor Pro Tem Francois called the Closed Session order meeting to order at 5:07 p.m.

ROLL CALL
City Clerk Myra Maravilla announced a quorum.

Mayor Pro Tempore Francois, Councilmember Saemann, Councilmember Detoy, and Councilmember Jackson

Present: 4 -

Absent: 1 - Mayor Massey

PUBLIC COMMENT ON THE CLOSED SESSION AGENDA
There was no Public Comment.

RECESS TO CLOSED SESSION
The City Council recessed to Closed Session at 5:15 p.m. a) 24-0160 MINUTES: Approval of minutes of Closed Session held on March 12, 2024.

City of Hermosa Beach Page 1 Printed on 4/3/2024
20 City Council Meeting Minutes - Draft March 26, 2024
b) 24-0157 CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL:

Existing Litigation - Government Code Section 54956.9(d)(1) The City finds, based on advice from legal counsel, that discussion in open session will prejudice the position of the City in the litigation. (2 cases) a) Name of Case: Granite Re, Inc. DBA Granite Surety Insurance Company v. City of Hermosa Beach
Case Number: 2:23-cv-1548
Date of Filing: 03/01/2023
b) Name of Case: EBS General Engineering v. City of Hermosa Beach LASC Case Number: 23TRCV02119
Date of Filing: 06/30/2023
6:00 PM - OPEN SESSION

1. CALL TO ORDER
Mayor Pro Tem Francois called the Open Session to order at 6:13 p.m.

2. PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
The Pledge of Allegiance was led by Trent Larson.

3. ROLL CALL
Mayor Pro Tem Francois presided over the meeting.

City Clerk Myra Maravilla announced a quorum.

Mayor Pro Tempore Francois, Councilmember Saemann, Councilmember Detoy, and Councilmember Jackson

Present: 4 -

Absent: 1 - Mayor Massey

4. CLOSED SESSION REPORT
City Attorney Patrick Donegan provided a Closed Session Report. No reportable action was taken.

City of Hermosa Beach Page 2 Printed on 4/3/2024
21 City Council Meeting Minutes - Draft March 26, 2024

5. ANNOUNCEMENTS - UPCOMING CITY EVENTS
Mayor Pro Tem Francois acknowledged the City's recently awarded 'Clean Bay Certified' restaurants. Sixty-Six restaurants from Hermosa Beach were acknowledged. The Baked Bear; Barans; Barnacles; The Best Donuts; Bolt; Bonaparte Bistro; The Bottle Inn; Brews Hall; Brothers Burritos; Café Bonaparte; Capri Gelato; Chef Melbas Bistro; Chicken Shack; Cultured Slice Sandwich Shop; The Cultured Slice; Decadence; El Pollo Inka; El Tarasco Mexican Food; Encanto; Fritto Misto; Fusion Sushi; Gitana Cafe; Good Stuff; Granny’s Grocery; Guisados; The Gum Tree Café; The Habit Burger Grill; Hermosa Brewing Co.; Hermosa Mexican Cuisine; Hermosa Pie and Cake Co.; Hermosa Saloon; Hi-Fi Espresso; Hook & Plow; Japonica; Java Man; Jersey Mike’s; Juiced; Lucky 7 Coffee; Mama D’s; Mickey’s Pizza & Deli; North End Bar & Grill; Oakberry; Oki Doki Sushi; Pacific Rim Cafe; Palmilla; Paradise Bowls; Pedones; Playa Hermosa; Poke Prince Cafe; Proudly Serving; Rabano; Radici; Red & Louie’s Pizza; RYLA; Scotty’s on the Strand; Slay Hermosa; Sosta; The Source; Spumoni; Starbucks (PCH); Starbucks (Hermosa Ave.); Tacos El Goloso (Pier Ave.); Uncle Stavros; Underground Pub & Grill; Vista; and Vons.

6. APPROVAL OF AGENDA
Mayor Pro Tem Francois requested to pull item "f" from the Consent Calendar for separate discussion.

A motion was made by Councilmember Detoy, seconded by Councilmember Saemann and to approve the remainder of the agenda. The motion carried by the following vote:

Aye: 4 - Francois, Saemann, Detoy, and Jackson

Absent: 1 - Mayor Massey

7. PROCLAMATIONS / PRESENTATIONS
a) 24-0155 RECOGNIZING TJ BRINJAK AND PETER MICHEL

FOR THEIR SERVICE TO THE CITY
Mayor Pro Tem Francois recognized TJ Brinjak and Peter Michel for their service to the City. TJ provided comments. Peter was not present for the recognition.

8. CITY MANAGER REPORT
City Manager Suja Lowenthal provided a City Manager Report.

City of Hermosa Beach Page 3 Printed on 4/3/2024
22 City Council Meeting Minutes - Draft March 26, 2024
a) 24-0161 PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR UPDATE
Public Works Director Joe SanClemente provided an update on various Capital Improvement Projects.

Councilmember Detoy asked various questions.

Public Works Director SanClemente provided information. b) 24-0111 POLICE CHIEF UPDATE
Police Chief Paul LeBaron provided a Police Chief Update.

Mayor Pro Tem Francois provided comments.

Councilmember Saemann provided comments.

9. PUBLIC COMMENT
REPORT
24-0165

SUPPLEMENTAL ECOMMENTS FOR PUBLIC COMMENT
In Person Public Comment:

Trent Larson
Kent Allen
Michele Hampton
Xavier Haase
Matt McCool
City of Hermosa Beach Page 4 Printed on 4/3/2024
23 City Council Meeting Minutes - Draft March 26, 2024

10. CITY COUNCILMEMBER COMMENTS
a) 24-0139 UPDATES FROM CITY COUNCIL AD HOC SUBCOMMITTEES

AND STANDING COMMITTEE DELEGATES/ALTERNATES
Mayor Pro Tem Francois asked various questions.

City Manager Lowenthal provided information.

Councilmember Detoy was in attendance at the Los Angeles World Airports (LAWA) meeting and announced an update from NASA regarding super sonic jets and other related information.

Mayor Pro Tem Francois was in attendance at the Los Angeles Sanitation District meeting and provided an update on fee increases.

Councilmember Jackson expressed appreciation for the sponsors and volunteers that run the Hermosa Beach Education Foundation. He provided a brief summary of the Prom Night event in the city.

11. CONSENT CALENDAR
Approval of the Consent Calendar
A motion was made by Councilmember Detoy, seconded by Councilmember Saemann to remove item "f" from the Consent Calendar for separate discussion and approve the remainder of the Consent Calendar. The motion carried by the following vote:

Aye: 4 - Francois, Saemann, Detoy, and Jackson

Absent: 1 - Mayor Massey
a) REPORT
24-0156

CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES
(City Clerk Myra Maravilla)
A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar. b) REPORT
24-0148

CHECK REGISTERS
(Finance Director Viki Copeland)
A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar.

City of Hermosa Beach Page 5 Printed on 4/3/2024
24 City Council Meeting Minutes - Draft March 26, 2024
c) REPORT
24-0154

REVENUE REPORT, EXPENDITURE REPORT, AND CIP REPORT
BY PROJECT FOR JANUARY AND FEBRUARY 2024
(Finance Director Viki Copeland)
A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar. d) REPORT
24-0142
CITY TREASURER’S REPORT AND CASH BALANCE REPORT
(City Treasurer Karen Nowicki)
A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar. e) REPORT
24-0143

ACTION MINUTES OF THE PUBLIC WORKS COMMISSION
MEETING OF JANUARY 17, 2024
(Public Works Director Joe SanClemente)
A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar. g) REPORT
24-0123

APPROVAL OF A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING THE PREPARATION

OF A REPORT FOR THE ANNUAL LEVY OF ASSESSMENTS

WITHIN THE HERMOSA BEACH LANDSCAPING AND
STREET LIGHTING DISTRICT DURING FY 2024-2025
(Public Works Director Joe SanClemente)
A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar and adopt Resolution No. RES-24-7422.
h) REPORT
24-0149

ACTION MINUTES OF THE PLANNING COMMISSION
REGULAR MEETING OF MARCH 19, 2024
(Community Development Director Carrie Tai)
A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar. i) REPORT
24-0151

PLANNING COMMISSION TENTATIVE FUTURE AGENDA
(Community Development Director Carrie Tai)
A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar. j) REPORT
24-0138

BROWN ACT DEMAND FILED BY TONY HIGGINS
(City Attorney Patrick Donegan)
A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar. k) REPORT
24-0150

ACTION MINUTES OF THE CIVIL SERVICE BOARD
MEETING OF NOVEMBER 15, 2023
(Human Resources Manager Vanessa Godinez)
A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar.

City of Hermosa Beach Page 6 Printed on 4/3/2024
25 City Council Meeting Minutes - Draft March 26, 2024
l) REPORT
24-0146

RECOMMENDATION TO REJECT CLAIMS
(Risk Management Analyst Vanessa Lassooy)
A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar.

12. ITEMS REMOVED FROM THE CONSENT CALENDAR FOR SEPARATE DISCUSSION f) REPORT
24-0144

CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM STATUS REPORT
AS OF MARCH 18, 2024
(Public Works Director Joe SanClemente)
Mayor Pro Tem Francois asked questions about the Capital Improvement Program.

Public Works Director SanClemente provided updates on CIP numbers 111, 692, 193, and 108.

Councilmember Jackson asked various questions.

In Person Public Comment:

John Burry
Trent Larson
Virtual Public Comment:

Laura Pena
Councilmember Jackson asked various questions.

Public Works Director SanClemente provided information.

Councilmember Detoy provided comments.

Mayor Pro Tem Francois provided comments.

A motion was made by Councilmember Detoy, seconded by Councilmember Jackson to receive and file the Capital Improvement Program Status Report as of March 18, 2024. The motion carried by the following vote:

Aye: 4 - Francois, Saemann, Detoy, and Jackson

Absent: 1 - Mayor Massey

13. PUBLIC HEARINGS - TO COMMENCE AT 6:30 P.M.

There were no Public Hearings.

City of Hermosa Beach Page 7 Printed on 4/3/2024
26 City Council Meeting Minutes - Draft March 26, 2024

14. MUNICIPAL MATTERS
There were no Municipal Matters.

15. FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS
a) 24-0159 TENTATIVE FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS
Councilmember Detoy requested support to oppose AB2560 Density Bonus Law affecting housing in the Coastal area, density bonuses, and other bills stripping away local control. Councilmember Jackson and Mayor Pro Tem Francois supported this item.

Councilmember Detoy requested support to oppose the Taxpayer Protection and Government Accountability Act measure on the November ballot. Councilmember Jackson and Mayor Pro Tem Francois supported the item.

City Attorney Donegan provided comments.

Councilmember Detoy modified his original request to include other similar bills. Councilmember Jackson and Mayor Pro Tem Francois gave support.

Councilmember Jackson requested support for an action item on April 9th to amend the RAM’s event application. Councilmember Detoy and Mayor Pro Tem Francois supported the item.

City Manager Lowenthal provided comments.

16. PUBLIC PARTICIPATION FROM THE PUBLIC
No Public Comment was provided.

17. ADJOURNMENT
Mayor Pro Tem Francois adjourned the meeting at 7:46 p.m.

City of Hermosa Beach Page 8 Printed on 4/3/2024
27 City of Hermosa Beach
Staff Report
City Hall
1315 Valley Drive
Hermosa Beach, CA 90254
Staff Report
REPORT 24-0166
Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024

CHECK REGISTERS
(Finance Director Viki Copeland)
Recommended Action:

Staff recommends City Council ratify the following check register.

Attachment:

Check Register 3/21/2024
Respectfully Submitted by: Viki Copeland, Finance Director Approved: Suja Lowenthal, City Manager
City of Hermosa Beach Page 1 of 1 Printed on 4/4/2024
powered by Legistar™ 28
03/21/2024
Check Register

CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH
1 7:27:13AM
Page:

Bank code : boa
Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Description/Account Amount
105218 3/21/2024 09366 AQUA FLO SI2274850 MAT REQ 806097 IRRIGATION SUPPLIES 001-6101-4309 962.26
09366 Total : 962.26
105219 3/21/2024 00321 AT&T 000021414348 PD COMPUTER CIRCUITS/FEB24 001-2101-4304 130.09
00321 Total : 130.09
105220 3/21/2024 13361 AT&T MOBILITY 287297411168X0310202 PD&CSO CELL PHONES/LPR CAMERAS/FEB24 001-2101-4304 1,028.80
001-3302-4304 88.68
001-2101-4201 117.60
001-2101-4304 156.67
13361 Total : 1,391.75
105221 3/21/2024 13361 AT&T MOBILITY 287016141723X0314202 COMM DEV&PW CELL PHONES&TABLETS/FEB24 001-4202-4304 451.07
001-4201-4304 324.64
13361 Total : 775.71
105222 3/21/2024 17196 BEAN, SHIHO Parcel 4188 012 082 STREET LIGHT TAX REBATE/FY24 105-3105 24.61
17196 Total : 24.61
105223 3/21/2024 20396 BENSON, MARY ANN Parcel 4182 019 005 STREET LIGHT TAX REBATE/FY24 105-3105 24.61
20396 Total : 24.61
105224 3/21/2024 11980 CMRTA 2742 ANNUAL MEMBERSHIP RENEWAL 001-1204-4315 150.00
11980 Total : 150.00
105225 3/21/2024 21601 CRAFCO, INC. 9403135749 EMERGENCY REPAIR FOR ASPHALT HOT BOX 715-3109-4201 1,563.59
21601 Total : 1,563.59
105226 3/21/2024 19884 FRONTIER 310-318-0113-1203155 EOC ANALOG LINES/MAR24 715-1206-4304 1,470.58
29 03/21/2024
Check Register

CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH
2 7:27:13AM
Page:

Bank code : boa
Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Description/Account Amount
105226 3/21/2024 19884 FRONTIER (Continued) Total : 1,470.58 105227 3/21/2024 19884 FRONTIER 209-190-0013-1206175 PD COMPUTER CIRCUITS/MAR24 001-2101-4304 870.25
19884 Total : 870.25
105228 3/21/2024 20756 GHD, INC. 380-0047165 PIER REPAIR PROJECT PERMITS/FEB24 122-8629-4201 4,681.14
20756 Total : 4,681.14
105229 3/21/2024 10836 GRAINGER 9051717750 MAT REQ 668447/MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES 001-4204-4309 237.78
9053127578 MAT REQ 668448/MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES
001-4204-4309 17.63
10836 Total : 255.41
105230 3/21/2024 13373 HARDY & HARPER, INC. 50040 ANNUAL STREET IMPROVEMENTS/DEC23 115-8191-4201 120,087.67
147-8191-4201 200,146.11
148-8191-4201 480,350.68
13373 Total : 800,584.46
105231 3/21/2024 07547 HINDERLITER DE LLAMAS AND ASSC SIN036383 AUDIT SERVICES - SALES TAX/JAN-MAR24 001-1202-4201 1,544.20
07547 Total : 1,544.20
105232 3/21/2024 15141 HONDA MD INC, STEPHAN T 00166790 INMATE MEDICAL SVS/OK TO BOOK 2.26.24 001-2101-4201 185.00
15141 Total : 185.00
105233 3/21/2024 23143 INVERIS TRAINING SOLUTIONS INC INV-0102755 GUN RANGE CLEANING MATERIALS 001-2101-4201 101.14
INV-010754 GUN RANGE CLEANING & MATERIALS
001-2101-4201 3,495.00
001-2101-4201 82.32
23143 Total : 3,678.46
105234 3/21/2024 22913 JILK HEAVY CONSTRUCTION, INC. 24A-0211 MUNI PIER REPAIRS THRU 2.26.24 122-8660-4201 8,861.60
301-8629-4201 60,841.47
30 03/21/2024
Check Register

CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH
3 7:27:13AM
Page:

Bank code : boa
Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Description/Account Amount
105234 3/21/2024 22913 JILK HEAVY CONSTRUCTION, INC. (Continued) Total : 69,703.07 105235 3/21/2024 13061 JOHNSON CONTROLS FIRE PROTECTI 24010037 ANNUAL FIRE ALARM MONITORING FEE 001-4204-4201 853.51
13061 Total : 853.51
105236 3/21/2024 20359 KEYSTONE UNIFORM DEPOT 070008 RECRUIT UNIFORMS/PEREZ 001-2101-4314 2,421.06
001-2101-4314 245.91
070009 RECRUIT UNIFORMS/CLAUDIO
001-2101-4314 2,152.06
001-2101-4314 219.56
20359 Total : 5,038.59
105237 3/21/2024 22869 KOA CORPORATION 000022754-2 CIP689 PRE-CONSTRUCTION SVS/FEB24 301-8689-4201 5,148.00
22869 Total : 5,148.00
105238 3/21/2024 22911 LEAP SPORTS ACADEMY, LLC PO41189 INSTRUCTOR PAYMENT CLASS 11091 001-4601-4221 429.55
22911 Total : 429.55
105239 3/21/2024 21432 LINKEDIN CORPORATION 10112277494 ANNUAL ACCOUNT RENEWAL 001-1203-4201 1,910.00
21432 Total : 1,910.00
105240 3/21/2024 10045 MAIN STREET TOURS 1138 EXCURSION BUS TRANSPORTATION 2.25.24 145-3409-4201 1,150.00
10045 Total : 1,150.00
105241 3/21/2024 23177 NAJEEB KHOURY APC 3.19.24 ADMIN CITATION SVS/14353941 & 14353994 001-1201-4201 1,600.00
23177 Total : 1,600.00
105242 3/21/2024 13114 ODP BUSINESS SOLUTIONS, LLC 355521034001 MAT REQ 668446/OFFICE SUPPLIES 001-4202-4305 63.07
357821936001 MAT REQ 668442/OFFICE SUPPLIES
001-4202-4305 43.57
357822426001 MAT REQ 668442/OFFICE SUPPLIES
001-4202-4305 14.78
31 03/21/2024
Check Register

CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH
4 7:27:13AM
Page:

Bank code : boa
Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Description/Account Amount
105242 3/21/2024 13114 ODP BUSINESS SOLUTIONS, LLC (Continued) 357920256001 MAT REQ 909513/OFFICE SUPPLIES
001-2101-4305 18.19
357920958001 MAT REQ 909513/OFFICE SUPPLIES
001-2101-4305 21.89
357920958002 MAT REQ 909513/OFFICE SUPPLIES
001-2101-4305 21.89
358395174001 MAT REQ 668445/OFFICE SUPPLIES
001-4202-4305 78.14
358736450001 MAT REQ 806620/OFFICE SUPPLIES
001-4601-4308 55.14
CM354788558001 MAT REQ 909530 MISSING ITEM
001-2101-4305 -10.28
13114 Total : 306.39
105243 3/21/2024 10922 OPSAHL, JOHN Parcel 4181 026 019 STREET LIGHT & SEWER TAX REBATE/FY24 001-6871 139.58
105-3105 24.61
10922 Total : 164.19
105244 3/21/2024 22071 PARKS COFFEE CALIFORNIA, INC. 80034955 PD COFFEE SUPPLIES&SVS/MAR24 001-2101-4305 147.47
001-2101-4306 147.46
22071 Total : 294.93
105245 3/21/2024 14693 PARS 55066 ALT RETIREMENT PLAN ADMIN FEES/JAN24 001-1101-4185 9.42
001-1141-4185 1.57
001-1204-4185 10.99
001-3302-4185 20.41
001-4101-4185 3.14
001-4202-4185 18.84
001-4601-4185 62.81
001-1121-4185 17.29
001-2101-4185 12.56
14693 Total : 157.03
105246 3/21/2024 14694 PARTEK SOLUTIONS INC 27878 PARKING CITATIONS 001-3302-4201 2,640.00
32 03/21/2024
Check Register

CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH
5 7:27:13AM
Page:

Bank code : boa
Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Description/Account Amount
105246 3/21/2024 14694 PARTEK SOLUTIONS INC (Continued) Total : 2,640.00 105247 3/21/2024 19904 PSYCHOLOGICAL CONSULTING ASSOC 527052 CCW EVALUATION 3.6.24 001-2101-4201 312.00
19904 Total : 312.00
105248 3/21/2024 03282 REDONDO BEACH, CITY OF 579667 CITY PROSECUTOR SERVICES/FEB24 001-1132-4201 16,667.00
03282 Total : 16,667.00
105249 3/21/2024 16517 REVENUE & COST SPECIALISTS 9208 COST ALLOCATION&USER FEE STUDY PYMT 1OF4 001-1201-4201 7,250.00
16517 Total : 7,250.00
105250 3/21/2024 01070 RIO HONDO COMMUNITY COLLEGE S24-87-ZHRB PD RECRUIT TUITION/PEREZ&CLAUDIO 001-2101-4317 2,610.00
01070 Total : 2,610.00
105251 3/21/2024 21153 RJ PRINTING & PROMOTIONAL 1208 ENVELOPES-PLAIN & WINDOW 001-1208-4305 1,229.50
001-1208-4305 108.63
21153 Total : 1,338.13
105252 3/21/2024 20932 RK SPORTS LLC PO41222 INSTRUCTOR PYMTS CLASSES THRU 3.21.24 001-4601-4221 2,188.45
20932 Total : 2,188.45
105253 3/21/2024 23242 RUSSO, SARA TR1070-CLOSEOUT TRAVEL REIMB/CJPIA MGMT ACADEMY 001-1201-4317 302.84
23242 Total : 302.84
105254 3/21/2024 16425 SAFEWAY INC VONS Acct#150882 REFRESHMENTS&CLEANING SUPPLIES/FEB24 001-4601-4308 99.73
16425 Total : 99.73
105255 3/21/2024 03353 SBCU VISA 0358400-9852277 CC COLORED PAPER FOR MAILERS 001-4101-4305 117.30
001-4101-4305 11.15
04B0034513168 CC PD WATER DELIVERY/FEB24
001-2101-4305 687.62
33 03/21/2024
Check Register

CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH
6 7:27:13AM
Page:

Bank code : boa
Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Description/Account Amount
105255 3/21/2024 03353 SBCU VISA (Continued)
0778930-1305865 CC MATERIALS FOR COMMUNITY EVENTS
001-3302-4201 136.00
001-3302-4201 12.92
16811 CC EDUCATION WEEK VIRTUAL TRAINING SESSIONS
001-4201-4317 725.00
16841 CC EDUCATION WEEK VIRTUAL TRAINING SESSIONS
001-4201-4317 435.00
26685597 CC COFFEE MUGS FOR CITY EVENT
001-3302-4201 383.69

3.14.24 CC LUNCH MEETING-IA PROCESS
001-2101-4305 66.18
300019797 CC ANNUAL MEMBERSHIP DUES/S CALDERON
001-4201-4315 100.00
68547 CC CODE ENFORCEMENT UNIFORM EMBROIDERY
001-4101-4314 225.00
001-4101-4314 22.50
7132123-1019429 CC E-CITE MACHINE
153-2106-5405 47.30
153-2106-5405 497.91
8302792-7609827 CC OFFICE SUPPLIES
001-2101-4305 70.96
001-2101-4305 6.75
8315203-9352213 CC TABLE CLOTHS
001-3302-4201 37.88
001-3302-4201 3.60
8729627-2056243 CC LABELS FOR MAILERS (12,000/BX)
001-4101-4305 64.99
001-4101-4305 6.17
8887454-7888204 CC EVENT SUPPLIES
001-2101-4305 372.70
001-2101-4305 35.40
9726340-2853857 CC GUN RANGE MATERIALS
001-2101-4317 132.74
001-2101-4317 12.61
FEB2024 CC FASTRAK ACCOUNT REPLENISHMENT/FEB24
001-2101-4201 360.00
FEB2024 CC ACCIDENTAL PERSONAL CHARGE
001-4201-4305 10.98
34 03/21/2024
Check Register

CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH
7 7:27:13AM
Page:

Bank code : boa
Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Description/Account Amount
105255 3/21/2024 03353 SBCU VISA (Continued)
FEB2024 CC ACCIDENTAL PERSONAL CHARGE
001-4201-4305 17.99
FEB24 CC SUPERCHARGER FEES/FEB24
715-2101-4311 48.23
MXG2KZYWKQ CC ADDITIONAL STORAGE/LEBARON/FEB24
001-2101-4305 2.99
PO40554 CC RETURNED ECITE MACHINE
153-2106-5405 -480.61
PO41086 CC PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING DINNER
001-4101-4305 134.19
R#1018-0949 CC CIVILIAN LEADERSHIP COURSE/10 EMPLOYEE
001-2101-4317 3,500.00
R#614429 CC LUNCH MEETING-FTO PROGRAM
001-2101-4305 64.39
SVAM14212254 CC SAFETY VESTS
001-2101-4314 688.50
001-2101-4314 65.41
TR1037 CC NOWICKI-PUBLIC INVESTING CONF FEB28-29
001-1141-4317 153.37
TR1051 CC LEBARON- PUB SECTOR EMP LAW CONF FEB8-9
001-2101-4317 630.46
TR1052 CC GAGLIA - PUB SECTOR EMP LAW CONF FEB8-9
001-2101-4317 630.46
03353 Total : 10,037.73
105256 3/21/2024 15589 SCOOTER'S JUNGLE, SOUTH BAY PO41197 SUMMER CAMP EXCURSION 7.24.24-DEPOSIT 001-1550 400.00
15589 Total : 400.00
105257 3/21/2024 19508 SHATTUCK, NICK TR1021 CPRS CONF 2024 TRAVEL CLOSEOUT 001-4601-4317 159.20
19508 Total : 159.20
105258 3/21/2024 19829 SITEONE LANDSCAPE SUPPLY, LLC 138963317-001 MAT REQ 763454/LANDSCAPING SUPPLIES 001-6101-4309 993.12
19829 Total : 993.12
105259 3/21/2024 20236 SPECTRUM BUSINESS 8448 30 030 0352413 1301 HERMOSA/540 PIER CONNECTION/MAR24 35 03/21/2024
Check Register

CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH
8 7:27:13AM
Page:

Bank code : boa
Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Description/Account Amount
105259 3/21/2024 20236 SPECTRUM BUSINESS (Continued)
001-2101-4304 290.59
20236 Total : 290.59
105260 3/21/2024 20236 SPECTRUM BUSINESS 8448 30 030 0049969 PD CABLE/MAR24 001-2101-4201 95.27
20236 Total : 95.27
105261 3/21/2024 19082 T-MOBILE 9562637642 GPS LOCATION SERVICES 001-2101-4304 100.00
19082 Total : 100.00
105262 3/21/2024 05626 TYLER TECHNOLOGIES, INC 045-458719 TIME&ATTENDANCE IMPLEMENTATION 2.13.24 715-1206-4201 1,400.00
05626 Total : 1,400.00
105263 3/21/2024 19648 US BANK 2533504 INTEREST PAYMENT ON OIL SETTLEMENT BONDS 201-1220-6701 137,436.95
19648 Total : 137,436.95
105264 3/21/2024 13359 WITTMAN ENTERPRISES LLC 2312062 AMBULANCE TRANSPORT BILLING/DEC23 001-1202-4201 2,791.75
13359 Total : 2,791.75
105265 3/21/2024 22991 YOUNG, LISA 202337B CONCERT SERIES BRANDING - BALANCE 001-4601-4302 1,000.00
22991 Total : 1,000.00
4973702 3/15/2024 00159 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON CO 700057262780 ELECTRICITY/FEB24 105-2601-4303 101.53
00159 Total : 101.53
4974518 3/15/2024 00159 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON CO 700234897163 ELECTRICITY/FEB24 001-3304-4303 2,577.03
00159 Total : 2,577.03
4974839 3/15/2024 00159 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON CO 700304673105 ELECTRICITY/FEB24 160-3102-4201 115.61
700371314327 ELECTRICITY/FEB24
105-2601-4303 201.57
36 03/21/2024
Check Register

CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH
9 7:27:13AM
Page:

Bank code : boa
Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Description/Account Amount
4974839 3/15/2024 00159 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON CO (Continued) Total : 317.18 4974869 3/15/2024 00159 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON CO 700313445137A ELECTRICITY/FEB24A 105-2601-4303 8,534.17
700313445137B ELECTRICITY/FEB24B
105-2601-4303 5,101.83
00159 Total : 13,636.00
4974982 3/15/2024 00159 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON CO 700338055956 ELECTRICITY/FEB24 001-4204-4303 2,572.03
00159 Total : 2,572.03
4975181 3/15/2024 00159 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON CO 700382668983 ELECTRICITY/FEB24 001-3104-4303 1,065.66
001-4204-4303 1,568.47
105-2601-4303 2,912.86
00159 Total : 5,546.99
12021925 3/18/2024 10668 EXXON MOBIL BUSINESS FLEET 95719347 VEHICLE FUEL 2.9.24-3.7.24 715-4204-4310 496.62
715-4206-4310 153.37
715-6101-4310 91.58
715-3104-4310 700.57
715-3302-4310 1,422.71
715-4202-4310 75.16
715-2101-4310 4,459.66
10668 Total : 7,399.67
14920932 3/13/2024 14691 ADMINSURE AS AGENT FOR THE Wire date 3.13.24B WORKERS COMP CLAIMS 3.4-3.8.24 705-1217-4324 6,669.31
14691 Total : 6,669.31
15020027 3/13/2024 14691 ADMINSURE AS AGENT FOR THE Wire date 3.13.24A LIABILITY CLAIMS REIMB/FEB24 705-1209-4324 63,064.88
14691 Total : 63,064.88
44440932 3/4/2024 14691 ADMINSURE AS AGENT FOR THE Wire date 3.4.24A WORKERS COMP CLAIMS 2.26-3.1.24 705-1217-4324 17,508.97
14691 Total : 17,508.97
37 03/21/2024
Check Register

CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH
10 7:27:13AM
Page:

Bank code : boa
Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Description/Account Amount
673002558 3/4/2024 23101 ATHENS ADMINISTRATORS Wire date 3.4.24A WORKERS COMP ACCT REPLENISHMENT/FEB24 705-1217-4324 14,295.77
23101 Total : 14,295.77
59 Vouchers for bank code : boa Bank total : 1,226,849.50 59 Vouchers in this report Total vouchers : 1,226,849.50 "I hereby certify that the demands or claims covered by the checks listed on pages 1 to 10 inclusive, of the check
register for 3/21/2024 are accurate funds are available for payment, and are in conformance to the budget."
By
Finance Director
Date 3/21/24
38 City of Hermosa Beach
Staff Report
City Hall
1315 Valley Drive
Hermosa Beach, CA 90254
Staff Report
REPORT 24-0169
Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024

APPROVAL OF A REQUEST TO REVISE THE CLASS SPECIFICATION FOR POLICE

LIEUTENANT AND AFFIRMATION OF THE BARGAINING GROUP AS POLICE MANAGEMENT GROUP
(Human Resources Manager Vanessa Godinez)
Recommended Action:

Staff recommends City Council:

1. Approve the revised class specification for the position of Police Lieutenant (Attachment 2); and

2. Affirm the bargaining unit for the classification as Police Management Group.

Executive Summary:

The current class specification for the position of Police Lieutenant no longer encapsulates all the essential duties and qualifications required for this role. The class specification was revised to align the duties and qualifications and incorporate the physical demands and working environment with the current needs of the Police Department (department).

Background:

The FY 2023-24 budget includes one Police Lieutenant position for the Police Department. This position is currently vacant, and the department is preparing a promotional recruitment process to fill the vacancy. In preparation for the recruitment process, the department reviewed the Police Lieutenant class specification to align the duties and responsibilities with the current needs of the Police Department. The Police Chief and Police Captain reviewed and approved the proposed revised class specification for Police Lieutenant.

The Police Management Group also reviewed and approved the proposed revised class specification for Police Lieutenant. As a courtesy, the revisions were presented to and subsequently approved by the Police Officers’ Association. At its March 20, 2024 meeting, the Hermosa Beach Civil Service Board approved the proposed revised class specification (Attachment 1).

City of Hermosa Beach Page 1 of 3 Printed on 4/4/2024
powered by Legistar™ 39
Staff Report
REPORT 24-0169
Past Board, Commission, and Council Actions
Meeting Date Description
March 20, 2024 Civil Service Board approved revised class specification for Police Lieutenant
Discussion:

Proposed revisions to the Police Lieutenant class specification primarily relate to the qualification guidelines, physical demands, and working environment, with minor revisions to the definition and duties. The proposed revisions include overseeing internal affairs, the Community Services Division, and modifications to the education and experience requirements to better align with other Police Management classifications.

To finalize these recommended changes, staff requests City Council approval of the revised class specification and affirmation that the bargaining unit for this position remains the Police Management Group. A final draft of the proposed Police Lieutenant class specification is included as Attachment

2. General Plan Consistency:

This report and associated recommendation have been evaluated for their consistency with the City’s General Plan. Relevant Policies are listed below.

Governance Element
Goal 1. A high degree of transparency and integrity in the decision-making process.

Policy:
· 1.2: Strategic planning. Regularly discuss and set priorities at the City Council and management level to prioritize work programs and staffing needs.

Fiscal Impact:

There is no direct fiscal impact related to approval of the revised Police Lieutenant class specification.

Attachments:

1. Police Lieutenant-Redlined Class Specification

2. Police Lieutenant-Final Draft Class Specification

3. Link to the March 20, 2024 Civil Service Board Meeting Agenda Respectfully Submitted by: Vanessa Godinez, Human Resources Manager Concur: Paul LeBaron, Chief of Police
Noted for Fiscal Impact: Viki Copeland, Finance Director City of Hermosa Beach Page 2 of 3 Printed on 4/4/2024
powered by Legistar™ 40
Staff Report
REPORT 24-0169
Legal Review: Patrick Donegan, City Attorney
Approved: Suja Lowenthal, City Manager
City of Hermosa Beach Page 3 of 3 Printed on 4/4/2024
powered by Legistar™ 41

CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH
Class Specification

POLICE LIEUTENANT

DEFINITION
Under general direction, perform a variety of routine and complex public safety work activities; supervise police patrol, investigations, internal affairs, traffic regulation, and related law enforcement activities; serve as division commander or Chief of Staff to the Police Chief; and do related work as required.

EXAMPLES OF DUTIES
Supervise and inspect the work of pPolice sSergeants, Community Services Division Supervisors, pPolice oOfficers, Community Services Officers and support staff in their assigned duties; assign and direct the work of officers engaged in patrol activities, traffic, or investigation activities, or may direct other employees in records, property and evidence, task and custodial functions; receive complaints or reports of emergencies and determine the need for police action; assist officers in handling difficult situations; review an coordinate the work of employees engaged in communications, record keeping, and the care and custody of prisoners; assist in planning and coordinating departmental programs and procedures; prepare reports to superior offices on incidents and special situations requiring administrative review; provide guidance and training to subordinate officers and evaluate their performance; supervise officers in conducting preliminary and/or investigations of crimes and civil disturbances; relieve superior officers in their absence as assigned; work shifts, weekends, and/or holidays as required.

QUALIFICATION GUIDELINES
Knowledge, Skills & Abilities: Requires thorough knowledge of modern law enforcement principles, procedures, techniques and equipment; and considerable knowledge of applicable laws, ordinances, and department rules and regulations; extensive knowledge of the City’s geography; skill in operating department tools and equipment including police car, police radio, radar gun, handgun and other weapons as required; baton, handcuff, breath analyzer, pager, first aid equipment, personal computer, including word processing software; ability to plan, coordinate, supervise and evaluate the work of subordinates; perform work requiring good physical condition; communicate effectively orally and in writing; establish and maintain effective working relationships with subordinates, peers, supervisors, civic groups and other departments, agencies, and the public; exercise sound judgement in evaluating situations and in making decisions.

Education and Experience: Any combination of training and experience which would provide the required knowledge and abilities is qualifying.
1) Associates A degree or 60 units infrom an accredited college or university in police, public or business administration, political science or closely related field and possession of a P.O.S.T. Advanced certificate and completion of P.O.S.T. supervisory course.; 2) Four years of professional police experience with a public agency including onetwo years experience as a Police Sergeant.

Completion of advanced leadership training, such as P.O.S.T. Supervisory Leadership Institute (SLI), LAPD Leadership Program, or equivalent is preferred. 42 POLICE LIEUTENANTPOLICE LIEUTENANT.doc 2
Licenses/Certificates: Possession of a valid Class C California Driver’s License with a safe driving record is required and must be maintained as valid during the course of employment.

Possession of a P.O.S.T. Supervisory Certificate or be eligible to obtain a P.O.S.T Supervisory Certificate within one year of promotion to Lieutenant.

PHYSICAL DEMANDS AND WORKING ENVIRONMENT
The conditions herein are representative of those that must be met by an employee to successfully perform the essential functions of this job. Reasonable accommodations may be made to enable individuals with disabilities to perform the essential job functions.

Environment: Work is performed in a standard office setting, reactive emergency, natural or man-made disaster, and routine peace keeping environments with travel to various locations to attend meetings or respond to major crime scenes, disasters or critical incidents; the employee is occasionally exposed to outside weather conditions; occasionally exposed to fumes or airborne particles, toxic or caustic chemicals, extreme cold, extreme heat, risk of electrical shock, risk of radiation, and vibration; the noise level in the work environment is usually moderate; however, the noise level is occasionally very loud due to sirens, firearm training, etc.; incumbents may be required to work extended hours including evenings and weekends and may be required to travel outside City boundaries to attend meetings.

Physical: Primary functions require sufficient physical ability and mobility to work in an office setting; walk, stand, or sit for prolonged periods of time; occasionally stoop, bend, kneel, crouch, reach, and twist; to lift, carry, push, and/or pull light to moderate amounts of weight; to operate office equipment requiring repetitive hand movement and fine coordination including use of a computer keyboard; to travel to other locations using various modes of private and commercial transportation; to operate and use specialized law enforcement tools and equipment including guns and handcuffs; and to verbally communicate to exchange information..

Vision: See in the normal visual range with or without correction.

Hearing: Hear in the normal audio range with or without correction.

Approved by the Civil Service Board:

Approved by the City Council:
43 CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH
Class Specification

POLICE LIEUTENANT

EXAMPLES OF DUTIES
Supervise and inspect the work of Police Sergeants, Community Services Division Supervisors, Police Officers, Community Services Officers and support staff in their assigned duties; assign and direct the work of officers engaged in patrol activities, traffic, or investigation activities, or may direct other employees in records, property and evidence, task and custodial functions; receive complaints or reports of emergencies and determine the need for police action; assist officers in handling difficult situations; review an coordinate the work of employees engaged in communications, record keeping, and the care and custody of prisoners; assist in planning and coordinating departmental programs and procedures; prepare reports to superior offices on incidents and special situations requiring administrative review; provide guidance and training to subordinate officers and evaluate their performance; supervise officers in conducting preliminary and/or investigations of crimes and civil disturbances; relieve superior officers in their absence as assigned; work shifts, weekends, and/or holidays as required.

QUALIFICATION GUIDELINES
Knowledge, Skills & Abilities: Requires thorough knowledge of modern law enforcement principles, procedures, techniques and equipment; and considerable knowledge of applicable laws, ordinances, and department rules and regulations; extensive knowledge of the City’s geography; skill in operating department tools and equipment; ability to plan, coordinate, supervise and evaluate the work of subordinates; perform work requiring good physical condition; communicate effectively orally and in writing; establish and maintain effective working relationships with subordinates, peers, supervisors, civic groups and other departments, agencies, and the public; exercise sound judgement in evaluating situations and in making decisions.

Education and Experience: Any combination of training and experience which would provide the required knowledge and abilities is qualifying.

Associates degree or 60 units from an accredited college or university; four years of professional police experience with a public agency including two years of experience as a Police Sergeant. Completion of advanced leadership training, such as P.O.S.T. Supervisory Leadership Institute (SLI), LAPD Leadership Program, or equivalent is preferred.
44 Licenses/Certificates: Possession of a valid Class C California Driver’s License with a safe driving record is required and must be maintained as valid during the course of employment.

Possession of a P.O.S.T. Supervisory Certificate or be eligible to obtain a P.O.S.T Supervisory Certificate within one year of promotion to Lieutenant.

PHYSICAL DEMANDS AND WORKING ENVIRONMENT
The conditions herein are representative of those that must be met by an employee to successfully perform the essential functions of this job. Reasonable accommodation may be made to enable individuals with disabilities to perform the essential job functions.

Vision: See in the normal visual range with or without correction.

Hearing: Hear in the normal audio range with or without correction.

Approved by the Civil Service Board: March 20, 2024
Approved by the City Council:
45 City of Hermosa Beach
Staff Report
City Hall
1315 Valley Drive
Hermosa Beach, CA 90254
Staff Report
REPORT 24-0167
Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024

APPROVAL OF A REQUEST TO REVISE THE CLASS SPECIFICATION FOR POLICE CAPTAIN

AND AFFIRMATION OF THE BARGAINING UNIT AS POLICE MANAGEMENT GROUP (Human Resources Manager Vanessa Godinez)
Recommended Action:

Staff recommends City Council:

1. Approve the revised class specification for the position of Police Captain (Attachment 2); and

2. Affirm the bargaining unit for the classification as Police Management Group.

Executive Summary:

The current class specification for the position of Police Captain no longer encapsulates all the qualifications required for this role. The class specification was revised to align the qualifications with the current needs of the Police Department (department).

Background:

The Police Department is reviewing the class specifications for classifications in the Police Management Group. With the proposed revisions to the Police Lieutenant class specification, the department revised the Police Captain class specification to align the qualifications, education, and experience requirements with the current needs of the Police Department. The Police Chief and Police Captain reviewed and approved the proposed revised class specification.

The Police Management Group also reviewed and approved the proposed revised class specification for Police Captain. As a courtesy, the revisions presented to and subsequently approved by the Police Officers’ Association. At its March 20, 2024 meeting, the Hermosa Beach Civil Service Board approved the proposed revised class specification (Attachment 1).

Past Board, Commission, and Council Actions
Meeting Date Description
March 20, 2024 Civil Service Board approved revised class specification for Police Captain.

City of Hermosa Beach Page 1 of 2 Printed on 4/4/2024
powered by Legistar™ 46
Staff Report
REPORT 24-0167
Meeting Date Description
March 20, 2024 Civil Service Board approved revised class specification for Police Captain.

Discussion:

Proposed revisions to the Police Captain class specification primarily relate to the education, experience, and licenses/certificate requirements, with minor revisions to the knowledge, skills, and abilities. The proposed revisions include modifications to the education and experience requirements to better align with other Police Management classifications.

To finalize these recommended changes, staff requests City Council approval of the revised class specification and affirmation that the bargaining unit for this position remains the Police Management Group. A final draft of the proposed Police Captain class specification is included as Attachment 2.

General Plan Consistency:

This report and associated recommendation have been evaluated for their consistency with the City’s General Plan. Relevant Policies are listed below.

Governance Element
Goal 1. A high degree of transparency and integrity in the decision-making process.

Policy:
· 1.2: Strategic planning. Regularly discuss and set priorities at the City Council and management level to prioritize work programs and staffing needs.

Fiscal Impact:

There is no direct fiscal impact related to approval of the revised Police Captain class specification.

Attachments:

1. Police Captain-Redlined Class Specification

2. Police Captain-Final Draft Class Specification

3. Link to the March 20, 2024 Civil Service Board Meeting Agenda Respectfully Submitted by: Vanessa Godinez, Human Resources Manager Concur: Paul LeBaron, Chief of Police
Noted for Fiscal Impact: Viki Copeland, Finance Director Legal Review: Patrick Donegan, City Attorney
Approved: Suja Lowenthal, City Manager
City of Hermosa Beach Page 2 of 2 Printed on 4/4/2024
powered by Legistar™ 47

CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH
Class Specification

POLICE CAPTAIN

DEFINITION
Under general direction, responsible for the day-to-day management of the Police Department; to participate as a member of the police management team in the consideration of departmental problems and issues; to coordinate assigned activities with other divisions, departments, and outside agencies; and to provide highly responsible and complex administrative support to the Police Chief.

EXAMPLES OF DUTIES
Assumes management responsibility for the services and activities of the Police Department including Patrol, Support Services, Staff Services, and Administration; coordinates the activities of sworn and non-sworn personnel in preserving order, protecting life and property, investigating crimes, and in enforcing laws and municipal ordinances as the operating manager of an assigned division; duties include: oversee the community crime prevention/education program, manage and direct jail operations, and manage and direct the operation of data processing and communications; studies crime reports and current literature in law enforcement to determine trends and make recommendations for changes in organization and operating policies and procedures; Plans, directs, coordinates, and reviews the work plan for assigned staff; determines need for police action and assigns work activities, projects, and programs; reviews and evaluates work products, methods, and procedures; meets with staff to identify and resolve problems; participates in the selection, training, motivation, and evaluation of assigned personnel; oversees and coordinates police training programs; provides or coordinates staff training; works with employees to correct deficiencies and implements discipline and termination procedures; acts as staff liaison to city commissions and boards; participates as a member of police management team in the formation of departmental policy, procedures, rules and regulations; provides information to the public on police activities and handles citizen complaints; makes recommendation for purchase and/or procurement of department equipment and supplies; conducts administrative investigations as directed by the Police Chief to include recommendation of discipline; performs a variety of administrative duties including budget preparation, staff reports, grant management and staff reviews; manages and directs the control and custody of evidence and property; directs preparation of criminal cases for presentation to the district attorney for appropriate disposition; manages and directs patrol shifts; manages and directs the activities of special units such as traffic enforcement and beach patrol; maintains liaison with community groups, labor union representatives and law enforcement agencies; and provides general administrative assistance to the Chief of Police.

QUALIFICATION GUIDELINES
Knowledge, Skills & Abilities: Knowledge of: operations, services and activities of a comprehensive municipal law enforcement program; advanced principles of supervision, management, leadership, training, and performance evaluation; modern law enforcement principles, procedures, techniques and equipment; pertinent federal, state, and local laws, codes, and regulations including laws governing the apprehension, arrest, and custody of persons accused of felonies, misdemeanors, and petty offenses; knowledge of the City’s 48 2 geography; advanced methods, procedures, and techniques used in providing the full range of law enforcement and crime prevention services and activities including investigation and identification, patrol, traffic control, juvenile programs, record keeping, records management, automated records systems, search and seizure, care and custody of persons and property, and crime prevention; care, maintenance, and operation of firearms and other modern police equipment; advanced principles and practices of data collection and analysis; advanced methods and techniques of report preparation and writing; advanced principles and practices used in the identification, preservation, and presentation of evidence; techniques and applications of self-defense and proper use of force; methods and techniques used in interviewing witnesses, victims, or suspects; investigative techniques, procedures, and sources of information; principles and applications of public relations; standard broadcasting procedures of a police radio system; office procedures, methods, and equipment including computers, cellular phones and applicable software applications such as word processing, spreadsheets, and databases; occupational hazards and standard safety practices. Ability to: oversee and participate in the management of the Police Department; effectively plan, direct, supervise, and coordinate the work of the Police Department; oversee, direct, and coordinate the work of lower level staff; select, supervise, train, and evaluate assigned staff; analyze problems, identify alternative solutions, project consequences of proposed actions, and implement recommendations in support of goals; operate department tools and equipment including police car, police radio, radar gun, handgun and other weapons as required, baton, handcuff, breath analyzer, and first aid equipment; perform work requiring good physical condition; work flexible hours, including nights, weekends, holidays, and varied shifts; understand and carry out oral and written directions; operate office equipment including computers and supporting word processing, spreadsheet, and database applications; communicate clearly and concisely, both orally and in writing; establish and maintain effective working relationships with those contacted in the course of work; exercise sound judgment in evaluating situations and in making decisions.

Education and Experience: Any combination of training and experience which would provide the required knowledge and abilities is qualifying. A typical way to obtain this required knowledge would be:

Educational equivalent to gGraduation from an accredited college or university with a Bachelor’s degree. in Public Administration or a related field and sSix years of law enforcement experience; with twofive years at the level of Police LieutenantSergeant or higher rank. A Master’s degree is preferred. Graduation from any of the following or equivalent programs is preferred: POST Command College, FBI National Academy, CPCA Executive Leadership Institute (ELI), PERF Senior Management Institute for Police, POST Executive Development Course, FBI LEEDA, POST Supervisory Leadership Institute, LAPD Leadership Course. If not completed prior, candidates will complete one of these programs within one year of promotion to Captain.

Licenses/Certificates: Possession of a POST ManagementSupervisory Certificate.

Possession of a valid Class C California Driver’s License with a safe driving record is required and must be maintained as valid during the course of employment. 49 3

Vision: See in the normal visual range with or without correction.

Hearing: Hear in the normal audio range with or without correction.

Approved by the Civil Service Board:

Approved by the City Council:
50 CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH
Class Specification

POLICE CAPTAIN

QUALIFICATION GUIDELINES
Knowledge, Skills & Abilities: Knowledge of: operations, services and activities of a comprehensive municipal law enforcement program; advanced principles of supervision, management, leadership, training, and performance evaluation; modern 51 law enforcement principles, procedures, techniques and equipment; pertinent federal, state, and local laws, codes, and regulations including laws governing the apprehension, arrest, and custody of persons accused of felonies, misdemeanors, and petty offenses; knowledge of the City’s geography; advanced methods, procedures, and techniques used in providing the full range of law enforcement and crime prevention services and activities including investigation and identification, patrol, traffic control, juvenile programs, record keeping, records management, automated records systems, search and seizure, care and custody of persons and property, and crime prevention; care, maintenance, and operation of firearms and other modern police equipment; advanced principles and practices of data collection and analysis; advanced methods and techniques of report preparation and writing; advanced principles and practices used in the identification, preservation, and presentation of evidence; techniques and applications of self-defense and proper use of force; methods and techniques used in interviewing witnesses, victims, or suspects; investigative techniques, procedures, and sources of information; principles and applications of public relations; standard broadcasting procedures of a police radio system; office procedures, methods, and equipment including computers, and applicable software applications such as word processing, spreadsheets, and databases; occupational hazards and standard safety practices. Ability to: oversee and participate in the management of the Police Department; effectively plan, direct, supervise, and coordinate the work of the Police Department; oversee, direct, and coordinate the work of lower level staff; select, supervise, train, and evaluate assigned staff; analyze problems, identify alternative solutions, project consequences of proposed actions, and implement recommendations in support of goals; operate department tools and equipment; perform work requiring good physical condition; work flexible hours, including nights, weekends, holidays, and varied shifts; understand and carry out oral and written directions; operate office equipment including computers and supporting word processing, spreadsheet, and database applications; communicate clearly and concisely, both orally and in writing; establish and maintain effective working relationships with those contacted in the course of work; exercise sound judgment in evaluating situations and in making decisions.

Education and Experience: Any combination of training and experience which would provide the required knowledge and abilities is qualifying.

Graduation from an accredited college or university with a Bachelor’s degree. Six years of law enforcement experience; with five years at the level of Police Sergeant or higher rank. Master’s degree is preferred. Graduation from any of the following or equivalent programs is preferred: POST Command College, FBI National Academy, CPCA Executive Leadership Institute (ELI), PERF Senior Management Institute for Police, POST Executive Development Course, FBI LEEDA, POST Supervisory Leadership Institute, LAPD Leadership Course. If not completed prior, candidates will complete one of these programs within one year of promotion to Captain.

Licenses/Certificates: Possession of a POST Supervisory Certificate. Possession of a valid Class C California Driver’s License with a safe driving record is required and must be maintained as valid during the course of employment.
52 PHYSICAL DEMANDS AND WORKING ENVIRONMENT
The conditions herein are representative of those that must be met by an employee to successfully perform the essential functions of this job. Reasonable accommodation may be made to enable individuals with disabilities to perform the essential job functions.

Vision: See in the normal visual range with or without correction.

Hearing: Hear in the normal audio range with or without correction.

Approved by the Civil Service Board: March 20, 2024
Approved by the City Council:
53 City of Hermosa Beach
Staff Report
City Hall
1315 Valley Drive
Hermosa Beach, CA 90254
Staff Report
REPORT 24-0164
Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024

APPROVAL OF A PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH VAN LINGEN TOWING TO

PROVIDE TOWING AND STORAGE SERVICES
(Police Chief Paul LeBaron)
Recommended Action:

Staff recommends City Council:

2. Authorize the City Manager to execute and the City Clerk to attest to the proposed agreement, subject to approval by the City Attorney.

Executive Summary:

The City of Hermosa Beach currently contracts for vehicle towing and storage services. Following a competitive Request for Proposals (RFP) process, staff recommends City Council award a nonexclusive agreement for towing and storage services to Van Lingen Towing for a term of four years ending March 31, 2028. Staff also recommends approval of an option to allow the City Manager to extend the agreement for up to two additional one-year terms.

Background:

The responsibility of the City and Police Department to provide for the safety of the public and to ensure smooth traffic flow often requires the removal of vehicles from the roadway via towing service.

During the normal course of business, the Police Department responds to numerous traffic collisions and disabled or abandoned vehicles where removal is necessary. The Police Department is also authorized to remove certain vehicles from the roadway and off-street parking facilities pursuant to provisions of the California Vehicle Code. These services are provided through an agreement with an independent towing company licensed to conduct business in the City.

At its August 27, 2019 meeting, City Council awarded an agreement to Bruffy’s Tow and the contract was subsequently extended by Council at its September 9, 2020 meeting. The agreement has since expired and staff initiated the Request for Proposals (RFP) process to secure a new contract.

City of Hermosa Beach Page 1 of 5 Printed on 4/4/2024
powered by Legistar™ 54
Staff Report
REPORT 24-0164
Past Board, Commission, and Council Actions
Meeting Date Description
August 27, 2019 City Council approved an agreement for towing and storage services to Bruffy’s Tow.

September 8, 2020 City Council approved an extension of the agreement with Bruffy’s Tow.

Analysis:

On February 15, 2024, the City issued Requested for Proposal (RFP) 24-001 (Attachment 1) inviting experienced and highly qualified providers to submit proposals through a competitive process. The RFP was advertised in the Easy Reader, on the City’s website, and on the City’s online bidding platform, Planet Bids. On March 7, 2024, a total of three proposals were received in response to the RFP.

The proposing firms are listed below in alphabetical order:
· Bruffy’s Tow;
· US Tow; and
· Van Lingen Towing
The proposals were independently evaluated in detail by a staff review panel and scored based on the following weighted criteria:
· Approach (30 percent)
o A well thought-out and tailored approach to the technical work that responds to the City’s particular issues and needs.
o Incorporation of innovative and/or creative approaches for providing services that will maximize efficient, cost-effective operations or increased performance capabilities. o Evidence of the team’s ability to work collaboratively with other members of a multidisciplinary team in a complex and dynamic working environment. o Demonstration of the team’s commitment to accurate and superior services as detailed in the management plan.
· Relevant Experience and Expertise (35 percent)
o Recent experience providing similar services for jurisdictions. o Familiarity and experience with applicable industry standards and any relevant federal, state, or local requirements.
o The depth and appropriateness of experience of individual members of the technical City of Hermosa Beach Page 2 of 5 Printed on 4/4/2024
powered by Legistar™ 55
Staff Report
REPORT 24-0164
o The depth and appropriateness of experience of individual members of the technical team as they relate to the specific technical tasks called for by the provided services. o The contractor team ability to dedicate a strong point of contact that will service for the duration of the contracted services.
o The team’s experience and ability to clearly communicate technical concepts and terminology with the City team and community.
· Timeframe and Costs (25 percent)
o Contractor will have services available 24 hours per day, 7 per week, 365 days per year.
o Rate changes do not exceed the change in the Consumer Price Index for Los Angeles County over the previous 12-month period. Rates do not exceed the Los Angeles Police Commission’s Tow and Storage rates.
· Administration (10 percent)
o Ability to comply with time-sensitive terms, and billing procedures. o The extent and nature of any proposed amendments to the City’s Professional Services Agreement.

The staff review panel evaluated each of the proposals and determined that all three firms met the minimum requirements. Rankings for the proposals are as follows:

Ranking Company
1 Van Lingen Towing
2 U.S. Tow
3 Bruffy’s Tow
Van Lingen Towing (Attachment 2) has been in business for 76 years and currently provides towing services for the cities of El Segundo, Manhattan Beach, Redondo Beach, Torrance, and Palos Verdes Estates. Van Lingen Towing currently staffs 40 employees, with 32 of its drivers having over 10 years of experience. In comparison with the two other proposers, Van Lingen has the highest number of dispatchers and drivers.

Van Lingen Towing currently has 36 trucks assigned to its fleet and has expressed everyday services would be provided to the City of Hermosa Beach to accommodate the late afternoon tow-away zones on Pacific Coast Highway. Van Lingen Towing has four storage facilities, all within a five-mile radius of Hermosa Beach.

The staff review panel conducted reference checks for the top ranked firm and after considering the City of Hermosa Beach Page 3 of 5 Printed on 4/4/2024
powered by Legistar™ 56
Staff Report
REPORT 24-0164
The staff review panel conducted reference checks for the top ranked firm and after considering the entirety of the competitive selection review process, staff recommends City Council approve a Professional Services Agreement (Attachment 3) with Van Lingen Towing to provide non-exclusive towing and storage services for a four-year term ending March 31, 2028, with an option to allow the City Manager to extend up to two one-year terms.

General Plan Consistency:

This report and associated recommendation have been evaluated for their consistency with the City’s General Plan. Relevant Policies are listed below.

Mobility Element
Goal 2. A public realm that is safe, comfortable, and convenient for travel via foot, bicycle, public transit, and automobile and creates vibrant, people oriented public spaces that encourage active living.

Policy:
· 2.2 Encourage traffic calming . Encourage traffic calming policies and techniques to improve the safety and efficient movement of people and vehicles along residential areas and highly trafficked corridors.

Goal 7. A transportation system that results in zero transportation-related fatalities and which minimizes injuries...

Policy:
· 7.1 Safe public rights-of-way. Encourage that all public rights-of-way are safe for all users at all times of day where users of all ages and ability feel comfortable participating in both motorized and non-motorized travel.

Public Safety Element
Goal 5. High quality police and fire protection services provided to residents and visitors.

Policy:
· 5.2 High level of response. Achieve optimal utilization of allocated public safety resources and provide desired levels of response, staffing, and protection within the community.

Fiscal Impact:

There is no net change in fiscal impact related to the new towing and storage agreement. The City’s current vehicle impound release fee is $267 per vehicle. The City impound release fees would continue to be collected by the tow company, which would then be paid to the City on a monthly basis.

City of Hermosa Beach Page 4 of 5 Printed on 4/4/2024
powered by Legistar™ 57
Staff Report
REPORT 24-0164
Attachments:

1. RFP 24-001 Towing and Storage Services

2. Van Lingen Towing Bid Proposal

3. Professional Services Agreement with Van Lingen Towing

4. Link to August 27, 2019 City Council Staff Report

5. Link to September 8, 2020 City Council Staff Report
Respectfully Submitted by: Guy Dove, Police Sergeant
Concur: Landon Phillips, Police Captain
Noted for Fiscal Impact: Viki Copeland, Finance Director Legal Review: Patrick Donegan, City Attorney
Approved: Suja Lowenthal, City Manager
City of Hermosa Beach Page 5 of 5 Printed on 4/4/2024
powered by Legistar™ 58
REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS (RFP) NO. 24-001

TOWING AND STORAGE SERVICES

IN THE CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH, CALIFORNIA

CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH
Police Department
1315 Valley Drive
Hermosa Beach, CA 90254
(310) 318-0360
59 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 2 of 48 ends

RFP NUMBER: RFP# 24-001
RFP TITLE: TOWING AND STORAGE SERVICES
REQUESTING DEPARTMENT: Police Department
RELEASE DATE: Thursday, February 15, 2024
DUE DATE: March 7, 2024 @ 3:00 p.m. PST
Notice is hereby given that the City of Hermosa Beach and its Police Department will receive proposals for:

RFP# 24-001, TOWING AND STORAGE SERVICES
Proposals must be submitted as PDF via the PlanetBids Portal (pbsystem.planetbids.com/portal/51313/portal-home). Proposals will be received until 3:00 p.m. PST, Thursday, March 7, 2024.

Proposals will not be opened at that time but will be submitted to the Public Works Department for verification and compliance with Specifications and subsequent recommendation to City Council for award of a contract or rejection of the responses, as deemed appropriate. The City reserves the right to make no award.

Please direct any inquiries regarding this RFP to Sgt. Dove at [email protected].

All questions regarding the content of the proposal may be emailed to Sgt. Dove referenced above or submitted on the PlanetBids Portal.

Dated: February 15, 2024
www.hermosabeach.gov

CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH
1315 Valley Drive, Hermosa Beach, CA, 90254
Phone: (310) 318-0210
60 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 3 of 48 ends

Table of Contents
1 Introduction.................................................................................................................................5

1.1 Invitation for Proposals.........................................................................................................5

1.2 RFP Timeline..........................................................................................................................5

1.3 Submittal Procedures...........................................................................................................5

1.4 Contact ................................................................................................................................5

1.5 General RFP Conditions .......................................................................................................6

2. Project Overview .....................................................................................................................11

2.1 Background........................................................................................................................ 11

3. Scope of Services....................................................................................................................11

3.1 Definitions ........................................................................................................................... 11

3.2 Towing and Storage........................................................................................................... 12

3.3 Administrative Fee ............................................................................................................. 12

3.4 Record Keeping and Reporting........................................................................................ 13

3.5 Legal Requirements ........................................................................................................... 13

3.6 Response Time Requirements ........................................................................................... 13

3.7 Location of Contractor’s Storage Facility......................................................................... 13

3.8 Storage Facility Requirements .......................................................................................... 13

3.9 Contractor’s Personnel ...................................................................................................... 14

3.10 Hours of Operation........................................................................................................... 14

3.11 Equipment Requirements ................................................................................................15

3.12 Site Clean-up ................................................................................................................... 16

3.13 Non-exclusive Contract .................................................................................................. 16

3.14 Advertising........................................................................................................................ 16

3.15 Removal of Vehicles........................................................................................................ 16

3.16 Release of Impounded/Stored Vehicles........................................................................ 16

3.17 Stolen Vehicle Release Policy......................................................................................... 17

3.18 Compliance with Laws .................................................................................................... 17

4. Proposal Submittal Instructions............................................................................................... 17

4.1 Proposal Format ................................................................................................................. 17

4.2 Proposal Content ............................................................................................................... 17

4.2.1 Cover Letter................................................................................................................. 18

4.2.2 Firm Profile .................................................................................................................... 18

4.2.3 Experience and Qualifications................................................................................... 19

4.2.6 Required Forms............................................................................................................ 21

4.2.7 Cost Proposal............................................................................................................... 21

5. Proposal Evaluation and Selection ........................................................................................ 22

5.1 Proposal Review Process................................................................................................... 22 61 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 4 of 48 ends

5.2 Evaluation Criteria.............................................................................................................. 22

6. Contract Expectations ............................................................................................................24

6.1 Contract Period.................................................................................................................. 24

6.2 Professional Services Agreement ..................................................................................... 24

6.3 Standards of Work.............................................................................................................. 24

6.4 Invoicing and Payment ..................................................................................................... 24

6.5 Conditions........................................................................................................................... 25

7. Attachments and Required Forms ......................................................................................... 27

7.1 Sample Professional Services Agreement ....................................................................... 27

7.2 Fees Attachment................................................................................................................ 38

7.3 Towing and Storage Contract Questionnaire .................................................................. 40

7.4 Required Forms .................................................................................................................. 43

7.4.1 Certification of Proposal ............................................................................................. 43

7.4.2 Non-Collusion Affidavit ............................................................................................... 45

7.4.3 Compliance with Insurance Requirements............................................................... 46

7.4.4 Acknowledgement of Professional Services Agreement......................................... 47

7.4.5 COVID Vaccination Certification .............................................................................. 48 62 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 5 of 48 ends

1 Introduction

1.1 Invitation for Proposals
The City of Hermosa Beach and its Police Department is seeking proposals from qualified individuals or firms to provide contract services for vehicle towing and storage services.

Contractor(s) must have the expertise, experience, and demonstrate resources available to perform the work described in the RFP.

Should an award be made, the selected Contractor(s) will enter into a professional services agreement with the City of Hermosa Beach to provide these services. The City anticipates a contract start date around April 2024.

1.2 RFP Timeline
RFP posted February 15, 2024
Deadline to submit written questions February 22, 2024
Posting of responses to questions February 29, 2024
Deadline to submit proposals March 7, 2024 - 3 PM PST
Tentative award April 9, 2024

1.3 Submittal Procedures
Proposes shall submit one copy of the proposal and one copy of the fee schedule in PDF format on the PlanetBids Portal.

No proposals will be accepted after the listed date and time. The format, content, and procedures for submitting a proposal are provided in further detail within the RFP. (Check Section 4 for complete submittal procedures)

1.4 Contact
Please direct any inquiries regarding this RFP to Sgt. Dove at [email protected].

All questions regarding the content of the proposal may be emailed to Sgt. Dove referenced above or submitted on the PlanetBids Portal. 63 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 6 of 48 ends

1.5 General RFP Conditions
The following instructions and conditions apply to this RFP:

Pre-Contractual Expenses
The City of Hermosa Beach shall not, in any event, be liable for any pre-contractual expenses incurred by any contractor. In addition, no contractor shall include any such expenses as part of the price proposed. Pre-contractual expenses are defined as expenses incurred by bidders in:
• Preparing a proposal in response to this RFP.
• Submitting that proposal to the City of Hermosa Beach. • Negotiating with the City of Hermosa Beach any matter related to this RFP, proposal, and/or contractual agreement.
• Any other expenses incurred by the contractor prior to the date of an executed contract.

Authority to Withdraw RFP and/or Not Award Contract
The City of Hermosa Beach reserves the right to withdraw this RFP at any time for any reason without prior notice. Further, the City makes no representations that any agreement will be awarded to any contractor responding to this RFP. The City expressly reserves the right to reject any and all proposals in response to this RFP without indicating any reasons for such rejection(s).

The release of this RFP does not obligate or compel the City to enter into a contract or agreement.

Authority to Revise RFP and Request Additional Information The City reserves the rights to amend the RFP at any time, to determine the successful respondent(s), and to reject any or all Proposals or their components. Should it be necessary for the City to issue addendums to this RFP during the proposal period, the City will post addendums to the PlanetBids Portal. It is the responsibility of all prospective proposers to check PlanetBids regularly to see whether any addenda or supplemental materials have been issued. Proposals shall acknowledge that the contractor is aware of all addendums which have been issued and has incorporated their provisions in their proposal by completing the Certification of Proposal Form.

The City reserves the right, to request additional information or clarifications from contractors where it may serve the City’s best interest.
64 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 7 of 48 ends

Other Conditions
• ADDITIONAL SERVICES. The Scope of Work describes the minimum work to be accomplished. Upon final selection of the firm(s), the Scope of Work may be modified and refined during negotiations with the City. Any proposer that provides additional services can include those services in the proposal and list them as additional services.
• AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES. Every proposal must be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the contractor to a contract for the execution of the work.

Upon request of the City, any agent submitting a proposal on behalf of a contractor shall provide a current power of attorney certifying the agent’s authority to bind the contractor.
• AWARD OF PROPOSAL. City reserves the right to negotiate final terms with the selected contractor, if any. Award may be made to the contractor offering the most advantageous proposal after consideration of all criteria. • COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. All proposals shall comply with current federal, state, and other laws relative thereto.
• CONFLICT OF INTEREST. By signing the Certification of Proposal, the contractor declares and warrants that no elected or appointed official, officer or employee of the City has been or shall be compensated, directly or indirectly, in connection with this proposal or any work connected with this proposal. Should any agreement be approved in connection with this Request for Proposals, contractor declares and warrants that no elected or appointed official, officer or employee of the City, during the term of his/her service with the City shall have any direct interest in that agreement, or obtain any present, anticipated or future material benefit arising therefrom.
• DISQUALIFICATION OF PROPOSER. If there is reason to believe that collusion exists among the contractors, the City may refuse to consider proposals from participants in such collusion. No person, firm, or corporation under the same or different name, shall make, file, or be interested in more than one proposal for the same work unless alternate proposals are called for. Reasonable grounds for believing that any contractor is interested in more than one Proposal for the same work will cause the rejection of all Proposals for the work in which a contractor is interested. Contractors shall submit as part of their Proposal documents the completed Non-Collusion Affidavit.
• EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS. It is the responsibility of the contractor to carefully and thoroughly examine and be familiar with these RFP documents, general conditions, all forms, specifications, drawings, plans, and addendums (if any). Contractors shall satisfy themselves as to the character, quantity, and quality of work to be performed and materials, labor, supervision necessary to perform the work as specified by these 65 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 8 of 48 ends

documents. The failure or neglect of the contractor to examine documents shall in no way relieve the contractor from any obligations with respect to the solicitation for and subsequent contract that may be awarded. The submission of a proposal shall constitute an acknowledgment upon which the City may rely that the contractor has thoroughly examined and is familiar with the RFP documents. The failure or neglect of a contractor to receive or examine any of the documents shall in no way relieve the contractor from any obligations with respect to the proposal. No claim will be allowed for additional compensation that is based upon a lack of knowledge of any solicitation document.
• INTERPRETATION OF RFP DOCUMENTS. City reserves the right to make corrections or clarifications of the information provided in this RFP. If any person is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of this RFP documents, or finds discrepancies or omissions in the document, the person may submit to the City a written request for an interpretation or correction. Oral statement(s), interpretations or clarifications concerning meaning or intent of the contents of this RFP by any person are unauthorized and invalid. Modifications to the RFP, including, but not limited to the scope of work, can be made only by written addendum issued by the City. Proposers shall submit all questions in writing to the contact listed in the announcement or submitted on the PlanetBids Portal. Proposers may not contact any other staff members with questions. The requesting party is responsible for prompt delivery of any requests. When the City considers interpretations necessary, interpretations will be in the form of an addendum to the RFP documents, and when issued, will be sent as promptly as is practical to all parties recorded by the City as having received RFP documents. All such addenda shall become a part of the RFP document. It is the responsibility of each contractor to ensure the City has their correct business name, mailing address and e-mail address on file through the PlanetBids online portal. Any prospective contractors who obtained a set of RFP documents from the PlanetBids online portal are responsible for checking PlanetBids to verify if any subsequent Addendums were issued.
• IRREGULARITIES. City reserves the right to waive non-material irregularities if such would be in the best interest of the City as determined by the City Manager. • NON-DISCRIMINATION. Contractor represents and warrants that it does not and will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, gender, color, national origin, sexual orientation, ancestry, marital status, physical condition, pregnancy or pregnancy-related condition, political affiliation or opinion, age or medical condition.
• NON-EXCLUSIVE. Should the City make an award, the successful contractor will enter into a NON-EXCLUSIVE professional services agreement and the City reserves the right to enter into agreements with other firms.
• OFFERS OF MORE THAN ONE PRICE. Contractors are NOT allowed to submit more than one cost proposal.
66 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 9 of 48 ends

• OWNERSHIP. All data, documents and other products used or developed during the RFP process become the property of the City upon submission. All documents submitted in response to this RFP shall become the property of the City and a matter of public record pursuant to Government Code sections 6250 et seq. Proposals should not be marked as confidential or proprietary, and City may refuse to consider a proposal so marked. All information contained within the proposals will become a matter of public record. It is the responsibility of each bidder to clearly identify any and all information contained within its bid proposal that it considers to be confidential and/or proprietary. To the extent that the City agrees with that designation, such information will be held in confidence whenever possible. All other information will be considered public.
• PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT. Prior to awarding any work, the selected Contractor will be required to execute a professional services agreement (sample attached) with the City. Any proposed change to the agreement shall be identified in the response to the Request for Proposals (RFP) and shall be subject to the sole approval of the City. The City requires the Contractor to obtain and maintain a policy of professional liability and other insurance as indicated in the agreement. • NO PUBLIC OPENING/PUBLIC RECORDS ACT. Proposals shall be opened and its contents secured by City staff to prevent disclosure during the evaluative process and the process of negotiating with competing contractors. Adequate precautions shall be taken to treat each contractor fairly and to insure that information gleaned from competing proposals is not disclosed to other Contractors. Prices and other information concerning the proposals shall not be disclosed until a recommendation for award is made to the awarding authority.
• PUBLIC RECORD. All proposals submitted in response to this RFP will become the property of the City upon submittal and a matter of public record when the City selects a proposer for recommendation to the City Council for its consideration pursuant to applicable law.
• REPRESENTATIONS. Contractor understands and acknowledges that the representations made in their submitted proposal are material and important, and will be relied on by the City in evaluation of the proposal. Contractor misrepresentation shall be treated as fraudulent concealment from the City of the facts relating to the proposal.
• SEVERABILITY. If any provisions or portion of any provision, of this Request for Proposals are held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, they shall be severed from the Request for Proposals and the remaining provisions shall be valid and enforceable. • SUBCONTRACTOR INFORMATION. If the proposal includes the use of subcontractors, contractor must identify specific sub-contractors and the specific requirements of this RFP for which each proposed subcontractor would perform services. All 67 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 10 of 48 ends

subcontractor for work services must follow all required provisions of the prime contract.
• VALIDITY. Proposal must be valid for a period of 90 days from the due date. • WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSAL. Contractors’ authorized representative may withdraw Proposals only by written request received by this RFP contact personal before the Proposal Submittal Deadline.
• BUSINESS LICENSE. The selected firm(s) must obtain a City of Hermosa Beach Business license and maintain a current certificate of insurance with the City for the duration of the Professional Service Agreement.
68 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 11 of 48 ends

2. Project Overview

2.1 Background
The City of Hermosa Beach is located within the southwestern coastal portion of Los Angeles County in what is commonly referred to locally as the “South Bay” area. The City is bounded on the north by the City of Manhattan Beach, on the south by the City of Redondo Beach, on the east by the City of Redondo Beach and the City of Manhattan Beach, and on the west by the Pacific Ocean. The City limits for Hermosa Beach encompass a relatively small land area, approximately 1.4 square miles. Hermosa Beach is thriving, and engaged community, with some 20,000 residents and naturally draws a high number of visitors to its beaches and downtown.

Governed by a five-member City Council with members elected at large, Hermosa Beach operates under the council/city manager form of government as a general law city. Like the community, the Council is informed, educated, and engaged. The programs and services provided by the City are accomplished through eight City departments: City Clerk, City Manager, Community Development, Community Resources, Finance, Human Resources, Police, and Public Works).

At this time the City is seeking an experienced contractor to provide contract services for vehicle towing and storage services. The successful Contractor shall have at least three years of prior experience on similar types of services. All companies responding to this Request for Proposal (RFP) will be evaluated on the basis of their expertise, prior experience on similar projects, demonstrated competence, ability to meet the requested services, adequate staffing, reference check, and understanding of services, cost and responsiveness to the needs and concerns of the City of Hermosa Beach.

3. Scope of Services
The Scope of Work shall include, but not be limited to the following tasks. The Contractor is encouraged to recommend alternative approaches and/or additional tasks to completing the work.

3.1 Definitions
Impound: Vehicle or equipment taken into custody by order of Police Department. Prior to release by contractor, certain requirements must be satisfied between the owner of the vehicle and the Police Department. Contractor is to release vehicle only upon written order from Police Department.
69 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 12 of 48 ends

Storage: Vehicle can be released directly to the owner without an official written release from Police Department. The matter is considered a civil arrangement between contractor and vehicle owner.

Owner’s Authorized Agent: A person having legal authorization by the owner of a vehicle to act on behalf of the owner in his/her absence. Person must have original or certified documentation from the owner indicating such authorization.

3.2 Towing and Storage
The Contractor’s primary duty will be: responding, on a first priority basis, to requests for towing services initiated by the City’s police officers and parking enforcement personnel.

The Contractor must also respond to towing requests from other City employees who are duly authorized to remove vehicles for storage, or investigation, or both. Typical towing situations will include, but will not be limited to: removing illegally parked vehicles, towing inoperative vehicles as a result of traffic accidents and mechanical breakdowns, and impounding vehicles for investigation, evidence, or a violation of the law. The Contractor must provide towing and storage services all hours of a day, every day of the year.

The Contractor must maintain adequate personnel, equipment, and facilities at all times to perform the required towing services, within the time frame(s) outlined in the Contract. While the Contractor has custody of vehicles, it will be responsible for their safekeeping, including their contents, until they have been released to the owner or owner’s agent, or disposed of in the manner the law permits.

Until the Contractor receives the Police Department’s written authorization, it must not release a vehicle to an owner or the owner’s agent when the Police Department is:

Holding that vehicle for investigation, examination, or evidence, or requesting its special handling or protection (collectively, “police hold vehicles”); or Impounding that vehicle for unpaid parking citations, lack of current registration, or a violation of the law.

To prevent damage to police hold vehicles or spoliation of any evidence in or upon those vehicles, such as fingerprints or stains, the Contractor must store police hold vehicles in a secure area protected against the elements, sources of contamination, and entry by unauthorized persons.

3.3 Administrative Fee
The City, through the tow contractor, charges each vehicle owner a Vehicle Release Fee.

The successful contractor will be required to collect and account for the fee, and report on a monthly basis all vehicles released and the fee collected. 70 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 13 of 48 ends

3.4 Record Keeping and Reporting
Contractor shall keep records on all vehicles handled as a result of this contract. Reports shall be submitted in electronically. Utilizing a spreadsheet or similar program is acceptable to the City.

Reports are due no later than 15 days after the last day of the previous month. A late charge equal to 1-1/2% per month will be levied on all past due payments. Periodic audits by the City on the contractor's records in relation to the towing contract will be scheduled.

3.5 Legal Requirements
The Contractor shall at all times abide by the rules and regulations set forth in the California Vehicle Code regarding the handling of vehicles, lien sales with outstanding parking penalties, owner notification, etc. Further, all of Contractor's vehicles shall also conform to and be maintained in accordance with the latest edition of the California Vehicle Code.

All impound procedures shall be in accordance with California Highway Patrol procedures.

3.6 Response Time Requirements
The Contractor shall respond to the location requested by the City within 20 minutes of receipt of the call. If the response time is not attainable for a particular call, the Contractor shall notify the City immediately, advising the City of the expected time of arrival (ETA). If the ETA is not acceptable to the City, the City reserves the right to contact an alternate towing contractor to satisfy the need.

3.7 Location of Contractor’s Storage Facility
The Contractor's storage/impound facility shall be located within a 10-mile radius of the City of Hermosa Beach City Hall. Transfer of business location may affect the contract and therefore, the City must be consulted prior to such a move.

3.8 Storage Facility Requirements
Storage facilities utilized in the performance of a contract shall comply with all of the following conditions:
a) All vehicles shall be stored in a building or in an area that is, in the opinion of the City, secure and enclosed by a substantial wall or walls or other City-approved enclosure. b) Storage facilities must be existing structures, not a building to be constructed as the result of a contract award.
c) The entire storage facility must be illuminated to such a degree that clear visual observation of the area may be made during the hours of darkness. 71 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 14 of 48 ends

d) Storage facilities must be capable of holding a minimum of 50 cars, parked in such a manner as to provide accessibility and to prevent damage. e) The Contractor shall, at his/her own expense, maintain separate and enclosed garage facilities for a minimum of three (3) vehicles ordered impounded by the Police Department for involvement in commission of crimes or as evidence. The enclosed garage shall be lockable with possession of the key to the garage given to the Police Department.
f) Contractor will maintain a secure facility or facilities which have 24 hour surveillance utilizing closed circuit television, personnel, or some other City-approved means of security.
g) Contractors shall provide sufficient lighting in public access areas for hours of darkness.

3.9 Contractor’s Personnel
All of the Tow Contractor's personnel shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:
a) All operations engaged in under the provisions of the contract shall be at the direction of the City representative (Police Officer, Parking Enforcement Officer, etc.) at the scene.
b) All personnel must possess a valid and proper State of California Driver License required to operate all vehicles and equipment required to be used in the performance of the contract.
c) All personnel shall be thoroughly trained in the proper and safe use of all equipment used in performing the necessary work.
d) All personnel shall be uniformed with the name of the towing company and the individual's name clearly visible. Personnel shall be neatly groomed. e) The Contractor agrees to perform offender background checks on all personnel performing under the City, to include DOJ Live scan and Clearance through Megan’s law.
f) All personnel shall be fluent in the English language.

3.10 Hours of Operation
a) Contractor shall have tow service available 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 365 days per year.
72 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 15 of 48 ends

b) Vehicles must be available for release from impound and storage 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. Contractor must have his/her facility clearly marked with telephone number to call if release is requested after normal working hours. c) Contractor shall have at least two tow trucks stationed in the City of Hermosa Beach during the hours of 6:00 AM to 8:30 AM and 2:30 PM to 6:30 PM Monday through Friday (excluding holidays) for the purpose of expedient towing during maximum enforcement times.
d) Contractor may be requested periodically to provide deployment of trucks for special events (e.g., the Hermosa Beach Open volleyball tournament, etc.). Such events will be coordinated with Contractor at least 24 hours in advance.

3.11 Equipment Requirements
a) The Contractor must have (either through a subcontractor or as owner of the equipment) a minimum of three standard tow vehicles (1 ton rating or greater, dual rear wheels), one flat bed tow vehicle and one heavy duty truck capable of towing tractor-type trucks (semi’s), available at all times.
b) None of the vehicles shall be converted pickup trucks or vehicles not specifically built by the manufacturer for the purpose of towing other vehicles. c) All vehicles shall have all necessary communications equipment for radio transmission and reception and shall comply with FCC regulations and requirements. City frequencies shall not be used. Equipment shall be purchased and maintained at Contractor expense.
d) All vehicles shall be well maintained and neat in appearance. e) Each tow vehicle shall have a cable winch of sufficient size and capacity to retrieve vehicles that may have gone over embankments, or off of traveled portions of roadways into inaccessible locations.
f) All tow vehicles shall have the means by which to tow a trailered boat or other trailered item.
g) Contractor shall possess a dolly.
h) Contractor is expected to possess the standard tools of the trade such as slim jims, floor jacks, shovels, brooms, sand and absorbent materials for auto fluids. i) All tow vehicles shall pass California Highway Patrol inspection and display a window tag indicating so.
73 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 16 of 48 ends

3.12 Site Clean-up
The contractor shall carry the appropriate equipment (brooms, buckets, absorbent, etc.) and shall be responsible for proper clean-up of a tow site, including, but not limited to, broken glass, automobile fluids or other debris. The clean-up shall be performed automatically and without request by the City officer or official on-site.

3.13 Non-exclusive Contract
The Contractors selected will be considered the primary tow Contractors for the City of Hermosa Beach, but will not be considered as the exclusive tow Contractors. Other contractors may be used on an as-needed basis.

3.14 Advertising
Contractor shall not display or use any signs, advertising materials, logos, etc. which indicate that the towing service is an official towing service for the City of Hermosa Beach without the prior written authorization of the City. Designation of "Official Police Tow" or similar verbiage is acceptable.

3.15 Removal of Vehicles
Except for private impounds, the Contractor shall not remove any vehicle without first being instructed to do so by an authorized officer of the City (e.g., Police Officer, Police Services Officer, Community Services Officer, or Public Works employee).

3.16 Release of Impounded/Stored Vehicles
a) A vehicle impounded (see definitions above) by order of the Police Department must have a written release and official stamp from the Department to be presented by the registered owner (or R.O.’s authorized agent) to the Contractor at the time of release.
b) No repair work shall be performed on any impounded vehicle unless authorized by the registered owner.
c) Vehicles ordered towed and stored (see definitions above) by the Police Department or Parking Enforcement do not require release from the Police Department or City.

The registered owner of the vehicle may request release directly with the Contractor.

Contractor shall require proof of ownership.

The Contractor will, at the request of an authorized City representative (e.g., Police Watch Commander, Traffic Sergeant or Police Chief), release any vehicle whether in the field or from storage/impound, at no cost to the registered owner or the City. 74 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 17 of 48 ends

3.17 Stolen Vehicle Release Policy
Upon receipt of a recovered stolen vehicle the tow contractor will ascertain from the recovering agency whether any holds are placed on the vehicle. A notation on the impound form shall be made as to whether a hold is placed on the vehicle. The notation shall include the name of the officer, date and time of hold. If the recovering agency does not place a hold on the recovered vehicle the tow contractor shall contact the agency within the jurisdiction from which the vehicle was stolen to determine if a hold will be placed on the vehicle. If a hold is placed on the vehicle, the name of the officer, date and time will be noted by the contractor on the impound form. If no holds are placed on the vehicle the owner will obtain a release form from the recovering agency at which point the owner may then take possession of the vehicle.

3.18 Compliance with Laws
Contractor shall keep fully informed of and comply with all state and federal laws and all ordinances and regulations of the City which in any manner affect the Contractor or those engaged or employed by the Contractor in performing the services to be rendered pursuant to a contract. Contractor shall maintain all permits and licenses, pay all charges and fees, and give all notices required by City ordinances or other laws relating to the performance of the service relevant to a contract.

4. Proposal Submittal Instructions

4.1 Proposal Format
Proposes shall submit one copy of the proposal and one copy of the fee schedule in PDF format on the PlanetBids Portal.

4.2 Proposal Content
Proposals must be concise, but with sufficient detail to allow accurate evaluation and comparative analysis. Proposals should be straightforward and provide "layman" explanations of technical terms that are used. Emphasis should be concentrated on conforming to the RFP instructions, responding to the RFP requirements, and on providing a complete and clear description of the offer. Proposals should include the sections as described in greater detail below. Do NOT include marketing brochures or other promotional material not connected with this RFP.
75 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 18 of 48 ends

4.2.1 Cover Letter
Proposal must be accompanied by a cover letter, signed by an individual authorized to bind the proposing entity. An unsigned proposal is grounds for rejection. The cover letter should include an introduction of the firm, contact information, summary statement of professional qualifications, and statement of understanding of the scope of work. The cover letter also shall acknowledge receipt of any addendums that were issued for this RFP.

4.2.2 Firm Profile
Proposers should provide a brief profile of the prime contractor and any sub-contractor.

Information should include, but is not limited to the following information:
• Official name and address.
• Name, address, email, and telephone number of the contractor’s primary point of contact.
• Type of business entity of contractor (corporation, company, joint venture, etc.).

Please enclose a copy of the Joint Venture Agreement if entity is a joint venture. • Federal Employer I.D. Number.
• Address, telephone numbers and fax numbers of each of the proposing firm’s locations.
• Indication whether firm is totally or partially owned by another business organization (parent company) or individual.
• Number of years contractor has been in business under the present business name.
• Number of years of experience the contractor has had in providing required, equivalent, or related services.
• Any failures or refusals to complete a contract, and explanation.

Statement of Understanding
Contractor must include in this section its understanding of the Scope of Services noted herein. Contractor should be able to articulate a thorough understanding of the State, County and Local requirements, and other industry standards or services to be provided.

Organizational Chart
Contractor shall include an organizational chart that reflects key staff and roles/responsibilities of each individual assigned to provide services under this Proposal. Any 76 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 19 of 48 ends

roles or topics in which the proposer anticipates utilizing the expertise of subcontractors should be clearly identified.

Approach to Work Program (Required and Optional Tasks)
The City is seeking an effective, efficient and creative approach to preparing work products and meeting the City’s goals and timelines. In this section, proposers should include their recommended approach to providing the requested professional services and tasks noted in the Scope of Services in the RFP. The approach to the work plan shall be of such detail to demonstrate the proposer’s ability to accomplish objectives.

The proposer’s approach should provide detail on both the required and optional tasks identified in the scope of work, as well as any additional tasks or services performed by the proposer.

Additional Services
Contractor shall provide the City with any additional services that the firm can provide.

Contractor may additionally itemize those services which are further beneficial but are not noted in the aforementioned paragraphs as requirements.

Roles and Responsibilities for City Staff
Proposer should summarize any services NOT provided by their firm that are listed in the Scope of Work. Contractor shall also list any resources, City assistance or other items expected to be provided by City, “Work to be Performed or Provided by the City”.

Communications Approach
Proposers should describe their recommended or preferred approach to project communications between the City and Contractor Team. This should include detail on the frequency of project check-ins, progress updates, and meeting locations (i.e. phone, email, in-person).

Quality Assurance/Quality Control Approach
Describe the firm’s QA/QC processes that will be adhered to during the term of the agreement. Describe the Contractor’s method of ensuring that the assigned personnel’s quality of work is high.

4.2.3 Experience and Qualifications
Proposers should include in this section a summary of relevant projects, contact information for references, and information about the experience, qualifications, and availability of key personnel, described in greater detail below.
77 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 20 of 48 ends

Summary of Relevant Work
Proposers should highlight representative work that are similar in scope to the services requested to demonstrate the firm’s depth of experience and familiarity with similar projects.

For each project, please include the following information, at a minimum:
• Year started and completed (if relevant)
• Contracting Agency + Department
• Scope of Services
• Key Personnel Assigned
References
Contractor must provide at least three (3) references for which contractor has provided services similar in scope as set forth in the RFP within the last five (5) years. Reference information should include:
• Name of agency
• Name of agency project manager
• Email address and telephone number of contact person
• Description of services provided
Experience and Qualifications of Key Personnel
The contractor shall provide resumes indicating the experience and qualifications for the key personnel identified in the organization chart. Contractor shall also include the number and type of additional support personnel who will be providing services. At a minimum, the resume for each team member should include:
• Name
• Position and Role
• Degrees and Certifications
• Professional Memberships/Registrations
• Summary of Experience
If sub-contractors are to be used as part of this proposal, a resume of the sub-contractor and relevant experience is to be included in the same format. 78 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 21 of 48 ends

Assignment of Key Personnel
It is the City’s preference to have the key personnel identified in the Organizational Chart remain.

After contract execution the Contractor should not substitute key personnel or subcontractors without prior written approval from the local agency. The contractor must request and justify the need for the substitution and obtain approval from the agency prior to use of a different sub-contractor on the contract. The proposed substituted person must be as qualified as the original, and at the same or lower cost.

In the event there are proposed changes in key personnel, including sub-contractors, during the term of the agreement that are outside of the firm’s control, the contractor shall prepare a transition plan that is presented to the City’s project manager for review.

4.2.6 Required Forms
Contractor shall review, acknowledge and submit the following forms:
• Certification of Proposal. Contractor is required to sign and submit the Certification of Proposal including acknowledgement that they have received and considered any addendums issued by the City of Hermosa Beach in connection with this RFP. (See section 7.2.1)
• Non-Collusion Affidavit.Contractor is required to sign and submit the NonCollusion Affidavit. (See section 7.2.2) • Compliance with Insurance Requirements. Contractor shall demonstrate the willingness and ability to submit proof of the required insurance coverage as set forth in the Sample Professional Services Agreement. (See section 7.2.3) • Acknowledgement of Professional Services Agreement. Contractor shall demonstrate willingness and ability to comply with the City’s Sample Professional Services Agreement and/or indicate any exceptions to the Professional Services Agreement. (See section 7.2.4)
• Covid Vaccination Certification. Contractor agrees to certify in writing to CITY that all employees, agents, officers and subcontractors who will be physically present in the City and have contact with City officials and employees or with the public shall be fully vaccinated from COVID-19. (See section 7.2.5)

4.2.7 Cost Proposal
The cost proposal shall be submitted through PlanetBids Portal as a separate file, labeled “Cost Proposal” and indicate the firm’s name. The cost proposal shall detail costs broken down by task, hourly rates, and key personnel.
79 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 22 of 48 ends

Contractor should provide the cost proposal for the duration of the agreement to successfully fulfill the Scope of Work detailed in this RFP. Required and optional tasks should be consistent with the tasks listed in the Scope of Services and be clearly marked in the cost proposal to facilitate consistent comparison of costs between proposals. The Cost Proposal should identify hourly billing rates and break costs by tasks. The fee schedule should also include any direct costs such as travel, equipment, printing/materials.

Other direct costs, intended to be charged to the City, need to be stated. No mark-ups will be allowed for other direct costs.

5. Proposal Evaluation and Selection

5.1 Proposal Review Process
The City will evaluate all proposals received in accordance with the evaluation criteria. The City shall not be obligated to accept the lowest priced fee schedule, but the City may make award(s) in the best interests of the City after all factors are considered, including, but not limited to, the demonstrated competence, experience and professional qualifications of the Proposer. Evaluation scores will not be released until after award of proposal, if one is made.

Following the review of RFPs by the City’s team, the City may, if it chooses to do so, invite short-listed contractors to be interviewed by a panel of City staff, which may include noncity personnel at the City’s discretion. Discussions may, at the City's option, be conducted with the most qualified Proposers. Discussions may be for the purpose of clarification to assure full understanding of, and responsiveness to the solicitation requirements. Proposers shall be accorded fair and equal treatment with respect to any opportunity for discussion and written revision of proposals. In conducting discussions, the City will not disclose information derived from proposals submitted by competing Proposers.

The City will verify references of short-listed contractors, which may include persons not listed as references, and this will help inform the City’s decisions. The City will select a contractor to negotiate for the performance of work. In negotiating the contract the City may request modifications to the proposed scope or to the technical team or other elements of the proposal. If negotiations fail, the City will commence negotiations with the next qualified candidate. Work will promptly commence following contract award and satisfaction of contract requirements.

5.2 Evaluation Criteria
Evaluation criteria will typically include RFP understanding, demonstrated expertise, relevant experience, availability of the firm’s team, and other factors. Task orders resulting from this contract will be negotiated and executed between the City and the selected firm. 80 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 23 of 48 ends

Proposals will be evaluated on the basis of their response to all provisions of this RFP. The City of Hermosa Beach will use the following criteria in its evaluation of proposals, interviews may be required with selected contractors, or verification of references. The categories will be weighted approximately as follows.

Approach (30%):
• A well thought-out and tailored approach to the technical work that responds to the City’s particular issues and needs.
• Incorporation of innovative and/or creative approaches for providing the services that will maximize efficient, cost-effective operations or increased performance capabilities.
• Evidence of the team’s ability to work collaboratively with other members of a multidisciplinary team in a complex and dynamic working environment. • Demonstration of the team’s commitment to accurate and superior services as detailed in the management plan.

Relevant Experience & Expertise (35%):
• Recent experience providing similar services for jurisdictions. • Familiarity and experience with applicable industry standards and any relevant federal, state, or local requirements.
• The depth and appropriateness of experience of individual members of the technical team as they relate to the specific technical tasks called for by the provided services. • The contractor team’s ability to dedicate a strong point of contact that will serve for the duration of the contracted services.
• The team’s experience and ability to clearly communicate technical concepts and terminology with the City team and community.

Timeframe and Costs (25%):
• Contractor will have services available 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 365 days per year.
• Rate changes do not exceed the change in the Consumer Price Index for Los Angeles County over the previous 12-month period. Rates do not exceed the Los Angeles Police Commission’s Tow and Storage rates.

Administration (10%):
81 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 24 of 48 ends

• Ability to comply with the time-sensitive terms, and billing procedures. • The extent and nature of any proposed amendments to the City’s Professional Services Agreement.

6. Contract Expectations

6.1 Contract Period
The City anticipates the contract term would begin around April 2024 and be valid for one (1) year. The City has the option to extend the contract two times for one additional year each.

6.2 Professional Services Agreement
The selected contractor will be expected to comply with and sign the City’s Professional Services Agreement. Proposers should identify and/or indicate any exceptions to the Sample Professional Services Agreement included in Section 7.1. The City Attorney or their designee retains the discretion to accept or reject proposed exceptions or modifications to the City’s Professional Services Agreement.

6.3 Standards of Work
In case of conflicts, ambiguities, discrepancies, errors, or omissions, Contractor shall submit the matter to City for clarification. Any work affected by such conflicts, ambiguities, discrepancies, errors or omissions which is performed by Contractor prior to clarification by City shall be at Contractor's risk and expense.

6.4 Invoicing and Payment
Each invoice shall contain a progress report describing the work completed during the billing period and shall also include cost information by task regarding: previous work billed to date, work billed during the reporting period, percent of task completed and amount remaining by task.

Invoices are to be submitted monthly. The invoices shall reference the project title, and list charges by task, worker classification, hours, billing rate, and totals. 82 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 25 of 48 ends

Each invoice shall contain a progress report describing the work completed during the billing period and the following summary information:

6.5 Conditions
Charges for towing, storage and other services required of contract holder shall not exceed those approved by the City of Hermosa Beach City Council as a result of Contractor's proposal. The towing charges shall be inclusive of equipment and personnel charges, tow site debris clean-up, etc. Cost data offered by the Contractor shall be listed on the Cityprovided form attached to this Request for Proposal.

Additional conditions include:
a) All rates and charges shall be conspicuously posted in the Contractor's office or other area viewable by the Public.
b) Each customer shall be issued an itemized invoice indicating the services rendered, the unit cost of each service, and the total cost of all services. c) The City shall not be liable to pay Contractor or any other party any charge or other fee for a call which does not result in a chargeable service being rendered by Contractor.
d) In the event any vehicle is towed or impounded, or both, through any error of the Contractor or City, neither the vehicle owner nor the City shall be liable to pay any tow or storage charges, or any other fees.
e) In the event of a dispute concerning any charge(s), the Chief of Police or his/her designee shall make a determination of the validity of the charges, pursuant to the California Vehicle Code Section 22852. The decision shall be binding on all parties involved.
f) Contractor shall not make any demand on the vehicle owner or driver for a sum in excess of the amount established by the City of Hermosa Beach City Council. g) Contractor shall accept valid bank credit cards (in the field as well as in the office).

Personal checks shall also be accepted.

Contract
Amount
Total Prior
Contract Billings
Contract Work
Performed this
Period
Total Contract
Amount
Performed To
Date
Contract
Percent
Complete
Total Amount
Remaining for the
Contract
83 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 26 of 48 ends

h) Rates quoted shall be valid for 1 year from the date of commencement of the contract and shall be subject to renegotiation on an annual basis. At no time will any negotiated rate changes exceed the change in the Consumer Price Index for Los Angeles County over the previous 12-month period. The rates may never exceed the Los Angeles Police Commission's Tow & Storage rates. All requests for increase must be substantiated to the City's satisfaction prior to approval. i) At no time will charges exceed the fees set by the Los Angeles Police Commission. j) Any hourly charges shall be prorated on a quarter hour basis (i.e., if the task takes 10 minutes, the billing will be one quarter of the hourly rate). 84 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 27 of 48 ends

7. Attachments and Required Forms

7.1 Sample Professional Services Agreement

CONTRACT FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES TO
________________________________________________________________ BETWEEN THE CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH AND ___________________________ This AGREEMENT is entered into this day of , 2024, by and between the CITY OF Hermosa Beach, a general law city a municipal corporation (“CITY”) and _, a limited liability company (“CONTRACTOR”).

R E C I T A L S
A. The City desires to __________________________________________.

B. The City does not have the personnel able and/or available to perform the services required under this agreement and therefore, the City desires to contract for consulting services to accomplish this work.

C. The Contractor warrants to the City that it has the qualifications, experience and facilities to perform properly and timely the services under this Agreement.

D. The City desires to contract with the Contractor to perform the services as described in Exhibit A of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, based on the foregoing recitals, the City and the Contractor agree as follows:

CONSIDERATION AND COMPENSATION As partial consideration, CONTRACTOR agrees to perform the work listed in the SCOPE OF SERVICES, attached as EXHIBIT A.

As additional consideration, CONTRACTOR and CITY agree to abide by the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.

As additional consideration, CITY agrees to pay CONTRACTOR a not to exceed amount of $ , based on the hourly rates set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference for CONTRACTOR’s services, unless otherwise specified by written amendment to this Agreement.

No additional compensation shall be paid for any other expenses incurred, unless first approved by the City Manager or his/her designee.
85 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 28 of 48 ends

CONTRACTOR shall submit to CITY, by not later than the 10th day of each month, its invoice for services itemizing the fees and costs incurred during the previous month. CITY shall pay CONTRACTOR all uncontested amounts set forth in CONTRACTOR’s invoice within 30 days after it is received.

SCOPE OF SERVICES. CONTRACTOR will perform the services and activities set forth in the SCOPE OF SERVICE attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this reference.

Except as herein otherwise expressly specified to be furnished by CITY, CONTRACTOR will, in a professional manner, furnish all of the labor, technical, administrative, professional and other personnel, all supplies and materials, equipment, printing, vehicles, transportation, office space, and facilities necessary or proper to perform and complete the work and provide the professional services required of CONTRACTOR by this Agreement.

PAYMENTS. For CITY to pay CONTRACTOR as specified by this Agreement, CONTRACTOR must submit an invoice to CITY which lists the reimbursable costs, the specific tasks performed, and, for work that includes deliverables, the percentage of the task completed during the billing period in accordance with the schedule of compensation incorporated in “Exhibit A.”
TIME OF PERFORMANCE. The services of the CONTRACTOR are to commence upon receipt of a notice to proceed from the CITY and shall continue until all authorized work is completed to the CITY’s reasonable satisfaction, in accordance with the schedule incorporated in “Exhibit A,” unless extended in writing by the CITY.

FAMILIARITY WITH WORK. By executing this Agreement, CONTRACTOR represents that CONTRACTOR has (a) thoroughly investigated and considered the scope of services to be performed; (b) carefully considered how the services should be performed; and (c) understands the facilities, difficulties, and restrictions attending performance of the services under this Agreement.

KEY PERSONNEL. CONTRACTOR’s key person assigned to perform work under this Agreement is ________________. CONTRACTOR shall not assign another person to be in charge of the work contemplated by this Agreement without the prior written authorization of the City.

TERM OF AGREEMENT. The term of this Agreement shall commence upon execution by both parties and shall expire on __________, 20___, unless earlier termination occurs under Section 11 of this Agreement, or this Agreement is extended in writing in advance by both parties.

CHANGES. CITY may order changes in the services within the general scope of this Agreement, consisting of additions, deletions, or other revisions, and the contract sum and the contract time will be adjusted accordingly. All such changes must be authorized 86 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 29 of 48 ends

in writing, executed by CONTRACTOR and CITY. The cost or credit to CITY resulting from changes in the services will be determined in accordance with written agreement between the parties.

TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. CONTRACTOR will provide CITY with a Taxpayer Identification Number.

PERMITS AND LICENSES. CONTRACTOR will obtain and maintain during the term of this Agreement all necessary permits, licenses, and certificates that may be required in connection with the performance of services under this Agreement.

TERMINATION. Except as otherwise provided, CITY may terminate this Agreement at any time with or without cause. Notice of termination shall be in writing.

CONTRACTOR may terminate this Agreement. Notice will be in writing at least 30 days before the effective termination date.

In the event of such termination, the CONTRACTOR shall cease services as of the date of termination, and all finished or unfinished documents, data, drawings, maps, and other materials prepared by CONTRACTOR shall, at CITY’s option, become CITY’s property, and CONTRACTOR will receive just and equitable compensation for any work satisfactorily completed up to the effective date of notice of termination.

Should the Agreement be terminated pursuant to this Section, CITY may procure on its own terms services similar to those terminated.

INDEMNIFICATION. To the extent permitted by law, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, and hold harmless CITY, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers from and against all liability, loss, damage, expense, cost (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees, expert fees and all other costs and fees of litigation) of every nature to the extent caused by CONTRACTOR's negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct in the performance of work hereunder or its failure to comply with any of its obligations contained in this AGREEMENT. CONTRACTOR shall promptly pay any final judgment rendered against CITY (and its officers, officials, employees and volunteers) with respect to claims determined by a trier of fact to have been the result of the CONTRACTOR’s negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct. CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the CITY its costs of defense, including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees, expert fees and all other costs and fees of litigation to the extent such fees, costs and all other costs are determined by the court of competent jurisdiction to have been caused by the actual negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct of the Contractor. It is expressly understood and agreed that the foregoing provisions are intended to be as broad and inclusive as is permitted by the law of the State of California and will survive termination of this Agreement.

The requirements as to the types and limits of insurance coverage to be maintained by CONTRACTOR as required by Section 17, and any approval of said insurance by CITY, 87 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 30 of 48 ends

are not intended to and will not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and obligations otherwise assumed by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, to the provisions concerning indemnification.

ASSIGNABILITY. This Agreement is for CONTRACTOR’s professional services.

CONTRACTOR’s attempts to assign the benefits or burdens of this Agreement without CITY’s written approval are prohibited and will be null and void.

INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CITY and CONTRACTOR agree that CONTRACTOR will act as an independent contractor and will have control of all work and the manner in which is it performed. CONTRACTOR will be free to contract for similar service to be performed for other employers while under contract with CITY. CONTRACTOR is not an agent or employee of CITY and is not entitled to participate in any pension plan, insurance, bonus or similar benefits CITY provides for its employees. Any provision in this Agreement that may appear to give CITY the right to direct CONTRACTOR as to the details of doing the work or to exercise a measure of control over the work means that CONTRACTOR will follow the direction of the CITY as to end results of the work only.

AUDIT OF RECORDS. CONTRACTOR agrees that CITY, or designee, has the right to review, obtain, and copy all records pertaining to the performance of this Agreement.

CONTRACTOR agrees to provide CITY, or designee, with any relevant information requested and will permit CITY, or designee, access to its premises, upon reasonable notice, during normal business hours for the purpose of interviewing employees and inspecting and copying such books, records, accounts, and other material that may be relevant to a matter under investigation for the purpose of determining compliance with this Agreement. CONTRACTOR further agrees to maintain such records for a period of three (3) years following final payment under this Agreement.

CONTRACTOR will keep all books, records, accounts and documents pertaining to this Agreement separate from other activities unrelated to this Agreement.

CORRECTIVE MEASURES. CONTRACTOR will promptly implement any corrective measures required by CITY regarding the requirements and obligations of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR will be given a reasonable amount of time as determined by the City to implement said corrective measures. Failure of CONTRACTOR to implement required corrective measures shall result in immediate termination of this Agreement.

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS.

A. The CONTRACTOR, at the CONTRACTOR’s own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain, for the duration of the contract, the following insurance policies:

1. Workers Compensation Insurance as required by law. The Contractor shall require all subcontractors similarly to provide such compensation insurance for their respective employees. Any notice of cancellation or non-renewal of all Workers’ Compensation policies must be received by the CITY at least thirty (30) days prior 88 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 31 of 48 ends

to such change. The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the CITY, its officers, agents, employees, and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the CONTRACTOR for City.

2. General Liability Coverage. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain commercial general liability insurance in an amount of not less than two million dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage. If a commercial general liability insurance form or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to the work to be performed under this Agreement or the general aggregate limit shall be at least twice the required occurrence limit.

3. Automobile Liability Coverage. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain automobile liability insurance covering bodily injury and property damage for all activities of the CONTRACTOR arising out of or in connection with the work to be performed under this Agreement, including coverage for owned, hired, and non-owned vehicles, in an amount of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit for each occurrence.

4. Professional Liability Coverage. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain professional errors and omissions liability insurance for protection against claims alleging negligent acts, errors, or omissions which may arise from the CONTRACTOR’S operations under this Agreement, whether such operations be by the CONTRACTOR or by its employees, subcontractors, or sub-contractors. The amount of this insurance shall not be less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) on a claims-made annual aggregate basis, or a combined single-limit-peroccurrence basis. When coverage is provided on a “claims made basis,” CONTRACTOR will continue to renew the insurance for a period of three (3) years after this Agreement expires or is terminated. Such insurance will have the same coverage and limits as the policy that was in effect during the term of this Agreement, and will cover CONTRACTOR for all claims made by CITY arising out of any errors or omissions of CONTRACTOR, or its officers, employees or agents during the time this Agreement was in effect.

B. Endorsements. Each general liability, automobile liability and professional liability insurance policy shall be issued by a financially responsible insurance company or companies admitted and authorized to do business in the State of California, or which is approved in writing by City, and shall be endorsed as follows. CONTRACTOR also agrees to require all contractors, and subcontractors to do likewise.

1. “The CITY, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers are to be covered as additional insureds with respect to liability arising out of work performed by or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR, including materials, parts, or equipment furnished in connection with such work or operations.”

2. This policy shall be considered primary insurance as respects the CITY, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. Any insurance maintained by the CITY, including any self-insured retention the CITY may have, shall be considered excess insurance only and shall not contribute with this policy. 89 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 32 of 48 ends

3. This insurance shall act for each insured and additional insured as though a separate policy had been written for each, except with respect to the limits of liability of the insuring company.

4. The insurer waives all rights of subrogation against the CITY, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, or agents.

5. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, or volunteers.

6. The insurance provided by this policy shall not be suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days written notice has been received by the CITY.

C. CONTRACTOR agrees to provide immediate notice to CITY of any claim or loss against CONTRACTOR arising out of the work performed under this agreement. CITY assumes no obligation or liability by such notice, but has the right (but not the duty) to monitor the handling of any such claim or claims if they are likely to involve CITY.

D. Any deductibles or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the CITY. At the CITY’s option, the CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate financial capability for payment of such deductibles or self-insured retentions.

E. The CONTRACTOR shall provide certificates of insurance with original endorsements to the CITY as evidence of the insurance coverage required herein. Certificates of such insurance shall be filed with the CITY on or before commencement of performance of this Agreement. Current certification of insurance shall be kept on file with the CITY at all times during the term of this Agreement.

F. Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to procure or maintain required insurance shall constitute a material breach of contract under which the CITY may terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 11 above.

G. The commercial general and automobile liability policies required by this Agreement shall allow City, as additional insured, to satisfy the self-insured retention (“SIR”) and/or deductible of the policy in lieu of the Contractor (as the named insured) should Contractor fail to pay the SIR or deductible requirements. The amount of the SIR or deductible shall be subject to the approval of the City Attorney and the Finance Director. Contractor understands and agrees that satisfaction of this requirement is an express condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement. Failure by Contractor as primary insured to pay its SIR or deductible constitutes a material breach of this Agreement. Should City pay the SIR or deductible on Contractor’s behalf upon the Contractor’s failure or refusal to do so in order to secure defense and indemnification as an additional insured under the policy, City may include such amounts as damages in any action against Contractor for breach of this Agreement in addition to any other damages incurred by City due to the breach.

USE OF OTHER CONTRACTORS. CONTRACTOR must obtain CITY’s prior written approval to use any sub-contractors while performing any portion of this Agreement. Such approval must include approval of the proposed contractor and the terms of compensation.
90 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 33 of 48 ends

FINAL PAYMENT ACCEPTANCE CONSTITUTES RELEASE. The acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of the final payment made under this Agreement shall operate as and be a release of the CITY from all claims and liabilities for compensation to the CONTRACTOR for anything done, furnished or relating to the CONTRACTOR’S work or services.

Acceptance of payment shall be any negotiation of the CITY’S check or the failure to make a written extra compensation claim within ten (10) calendar days of the receipt of that check. However, approval or payment by the CITY shall not constitute, nor be deemed, a release of the responsibility and liability of the CONTRACTOR, its employees, sub-contractors and agents for the accuracy and competency of the information provided and/or work performed; nor shall such approval or payment be deemed to be an assumption of such responsibility or liability by the CITY for any defect or error in the work prepared by the Contractor, its employees, sub-contractors and agents.

CORRECTIONS. In addition to the above indemnification obligations, the CONTRACTOR shall correct, at its expense, all errors in the work which may be disclosed during the City’s review of the Contractor’s report or plans. Should the Contractor fail to make such correction in a reasonably timely manner, such correction shall be made by the CITY, and the cost thereof shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR. In addition to all other available remedies, the City may deduct the cost of such correction from any retention amount held by the City or may withhold payment otherwise owed CONTRACTOR under this Agreement up to the amount of the cost of correction.

NON-APPROPRIATION OF FUNDS. Payments to be made to CONTRACTOR by CITY for services preformed within the current fiscal year are within the current fiscal budget and within an available, unexhausted fund. In the event that CITY does not appropriate sufficient funds for payment of CONTRACTOR’S services beyond the current fiscal year, the Agreement shall cover payment for CONTRACTOR’S services only to the conclusion of the last fiscal year in which CITY appropriates sufficient funds and shall automatically terminate at the conclusion of such fiscal year.

NOTICES. All communications to either party by the other party will be deemed made when received by such party at its respective name and address as follows:

CITY CONTRACTOR
City of Hermosa Beach
1315 Valley Drive
Hermosa Beach, CA 90254
ATTN: Sgt. Guy Dove ATTN:
91 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 34 of 48 ends

Any such written communications by mail will be conclusively deemed to have been received by the addressee upon deposit thereof in the United States Mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed as noted above. In all other instances, notices will be deemed given at the time of actual delivery. Changes may be made in the names or addresses of persons to whom notices are to be given by giving notice in the manner prescribed in this paragraph. Courtesy copies of notices may be sent via electronic mail, provided that the original notice is deposited in the U.S. mail or personally delivered as specified in this Section.

A. SOLICITATION. CONTRACTOR maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor retained any company or person, other than CONTRACTOR’s bona fide employee, to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, CONTRACTOR warrants that it has not paid nor has it agreed to pay any company or person, other than CONTRACTOR’s bona fide employee, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. Should CONTRACTOR breach or violate this warranty, CITY may rescind this Agreement without liability.

B. THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement and every provision herein is generally for the exclusive benefit of CONTRACTOR and CITY and not for the benefit of any other party. There will be no incidental or other beneficiaries of any of CONTRACTOR’s or CITY’s obligations under this Agreement.

C. INTERPRETATION. This Agreement was drafted in, and will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, and exclusive venue for any action involving this agreement will be in Los Angeles County.

D. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, and its Attachments, sets forth the entire understanding of the parties. There are no other understandings, terms or other agreements expressed or implied, oral or written.

E. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION. Each Party had the opportunity to independently review this Agreement with legal counsel. Accordingly, this Agreement will be construed simply, as a whole, and in accordance with its fair meaning; it will not be interpreted strictly for or against either Party.

F. AUTHORITY/MODIFICATION. The Parties represent and warrant that all necessary action has been taken by the Parties to authorize the undersigned to execute this Agreement and to engage in the actions described herein. This Agreement may be modified by written amendment with signatures of all parties to this Agreement.

CITY’s city manager, or designee, may execute any such amendment on behalf of CITY.

ACCEPTANCE OF FACSIMILE OR ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES. The Parties agree that this Contract, agreements ancillary to this Contract, and related documents to be entered into in connection with this Contract will be considered signed when the signature of a 92 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 35 of 48 ends

party is delivered by facsimile transmission or scanned and delivered via electronic mail.

Such facsimile or electronic mail copies will be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature.

FORCE MAJEURE. Should performance of this Agreement be impossible due to fire, flood, explosion, war, embargo, government action, civil or military authority, the natural elements, or other similar causes beyond the Parties’ control, then the Agreement will immediately terminate without obligation of either party to the other.

TIME IS OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence to comply with dates and schedules to be provided.

STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE. By executing this Agreement, CONTRACTOR represents that it has demonstrated trustworthiness and possesses the quality, fitness and capacity to perform the Agreement in a manner satisfactory to CITY. CONTRACTOR represents that its financial resources, surety and insurance experience, service experience, completion ability, personnel, current workload, experience in dealing with private contractors, and experience in dealing with public agencies all suggest that CONTRACTOR is capable of performing the proposed contract and has a demonstrated capacity to deal fairly and effectively with and to satisfy a public agency.

OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS. It is understood and agreed that the City shall own all documents and other work product of the Contractor, except the Contractor’s notes and workpapers, which pertain to the work performed under this Agreement. The City shall have the sole right to use such materials in its discretion and without further compensation to the Contractor, but any re-use of such documents by the City on any other project without prior written consent of the Contractor shall be at the sole risk of the City.

USE OF LOGO. The CITY grants the CONTRACTOR permission to use its name, logo and/or trademark in deliverables produced by the CONTRACTOR on the behalf of the CITY, such as written reports, presentation slides, press releases, social media graphics, and other public outreach materials. The CITY’s prior review of artwork and written approval is required for any use of CITY logo. CITY will provide an electronic copy of the most current logo to the CONTRACTOR for use in materials. The CONTRACTOR will, in turn, only use the most current logo of the CITY.

DISCLOSURE REQUIRED. (City and Contractor initials required at one of the following paragraphs)
By their respective initials next to this paragraph, City and Contractor hereby acknowledge that Contractor is a “contractor” for the purposes of the California Political Reform Act because Contractor’s duties would require him or her to make one or more of the governmental decisions set forth in Fair Political Practices Commission Regulation 18700.3(a) or otherwise serves in a staff capacity for which disclosure would otherwise be required were Contractor employed by the City. Contractor hereby acknowledges his or her assuming93 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 36 of 48 ends

office, annual, and leaving-office financial reporting obligations under the California Political Reform Act and the City’s Conflict of Interest Code and agrees to comply with those obligations at his or her expense. Prior to contractor commencing services hereunder, the City’s Manager shall prepare and deliver to contractor a memorandum detailing the extent of Contractor’s disclosure obligations in accordance with the City’s Conflict of Interest Code.

City Initials ______
Contractor Initials ______
OR
By their initials next to this paragraph, City and Contractor hereby acknowledge that Contractor is not a “contractor” for the purpose of the California Political Reform Act because Contractor’s duties and responsibilities are not within the scope of the definition of contractor in Fair Political Practice Commission Regulation 18700.3(a) and is otherwise not serving in staff capacity in accordance with the City’s Conflict of Interest Code.

City Initials ______
Contractor Initials ______
COMPLIANCE WITH COVID-19 VACCINATION POLICY. All CONTRACTOR’S employees, agents, officers and subcontractors who will be physically present in the City and have contact with City officials and employees or with the public shall be fully vaccinated from COVID-19. CONTRACTOR agrees to certify in writing to CITY that it complies with the foregoing.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this contract the day and year first hereinabove written.

CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH CONTRACTOR
[MAYOR/CITY MANAGER] By: NAME/TITLE
ATTEST:
94 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 37 of 48 ends

Myra Maravilla, City Clerk Taxpayer ID No.

APPROVED AS TO FORM:

Patrick Donegan, City Attorney
95 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 38 of 48 ends

7.2 Fees Attachment
I, the undersigned, have read and understand the attached specifications for the Towing & Storage Request for Proposal. I am able to perform the contract in accordance with the City's specifications and offer the following costs of rendering services (please state bid amounts in words and figures):

A. Flat charge for City-ordered tow charges for passenger type vehicles and pickup trucks up to and including 1 ton capacity during the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. 7 days per week, 365 days per year. $
B. Same as "A", except during the hours of 7:00 PM to 7:00 AM $ C. Flat charge for City-ordered tow charges for trucks (1 ton and over), and heavy equipment during the hours of 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM 7 days per week, 365 days per year. $
D. Same as "C", except during the hours of 7:00 PM to 7:00 AM $
E. Hourly charge for additional labor to facilitate the movement of the vehicle (including dropping the drive shaft, use of dollies, etc.

This does not include using a "slim jim" to open the vehicle - that should be included in base towing cost, except as requested below) $
F. Flat charge to “slim jim” a vehicle without performing towing services. $
G. Hourly charge for use of a dolly or motorcycle trailer if required. $
H. Flat charge for a vehicle release during non-business hours/days. $
Define non-business days:

Define non-business hours:
96 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 39 of 48 ends

I. Storage of vehicles shall be charged at the following rates:
(In all cases where a vehicle has been stored for less than two (2) hours, no daily storage will be assessed. Any portion after two (2) hours shall constitute one full day).

1. Motorcycles $
/Day

2. Passenger type cars and trucks (1 ton or less) $
/Day

3. Trucks over 1 ton and heavy equipment $
/Day
J. Field Release Fee $
K. Cost to tow City-owned vehicles:

1. Within Hermosa Beach to City Yard $
/Tow

2. Outside Hermosa Beach to City Yard $
/Mile
97 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 40 of 48 ends

7.3 Towing and Storage Contract Questionnaire
Please complete the following questions on a separate sheet of paper if necessary.

1. Name of Contractor:

2. Number of years in towing business?

3. Number of years in storage business?

4. Number of years in business under current ownership?

5. List of all storage facilities, addresses, and if owned or leased.

6. Total number of employees?
Provide a hierarchy chart.

7. Out of total, how many are drivers?
What is their average tenure?
How are they compensated?

8. Out of total, how many are dispatchers?
Provide the dispatching protocol.

9. Provide a copy of your training manual for both positions. 98 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 41 of 48 ends

10. How many supervisors per shift?
Where are they located during the shift?
Who do they supervise?

11. What are the shift days and times?

12. How long have you been at your present location?

13. Has your firm been sued in the past 3 years?
If so, what was the nature of the litigation?

14. Do you currently have an FCC license?

15. Are you currently licensed to do business in Hermosa Beach?

16. Attach a complete list of your fleet of vehicles including their capacity.

17. How do you track the vehicles?

18. Attach a list of all current contracts with public agencies. Include contact person, phone number, contract term dates, and how many trucks & types are deployed for each agency.

The undersigned has checked carefully the entire Towing and Storage Services Request for Proposal (RFP). By signing this document, I attest that I am authorized to contractually bind the company listed, and will meet the Proposal requirements if awarded a contract.
99 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 42 of 48 ends

Dated this day of
Print Name
Signature
Title
Name of Company
Business Address
City, State, Zip Code
Telephone Number
FAX
E-mail
100
RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 43 of 48 ends

7.4 Required Forms

7.4.1 Certification of Proposal
RFP #: _________
The undersigned hereby submits its proposal and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Request for Proposal (RFP).

1. Proposer declares and warrants that no elected or appointed official, officer or employee of the City has been or shall be compensated, directly or indirectly, in connection with this proposal or any work connected with this proposal. Should any agreement be approved in connection with this Request for Proposal, Proposer declares and warrants that no elected or appointed official, officer or employee of the City, during the term of his/her service with the City shall have any direct interest in that agreement, or obtain any present, anticipated or future material benefit arising therefrom.

2. By submitting the response to this request, Proposer agrees, if selected to furnish services to the City in accordance with this RFP.

3. Proposer has carefully reviewed its proposal and understands and agrees that the City is not responsible for any errors or omissions on the part of the Proposer and that the Proposer is responsible for them.

4. It is understood and agreed that the City reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals and to waive any informality or irregularity in any proposal received by the City.

5. The proposal response includes all of the commentary, figures and data required by the Request for Proposal

6. The proposal shall be valid for 90 days from the date of submittal.

7. Proposer acknowledges that the City may issue addendums related to this RFP and that the proposer has reviewed the following addendums which have been issued:

Addendum: _____________________________
Addendum: _____________________________
Addendum: _____________________________
Addendum: _____________________________

8. Proposer further acknowledges the provisions of any addendums issued have been incorporated into their proposal.
101
RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 44 of 48 ends

Signature of Authorized Representative:
____________________________________________
Printed Name and Title:
____________________________________________
102
RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 45 of 48 ends

7.4.2 Non-Collusion Affidavit
RFP #: _________
The undersigned declares states and certifies that:

1. This proposal is not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization or corporation.

2. This proposal is genuine and not collusive or sham.

3. I have not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Proposer to put in a false or sham proposal and I have not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any other Proposer or anyone else to put in a sham proposal or to refrain from submitting to this RFP.

4. I have not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the proposal price or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of the proposal price or to secure any advantage against the City of Hermosa Beach or of anyone interested in the proposed contract.

5. All statements contained in the Proposal and related documents are true.

6. I have not directly or indirectly submitted the proposal price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any person, corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, RFP depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham proposal.

7. I have not entered into any arrangement or agreement with any City of Hermosa Beach public officer in connection with this proposal.

8. I understand collusive bidding is a violation of State and Federal law and can result in fines, prison sentences, and civil damage awards.

Signature of Authorized Representative:
____________________________________________
Printed Name and Title:
____________________________________________
103
RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 46 of 48 ends

7.4.3 Compliance with Insurance Requirements
RFP #: _________
The selected contractor will be expected to comply with the City s insurance requirements contained within this RFP.

The undersigned declares states and certifies that:

1. Proposer agrees, acknowledges and is fully aware of the insurance requirements as specified in the Request for Proposal.

2. If selected, proposer agrees to accept all conditions and requirements as contained therein.

Signature of Authorized Representative:
____________________________________________
Printed Name and Title:
____________________________________________
104
RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 47 of 48 ends

7.4.4 Acknowledgement of Professional Services Agreement RFP #: _________
The selected contractor will be expected to comply with and sign the City s Professional Services Agreement. Proposers should identify and/or indicate any exceptions to the Sample Professional Services Agreement included in Section 6.2. The City Attorney or their designee retains the discretion to accept or reject proposed exceptions or modifications to the City s Professional Services Agreement.

1. Proposer agrees, acknowledges and is fully aware of the conditions specified in the City’s Sample Professional Services Agreement.

2. Proposer agrees to accept all conditions and requirements as contained therein with exceptions noted as follows:
______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________
Signature of Authorized Representative:
____________________________________________
Printed Name and Title:
____________________________________________
105
RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 48 of 48 ends

7.4.5 COVID Vaccination Certification

PLEASE PLACE LETTER ON OFFICIAL COMPANY LETTERHEAD
(Insert Date)
Suja Lowenthal, City Manager
City of Hermosa Beach
1315 Valley Drive
Hermosa Beach, CA 90254
RE: Mandatory COVID-19 Vaccination for City of Hermosa Beach Contractors

Dear Ms. Lowenthal:

Per this letter, (Insert Company Name) certifies that all of its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, representatives and volunteers servicing the City of Hermosa Beach on-site within the City pursuant to the (Insert Agreement Title) dated (Insert Agreement Date), are or will be fully vaccinated or covered by an approved medical or religious exemption prior to the implementation of the scope of work located within the above referenced agreement.

Respectfully,
(Insert Name)
(Insert Title)
106
RFP 24-001

4.2.1 Cover Letter
107
Firm Introduction & Professional Qualifications
Van Lingen Towing is a 3rd generation small business providing towing, recovery, and haz-mat traffic accident remediation to the South Bay since 1948. Van Lingen is the only local company to maintain an in-house equipment roster that meets the current contract requirements. In addition to the core requirements, we maintain a fleet of recovery units that assist in urban search and rescue operations, upright tractor trailers and the ability to recover heavy equipment such as commuter buses, refuse trucks, construction equipment etc.

Van Lingen Towing has been in business for 76 consecutive years. Our longevity highlights our ability to establish trust and build a strong reputation among its government contract customers, vendors, and community stakeholders. Operating successfully for a substantial period demonstrates our ability to deliver consistent service, maintain high-quality standards, and fulfill our promises. This trust and reputation are invaluable assets that attract customers, foster loyalty, and facilitate long term partnerships.

Longevity necessitates adaptability and resilience in the face of ever-changing towing and recovery market dynamics. Van Lingen has evolved and innovated in response to new trends, technologies, and customer demands. By staying abreast of industry developments, embracing change, and leveraging opportunities, Van Lingen Towing has maintained a competitive edge and avoided obsolescence.

As a result of Van Lingen’s track record of longevity we have an easier time attracting and retaining top talent. Talented individuals are drawn to our company because we have a proven history of success, stability, and growth. Moreover, Van Lingen Towing can offer greater career prospects, job security, and opportunities for professional development. This advantage in attracting talent leads to a skilled and motivated workforce that can drive innovation and contribute to the long-term success of our business and ultimately puts Van Lingen in a great position to service the City of Hermosa for years to come.

Van Lingen Towing’s experienced staff lends credibility and instills trust in our business relationships with every municipal contract that we service. Police Officers, City staff, and the public place their trust and confidence in Van Lingen because we are led by experienced towing professionals. The track record of successfully overcoming challenges and delivering consistent results has built Van Lingen a strong reputation. 108
Our experience and longevity are meaningless however without integrity. Integrity plays a crucial role in establishing trust between Van Lingen Towing, our Municipal contracts, and the public. Because Van Lingen operates with integrity, we have built a reputation for being reliable and trustworthy. By consistently adhering to ethical principles, Van Lingen Towing can differentiate ourselves from our competitors and position ourselves as leaders in the towing and recovery industry. By maintaining consistent ethical standards, we have fostered a sense of confidence among stakeholders whom in turn engage in long-term relationships. Trust forms the foundation for successful collaborations, partnerships, and mutually beneficial contractual relationships.

At Van Lingen towing we feel that we have a lot to be proud of, but none as much as our team from the lot attendants to the office staff to tow operators and everyone in between. We are very grateful for the team that we have the privilege to work with every day. Van Lingen invests greatly in initial and on-going training for all team levels.

Properly trained employees are equipped with the knowledge, skills, and tools necessary to perform their jobs efficiently and safely. Training programs enable employees to acquire new techniques, stay updated on industry best practices, and optimize their workflow. We utilize several outside training vendors such as TowPros, CTTA, TIMS, TRAA, HAZ-Whopper, etc., as well as in house training on a continual basis. Our team members who receive this comprehensive training are better equipped to meet towing and recovery needs, customer needs and deliver exceptional service.

Proper training also instills important customer service skills, such as effective communication, problem-solving, and empathy.

Within our ranks we have a deep wealth of knowledge from very experienced leaders whom serve in various leadership roles. Effective leadership at Van Lingen cultivates a shared vision, aligning diverse individuals towards the common goal of servicing our contracts. Our leader's ability to articulate this vision not only inspires but also empowers employees to contribute their best efforts. In times of uncertainty, capable leadership becomes even more critical. Our strong leaders can navigate through challenges, make informed decisions, and guide the team towards an answer. They provide a steady hand, ensuring the Van Lingen team remains resilient amidst adversity.

Content and competent team members are key but they need the proper tools to do their jobs effectively and efficiently in manner that the City of Hermosa Beach expects.

In today's towing and recovery landscape, the role of proper equipment cannot be overstated. Proper equipment significantly contributes to operational efficiency to service a municipal contract and limit Police and City Staff stand by time on-scene. Van Lingen Towing owns a fleet of towing equipment ranging from wheel-lifts to flatbeds to haz-mat equipment to heavy-duties to 75 ton cranes. Van Lingen towing is the only company in the southbay that has this type of fleet under one roof that does not rely on third party vendors to qualify for the City of Hermosa Beach towing contract. 109
Van Lingen towing has been contacted by the City of Hermosa Beach and its Police department multiple times for service during the last 48 months. This leads us to believe that your current vendor is critically unqualified to fulfill your basic contract needs. We humbly request the opportunity to continue to prove ourselves to the City of Hermosa Beach with the award of this contract.

Summary statement of understanding of scope of work
Below is Van Lingen Towing’s understanding and outline of the scope of work for the City of Hermosa Beach towing contract. This summarizes our responsibilities, the City’s expectations, and requirements for towing services that assist law enforcement and City staff. This towing contract is essential for ensuring that towing operations support the Police and City Staff in managing traffic incidents, accidents, impounded vehicles, and other situations requiring vehicle removal, relocation or other recovery operations.

Below are key elements which are included in the scope of work for the City of Hermosa Beach Towing contract:

1. **Availability and Response Time**: The towing service must be available 24/7, including holidays, with a specified 20-minute maximum response time to attend to police/city requests for towing services at various locations.

2. **Towing Services**: Contractor must have Light-duty towing, heavy-duty towing, motorcycle towing, and any specialized towing (e.g., for oversized vehicles or hazardous materials) available on a 24/7 365-day basis. The entire fleet must be inspected on an annual basis by CHP commercial enforcement.

3. **Storage Facilities**: Contractor must currently have secure storage facilities for towed vehicles to ensure the safety and security of impounded vehicles.

4. **Record Keeping and Reporting**: Contractor must maintain detailed records of all towing operations conducted under the contract, including information on the vehicles towed, towing locations, storage details, and release information. The contractor also is required to provide regular reports to the police department.

5. ** Personnel**: Personnel shall meet standards for the training, certification, and conduct of towing personnel. All drivers shall maintain a valid class of California drivers license for the vehicle they are driving. Personnel shall be neatly uniformed with identification.

6. **Compliance and Licensing**: Contractor shall comply with all local, state, and federal regulations, including licensing, insurance, and safety standards. 110

7. **Incident Management and Road Clearance**: Contractor is responsible for managing traffic incidents, including efficient clearance of vehicles to minimize traffic disruption, and ensuring safe conditions for the public and emergency responders.

8. **Environmental and Safety Standards**: Contractor shall adhere to environmental regulations and safety standards in towing operations, including the handling of vehicles involved in accidents and those carrying hazardous materials.

This understanding of the scope of work is merely a starting point and Van Lingen Towing fully understands the scope can vary depending on the specific needs of the Police department and the City Staff. The scope of work is designed to ensure that towing services are provided efficiently, safely, and in a manner that supports law enforcement activities and public safety.

Contact information & Acknowledgement

1. Offeror name: Van Lingen Towing

2. Name, telephone number, and address of persons authorized to conduct negotiations:

Name: Sean Van Lingen Phone Number: 310 602 4111 Address: 20621 Earl St., Torrance CA 90503

3. Van Lingen Towing Inc. acknowledges that the RFP 24-001“City of Hermosa Beach Request for Proposals for Towing and Storage Services”, including the Special Provisions, General Provisions, Additional General Provisions, Attachments, Addendums, and enclosures received via the City of Hermosa Beach and Planet Bid have been thoroughly reviewed and are acceptable in event of contract award.

7. Van Lingen Towing acknowledges the procurement schedule as outlined in part 1.2 RFP Timeline.
111
RFP 24-001

4.2.2 Firm Profile
112
• Official name and address.

Van Lingen Towing
20621 Earl St.

Torrance, CA 90503
• Name, address, email, and telephone number of the contractor’s primary point of contact.

Sean Van Lingen
20621 Earl St. Torrance CA 90503
310-602-4111 -Office
310-310-650-8638 - Cell
• Type of business entity of contractor (corporation, company, joint venture, etc.).

Please enclose a copy of the Joint Venture Agreement if entity is a joint venture.

Van Lingen Towing is California Corporation
• Federal Employer I.D. Number.
95-2564247
• Address, telephone numbers and fax numbers of each of the proposing firm’s locations.
20621 Earl St. Torrance CA 90503 310-370-4533 fax (888) 778-1634 2755 Lomita Blvd Torrance CA 90505 310-326-9220 fax (888) 778-1634 10219 Hawthorne Blvd Ingelwood CA 90301 310-674-3222 fax (888) 778-1634 • Indication whether firm is totally or partially owned by another business organization (parent company) or individual.

The organization is wholly owned and operated by the Van Lingen family. • Number of years contractor has been in business under the present business name.

The company has been in business since 1948 as Van Lingen Body Shop with a dba of Van Lingen Towing
• Number of years of experience the contractor has had in providing required, equivalent, or related services.
113
Van Lingen Towing has been providing municipal contract towing, storage and vehicle recovery services since 1948
• Any failures or refusals to complete a contract, and explanation.

Van Lingen Towing in 76 years has never failed to complete a contract nor have we ever been suspended or refused to complete a contract.
114
RFP 24-001
Statement of Understanding
115
Statement of Understanding
State, County and Local requirements, and other industry standards State Laws & Requirements
In California, the laws regulating the towing industry cover a wide range of practices, including safe towing, the circumstances under which vehicles can be towed, consumer rights regarding towed vehicles, and the legal requirements for towing companies.

Reasons for Vehicle Impoundment
The California Vehicle Code (CVC) also outlines various situations where vehicles may be impounded. These include parking violations, obstruction of traBic, being involved in a crime, or if the vehicle is deemed unsafe. Specific codes like CVC 22651.5 through 22669 cover these scenarios, ranging from vehicles left on a freeway to those used in committing a public oBense [oai_citation:2,§ 22651 CVC – California Impound & Towing Laws](https://www.shouselaw.com/ca/defense/vehicle-code/22651-cvc/).

Towing and Loading Equipment Regulations
The state's regulations on towing and loading equipment are detailed in the California Vehicle Code, Division 13. This division addresses requirements for towing equipment and transporting loads, ensuring that vehicles are towed safely and securely [oai_citation:3, California TOWING AND LOADING EQUIPMENT Laws - 2021 California Vehicle Code, DIVISION 13 - TOWING AND LOADING EQUIPMENT :: 2021 California Code :: US Codes and Statutes :: US Law :: Justia](https://law.justia.com/codes/california/2021/codeveh/division-13/).

Consumer Resources
California Vehicle Code 22651.07 outlines requirements for towing and storage service providers regarding consumer notices and rights. The key points include:

1. **Posting and Availability of Towing Fees and Access Notice**: Towing companies are required to prominently post the Towing Fees and Access Notice in the oBice area of the storage facility where it's easily visible to the public. Copies of this notice must be readily available to the public. This requirement ensures transparency of towing and storage fees.

2. **Provision of Notices to Vehicle Owners or Operators**: Upon request, towing companies must provide a copy of the Towing Fees and Access Notice to the owner or operator of a towed or stored vehicle. This ensures that individuals whose vehicles have been towed are informed about the fees and their rights regarding towing and storage.

3. **Itemized Invoice Requirement**: Before receiving payment for towing, recovery, or storage-related fees, towing companies must provide an itemized invoice of actual charges 116
to the vehicle owner or their agent. This measure is intended to prevent billing for undisclosed or unauthorized services and to ensure that vehicle owners are only charged for services actually rendered.

4. **Rights of Vehicle Owners Prior to Payment**: Vehicle owners or their agents have specific rights before paying any towing, recovery, or storage-related fees, including the right to receive their personal property from the towed vehicle during normal business hours at no extra charge, and the right to inspect the towed vehicle.

These provisions are designed to protect consumers from predatory towing practices, ensuring fairness and transparency in the towing and storage process. For individuals who believe their rights under this code have been violated, legal recourse is available, including the possibility of seeking damages.

County & Local laws & Requirements
In Los Angeles County, towing operations are governed by the same State of California specific regulations that ensure safety, fairness, and accountability within the towing industry listed above.

Industry Standards
The towing industry, encompassing a wide range of operations from light duty towing to vehicle recovery to heavy-duty towing, adheres to various standards and safety practices to ensure the well-being of both operators and the public. These standards include but are not limited to:

1. Federal & State Legislation and Education: Van Lingen Towing belongs to the Towing and Recovery Association of America, Inc. (TRAA) is a leading organization representing the towing industry's interests. TRAA focuses on federal legislation, education, and advocacy to promote safety and professionalism within the industry. They oBer resources such as professional certification, training videos, and written materials to enhance the knowledge and skills of towing professionals. Additionally, Van Lingen is an active member of the California Tow Truck Association (CTTA). The CTTA is a similar organization to the TRAA but on a state level. The CTTA provides standardized training, advocacy, industry education, and legal updates.

2. Safe Work Practices: Safety is a paramount concern of Van Lingen Towing in our operations. Safe work practices include thorough driver selection processes, comprehensive training programs, the use of personal protective equipment (PPE) such as high visibility vests, and adherence to equipment maintenance schedules. It's also crucial 117
that our tow operators employ safe positioning and operational techniques at the scene of a tow to protect themselves and others from potential hazards.

3. Advocacy and Representation: Van Lingen actively represents the towing industry's interests through engagement with traBic incident management partners, government agencies, and other organizations. T eBorts help shape policies and practices that aBect the towing industry, ensuring that the voices of towing professionals are heard in discussions about roadway safety, legislation, and regulation.

These standards and practices underscore Van Lingen’s commitment to safety, professionalism, and advocacy. By adhering to these principles, Van Lingen Towing strives to ensure eBicient and safe operations, contributing to the overall safety of the motoring public. Because Van Lingen has a deep understanding of these standards we can ensure best practices are always followed.
118
RFP 24-001
Organizational Chart
119
ROBERT

VAN LINGEN

PRESIDENT
SEAN

VAN LINGEN

VICE-PRESIDENT
D

MIKE LOPEZ
L1 SUPERVSIOR

LUIS LOPEZ
L2 SUPERVISOR

GEORGE GARCIA

DISPATCH

SUPERVISOR

DANIELLE VELIZ
OFFICE

SUPERVISOR
ARTURO
CAMACO
DRIVER

RICHARD
CORONA
DRIVER

MARIO AVELAR
DRIVER

MATT URSO
DRIVER

ANTHONY

CALLAGHAN
DRIVER

CARLOS FLORES
DRIVER

NATHAN SOTO
DRIVER

RUDY ENCINAS
DRIVER
C.T. PEREZ

DISPATCH
CARLOS

CUAHTEMOC

DISPATCH
ROXY

TORREBLANCA

DISPATCH
KORENA

GASTELUM

DISPATCH

ED HAND
OFFICE
FELIPE

MONTREAL

LIEN SALES

JUSTIN LIZARDI

EQUIPMENT

CAROL GOMEZ

ADMINISTRATION

MARC RIVAS

OPERATIONS

GIL CAMPOS

FACILITIES

JORGE SOTO
DRIVER

PHILLIP

OELKERS
DRIVER

MIRANDA
MAYEN

DISPACTH
JOSE

RODRIGUEZ
NIGHT

SUPERVISOR
DANIEL

GONZALEZ
DRIVER
FELIPE

MONREAL
L4 SUPERVISOR

OCTAVIO

RAMIREZ
DRIVER

SILVESTRE

CARILLO
DRIVER
Elvis Del Valle
DRIVER

WAYNE ZEPEDA
DRIVER

ERIC TUTTLE
DRIVER

PETER MATA
DRIVER

MATT URSO
DRIVER

BOBBY FOX

DISPATCH

ALEJANDRO
GOMEZ
DRIVER
Van Lingen Towing Organizational Chart
120
RFP 24-001
Approach to Work Program
121
Approach to Work Program
Van Lingen Towing’s approach to meeting the City’s goals in this RFP are quite simple – we plan on exceeding them all so that there will never be a question as to whether or not we have met our performance goals. Van Lingen is very proud of our 76-year history of smashing past performance goals. However, to be more specific, Van Lingen currently has more than enough personnel and employees to handle all of the City of Hermosa Beach’s needs on day one of the contract. That being said, we are never satisfied with the status quo and have an aggressive plan to recruit additional high-quality operators and purchase field ready tow units in the event of contract award.

On day one, Van Lingen will have multiple units staged in the city at strategic locations across the city to ensure the best possible ETA’s. Additionally, we will have two trucks staged for the morning sweeps and two staged for the afternoon sweeps.

The City of Hermosa Beach will immediately have access to our selection of specialized services including our Haz-mat remediation services, crane services and heavy duty landoll services.

Van Lingen will immediately have dozens of tow units available to service the City for special events, other large un-planned events, or natural disasters.

During the initial transitional period when the contract commences Van Lingen will have extra management staP in the City and in our dispatch oPice to minimize any confusion and to instantly solve any concerns.
122
RFP 24-001
Additional Services
123
Additional Services
Van Lingen offers a wide variety of value added services which differentiates us from the current vendor and other potential vendors. Below are bullet points of those services, capabilities and on-going operational programs.
• Hazmat program
Van Lingen staffs a fully certified HAZWOPER hazmat remediation crew. Our staff is OSHA Hazardous Waste Operations Emergency Response Certified, and available around the clock.

We carry pumps to remove fuel, pressure washers to ensure street cleanliness, and Environmentally Sustainable and EPA approved absorbent to ensure a "green" clean. • Rotators/Cranes
Van Lingen owns and maintains two 60 ton JerrDan rotators that are staffed 24/7 365. We currently staff eight certified Rotator Operators. Our rotators have the capability to lift 120,000 pounds each, and have booms that extend 41 feet and provide 360 degrees of rotation.

Generally, these trucks are used for the upright and recovery of large commercial vehicles, but have also been used to remove large items off of vehicles, stabilize compromised structures, stabilize vehicles with people trapped for extrications, and provide other live saving measures. • Cross training
At least twice per year Van Lingen cross trains with many Southern California Fire Departments in vehicle extrication. Generally, these courses are held at one of our facilities where we provide a cement mixer, bus, and several passenger vehicles. We work hand in hand with the fire department in underride situations, commercial vehicles rolled over on top of vehicles, as well as unique vehicle stabilization exercises. This plays a huge roll in saving lives when our operators and local fire departments get called in a real life scenario with entrapment, as we are well versed in each other’s rolls in these circumstances. • USAR certified
Van Lingen is the ONLY towing and recovery company in Southern California to have operators who are Urban Search and Rescue Certified by Los Angeles County Fire Department. We currently have six operators on staff who have been through LA Counties USAR program; which is a 40-hour Urban Search and Rescue Course held at their Del Valle Training center. This program focuses on search and rescue operations after a natural disaster. Our operators are well versed and extensively trained in lifting heavy objects to assist fire departments locating and rescuing in Search and Rescue Operations.
• Towing Manufacture certified
Our operators are also trained by the two largest Towing Manufactures in the World. JerrDan and Miller Industries both offer courses regarding their equipment, how to operate the equipment, maintain the equipment, and what the equipment is capable of. This unique training offers our staff full confidence in the equipment they operate. • ERSCA Co-Chair
Sean Van Lingen was the Vice President of California Tow Truck Association as the Education CO Chair for two full terms. The education co-chair was directly responsible for all certified towing and recovery training in the towing industry. As the Co-Chair of education Sean ensured the towing and training curriculum was current and up to date, worked with ESA in introducing 124
EV training to the towing industry, introduced new modules in to training, helped to create a train the trainer program, create new digital accessible training, create new level 1 and level 6 training manuals, and also helped take the California Training program national under the ERSCA fold.
• Landoll services
Van Lingen provides Landoll services around the clock. Our 40 ton landoll is capable of hauling large machines, tractors, containers, diesel pusher motorhomes, as well as various heavy items not able to be towed by a standard method.
• Providing cars and large trucks for training
Van Lingen frequently receives request for training vehicles from police and fire departments.

These vehicles are used for pit and pursuit training, SWAT training, vehicle extrication training, new officer/fire fighter training, and much more. We fulfill over 90% of the requests we get for the use of training vehicles to local agencies.
• State of the art dispatch center with redundancy
In 2019 we completely redesigned our dispatch center. We pooled ideas from several towing companies as well as 911 communication centers. Our dispatch center features several stalls for dispatchers, as well as a supervisor stall to oversee the dispatchers in a live fashion. The dispatch center is staffed with 5 dispatchers during the day, and three during night hours. On our “live wall” in front of the dispatchers we created a six screen intuitive dispatch consul with six separate 50-inch LCD screens. These screen can be fully customized for tracking of assets, live news events, weather forecasts, view to any of our 60+ live view cameras, basic internet searches, as well as live view cameras from our trucks. This dispatch consul ensures our dispatchers can provide second by second arrival times as well live traffic views. In 2022 we also upgraded our phone system. We have a Mitel VOIP phone system with a fiber circuit that allowed for 64 DID numbers, as well as our standard publicly posted number. Each Police Department we contract with is assigned their own “DID” ring down circuit number. When this number is called it rings live to our dispatch center and is answered in less than 5 seconds. All phone calls are recorded (with supervisor accessibility) to ensure our staff is approvability assisting our customers. We created a level of redundancy with our phone system with a generator backup for power and VOIP HotSpot backup for internet, to ensure we are always running. In an extreme natural disaster scenario, we have 10 lines on AT&T FirstNet cellular which has a 99.9% uptime with cell tower priority. We created a dispatch center that is not only unique to our business, but ensures we can provide an unmatched level of service. • Custom dispatch software
Our current CAD software is provided by TOPS. TOPS worked with us to create a program that fits ALL of our needs. Our dispatchers can enter a request for service in less than 10 seconds, and then it is routed to a drivers’ tablet or mobile device. Once accepted our dispatchers get a second by second countdown for an arrival time, and the driver gets turn by turn traffic sensitive directions. Once on scene our drivers follow our SOP and photograph each vehicle before hooking up to the vehicle (unless the officer on scene prohibits or ask we not do this for evidence purposes). The photographs are geotagged with a location and time stamped. The driver then follows each prompt to electrically update their status to show in tow, dropping and clear of the call. This allows the towing charges to calculate based on time and actual work performed. Our system with TOPS has taken many functions out of the dispatchers and drivers hands and placed them in the brains of a computer to ensure the utmost accuracy. 125
• In Vehicle cameras
In vehicle dash cameras with live view and 90 day playback including GPS Every one of our towing units is equipped with a LYTX Drive Cam and Tracking device. LYTX records and saves up to 300 hours of footage as well as reports on live events. Events such as harsh turns, harsh braking, and accident avoidance are flagged and sent to supervisors for review. These cameras record both outside the truck, and in our cabs. In the case of a high profile evidence case we can save a specific date and time, and provide the police department with a full video of recording of any job we performed. LYTX also provides out fleet tracking.

Again, our dispatchers have live access to this with an unlimited historical rewind for any vehicle. On our live tracking view, we can see the drivers current speed, direction traveled, traffic in the area, as well as a live camera view. Tracking is updated every 3 seconds to ensure there is nearly zero lag time to see an asset’s current location. 126
RFP 24-001
Roles and Responsibilities for City Staff
127
Roles & Responsibilities for City Sta3
Van Lingen towing anticipates the role of City Sta6 to be as follows during a routine vehicle tow.
• Relay generally accurate location of the requested tow to our dispatch sta6. • Provide on-scene tra6ic control as necessary.
• Provide on-scene CHP 180’s as required.
• Relay call specific information such as evidence holds, print holds etc., to our field personnel.
• Issue vehicle or property releases as appropriate.
• Keep our o6ice sta6 updated as to the “hold” status of evidence or print vehicles. • Communicate with our management sta6 as early as practical when planned special events are to occur and how many units are expected to be required. 128
RFP 24-001
Communications Approach
129
Communications Approach
The communications approach between Van Lingen Towing and the City of Hermosa Beach involves various key strategies to ensure clarity, compliance, and e?iciency throughout the duration of the contract period. Here are some foundational elements:

1. Formal Communication Channels: Van Lingen and the City will establish formal lines of communication which means both sides will designate points of contact, to ensure that all communications are directed to the right individuals. This can help avoid miscommunications and delays.

2. Regular Updates and Meetings: Van Lingen will facilitate regular updates and meetings to review contract progress, discuss challenges, and adjust plans as necessary. These could be monthly or bi-monthly or quarterly, depending on the City’s preferences. These meetings could be held at any of our facilities or any City facility. The final choice would be up to the City Sta?. The meetings could also take place via teleconference or standard phone landline.

3. Written Documentation: Ensure all communication, especially agreements and changes to the project scope, are documented in writing. This can include email correspondences, meeting summaries, project updates, and formal change requests.

4. Compliance and Reporting: Understand and adhere to all city requirements for reporting and compliance. This shall involve regular submissions of reports, financial documentation, and other compliance forms as necessary.

10. Emergency Communications: Van Lingen will establish an emergency communication plan. This plan will outline how to communicate swiftly and e?ectively with city o?icials and the public in case of an emergency related to the towing contract during natural disasters or other unplanned events.

E?ective communication between Van Lingen Towing and the City is crucial for the successful completion of the contract. Van Lingen is committed to the planning, coordination, and a commitment to transparency and collaboration to ensure success. 130
RFP 24-001
Quality Assurance/Quality Control Approach
131
Quality Assurance/Quality Control Approach
The quality assurance (QA) process for Van Lingen Towing involves several key steps and practices to ensure that all aspects of the work meet or exceed the specified standards and requirements. Here's a comprehensive outline of our QA process:

1. A Developed Quality Assurance Plan: Prior to the commencement of the contract, Van Lingen has a fully developed QA plan that has been vetted and evolved over the past 76 years of municipal contract work. We have a detailed QA plan that outlines the standards, methodologies, and benchmarks for quality towing and storage activities. These include hiring outstanding people, intense initial training, on-going education and third-party audits of our operations from industry professionals across the nation. This plan is aligned with the towing municipal contract specifications, industry standards, and regulatory requirements.

2. Establish Quality Objectives: Van Lingen will clearly define quality objectives that are specific, measurable, achievable, and relevant to this particular RFP. These objectives will cover all critical aspects of the project, such eta’s, trucks assigned to morning and afternoon sweeps, eUiciency of on scene staU as well as storage facility staU etc,.

3. Selection of Qualified Personnel: Van Lingen Towing will ensure that the team working on the contract has the necessary qualifications, skills, and experience. This includes assigning and hiring certified and experienced personnel, supervisors, and managers who are capable of delivering work to the required towing industry and City of Hermosa Beach standards.

4. Quality Control Procedures: Implement quality control (QC) procedures at various stages of the contract. This includes regular inspections by monitoring eta’s, communicating with City StaU, and having managers do routine random field inspections of our staged drivers within the City. Van Lingen Towing’s QC will be both proactive (to prevent issues) and reactive (to correct issues).

5. Training and Awareness: Van Lingen will conduct regular training sessions for our team to ensure they are aware of the quality standards, procedures, and their roles in maintaining quality and consistency. This helps in building a quality-centric culture within our entire organization.

6. Corrective and Preventive Actions: When quality issues are identified, Van Lingen will take immediate corrective actions to rectify them. Additionally, we will analyze the root causes of these issues to implement preventive actions that avoid recurrence of similar issues in the future.
132

7. City Communication: Van Lingen will maintain open and transparent communication with the City regarding quality assurance eUorts, challenges, and outcomes.

Implementing a comprehensive QA process requires commitment and coordination across the Van Lingen team and stakeholders. It's a critical component of project management that directly impacts the success and reputation of the contractor. 133
RFP 24-001
Summary of Relevant Work
134
Summary Of Relevant Work
Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the Torrance Police Department since 1948. As a sole provider for Torrance Police Van Lingen is called on a 24/7 basis to tow and store all sized vehicles. Torrance Police Department also relies on Van Lingen to provide hazmat services for all VOF (vehicle operating fluid) as well as assist the Torrance Fire Department with unique extrication scenarios with our certified USAR staff and Heavy Duty Rotators. Marc Rivas is our assigned staff member to lead our Torrance Contract and backed up by 12 other operators.

Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the Redondo Beach Police Department since 2016. Van Lingen is the sole service provider for the Redondo Beach Police Department and is called on a 24/7 basis. Luis Lopez is our assigned staff member to lead our Redondo Beach contract and backed up by 6 other operators.

Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the Manhattan Beach Police Department since 2008. Van Lingen is the sole service provider for the Manhattan Beach Police Department and is called on a 24/7 basis. Arturo Camacho is our assigned staff member to lead our Manhattan Beach contract and backed up by 4 other operators.

Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the El Segundo Police Department since 2016. Van Lingen is the sole service provider for the El Segundo Police Department and is called on a 24/7 basis. Richard Corona is our assigned staff member to lead our El Segundo contract and backed up by 6 other operators.

Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the Palos Verdes Estates Police Department since 1985. Van Lingen is the sole service provider for the Palos Verdes Estates Police Department and is called on a 24/7 basis. Miguel Lopez is our assigned staff member to lead our Palos Verdes Estates contract and backed up by 4 other operators.

Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the Lomita Sheriff Department since 2006. Van Lingen is one of two providers for the Lomita Sheriff Department and is called on a 24/7 basis. Mario Avelar is our assigned staff member to lead our Lomita Sheriff contract and backed up by 4 other operators.

Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the Inglewood Police Department since 2000. Van Lingen is one of two providers for the Inglewood Police Department, but the only Heavy Duty Provider, and is called on a 24/7 basis. Felipe Monreal is our assigned staff member to lead our Inglewood Police contract and backed up by 6 other operators.
135
RFP 24-001
References
136
References
Torrance Police Department
3300 Civic Center Drive
Torrance, CA 90505
Sgt. Dave Koenig
Cell- 310-678-2064
Office- 310-951-3188
[email protected]
Van Lingen in the sole provider for the Torrance Police Department for all towing and storage services.

Van Lingen is called roughly 350 per months for service from the Torrance Police Department. Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the Torrance Police Department since 1948.

Redondo Beach Police Department
401 Diamond Street
Redondo Beach, CA 90277
Captain Stephen Sprengel
(310) 379-2477 x2665
[email protected]
Van Lingen is the sole provider for the Redondo Beach Police Department for all towing and storage services. Van Lingen is called roughly 200 times per month for service by the Redondo Beach Police Department. Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the Redondo Beach Police Department since 2016.

Manhattan Beach Police Department
420 15th St
Manhattan Beach, CA 90266
Lt. Andy Harrod
(310) 802-5140
[email protected]
Van Lingen is the sole provider for the Manhattan Beach Police Department for all towing and storage services. Van Lingen is called roughly 125 times per month for service by the Manhattan Beach Police Department. Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the Manhattan Beach Police Department since 2008.

El Segundo Police Department
137
348 Main St
El Segundo, CA 90245
Chief Jaime Bermudez
310-524-2250
[email protected]
Van Lingen is the sole provider for the El Segundo Police Department for all towing and storage services.

Van Lingen is called roughly 150 times per month for service by the El Segundo Police Department. Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the El Segundo Police Department since 2016. 138
RFP 24-001
Experience and Qualifications of key Personnel
139
Experience & Qualifications of Key Personnel
The qualifications for our key personnel are a mixture of what every organization strives for in a proven leader and skills tailored for the towing industry. These skills include:

1. Industry specific training: Robust training and certifications for towing, recovery, and customer relations.

2. Relevant Experience: Significant experience in the towing industry or in roles of increasing responsibility within the towing business. This includes a track record of success in previous positions.

3. Leadership Skills: The ability to lead, motivate, and manage co-workers effectively. This includes strategic thinking, decision-making capabilities, and the ability to inspire confidence in others.

4. Communication Skills: Excellent oral and written communication skills are essential for interacting with employees, and customers effectively.

5. Problem-Solving Skills: The ability to identify problems, analyze information, and develop effective solutions.

6. Adaptability and Flexibility: The capacity to adapt to change, handle uncertainty, and work effectively in an ever-changing business environment.

7. Ethical Judgment and Integrity: Strong ethical principles and the ability to make decisions that are in the best interest of the community stakeholders and the company.

Van Lingen Towing has chosen nine key personnel to highlight for the purposes of this RFP – Robert Van Lingen, Sean Van Lingen, Carol Gomez, Marc Rivas, Mike Lopez, Luis Lopez, George Garcia, Danielle Veliz, and Felipe Monreal. Below are their resumes.

ROBERT VAN LINGEN
Robert Van Lingen is the president/CEO of Van Lingen Towing. Robert is part of a multigenerational small business in the City of Torrance. Robert grew up in the towing, transport, and wrecked vehicle recovery industry. Today is he considered a leading innovator in the super heavy-duty recovery arena, consulting with private companies and municipalities across the country.

Robert was born and raised in the towing industry as part of a family operation. He began officially working for the family business at the age of twelve after school and on weekends.

Robert’s initial responsibilities were to organize the auto inventory, clean the premises and tow vehicles. At the age of sixteen he began driving tow trucks, and his affection for the towing industry began to blossom. Robert received his first certification of towing competency from the California Tow Truck Association shortly after getting his driver’s license, aged 16. Robert performed towing and recovery assignments for various public agencies. At the age of eighteen, he received his class “A” commercial driver’s license and began to tow heavy duty vehicles in addition to towing and recovering light duty vehicles. Robert graduated with honors from South 140
Torrance High school in Torrance California, Robert was admitted to California State University at Long Beach (CSULB). Robert stayed in the towing history during his tenure at CSULB, working nights, weekends, and between classes. He is proud of the fact he continued to grow his towing and recovery knowledge while pursuing his academic career. Robert received his bachelor’s degree with honors in business management from CSULB. Shortly after graduation from CSULB, Robert experienced a near fatal injury during a vehicle recovery. He used this incident as the catalyst to reengineer the rigging, training, and equipment standards of the towing industry. He began a nationwide training and rigging awareness campaign. Robert trained and continues to train tow operators and emergency personnel from across the country.

The Van Lingen family has a long line of Police work in its history, dating back to Robert’s great grandfather. Robert continued this tradition and became a level 1 reserve Police Officer while still working full-time at the family tow business. His assignments as a Police Officer included patrol, detectives, entry team, DUI team, gang task force, warrant task force, community service, traffic, and motor detail. He retried honorably from the Palos Verdes Estates Police Department (PVEPD) as a motor sergeant in 2016 after 18 years of service. Robert received numerous commendations during his tenure at PVEPD, including the prestigious award for meritorious service in 2004.

To further his knowledge of Government contracting, Robert sought out and earned a master’s degree in Government Contract management from Villanova University, in Pennsylvania.

Robert graduated cum laude. Upon completion of his master’s degree, Robert began to work his way up the management ladder at his family’s business. Upon his father’s retirement, Robert became CEO of the family operation and began to oversee several expansions of the family group of companies.

Robert engages the community and donates many hours of service to community organizations such as the Rotary Club of Del Amo, and Torrance Chamber of commerce. As a former 3-time chair of Government Affairs for the Chamber of Commerce, Robert has a unique perspective of private enterprise and of government policy. He has described his position at the chamber as an Intermediary whom matches the needs of various Government entities with the day-to-day reality of running a business.

Robert has decades of experience in managing government contracts related to the towing and recovery industry. These have included contracts with following public agencies, Torrance Police, Palos Verdes Police, Redondo Beach Police, Manhattan Beach Police, El Segundo Police, Inglewood Police, California Highway Patrol, Los Angeles County Sheriff, Federal Bureau of Investigations, and the LACMTA.

The following is a partial list of Robert Van Lingen’s credentials, awards and certifications:
• Rotarian of the year, 2011-12
• President, Del Amo Rotary 2010-2011
• Wreck master certified instructor
• Ring leaders – Rotator rescue certified
• Crosby – Certified rigger
• Tow Pro Certified instructor.
• HAZWOPER
141
• USAR
• ERSCA
• TIMS
• Jerr-Dan Factory Trained
• Miller Factory Trained
• TRAA certified
• CTTA certified
• Torrance Chamber of Commerce – Government AGairs Chair • American Towman Academy graduate

SEAN VAN LINGEN
Professional Summary:

Strategic-thinking individual experienced in supporting corporate initiatives and attending tradeshows and client meetings. Offers an engaging and pleasant personality with expertise improving customer relationships.

Work History
Vice President Jan 2004 - Current
Van Lingen Group Torrance, CA
Van Lingen Towing was established in 1948. Since the one single location and single company our family owned business has acquired three separate companies and three additional facilities; making us the largest towing company in Southern California. Primarily I manage our state of the art dispatch center, which consists of VOIP phone systems with custom programmed ring down circuits and fail safe backups, as well as custom dispatch software. Our dispatch software was specially created for our company to handle our daily call volume with urgency as the priority. On a daily basis 70-80 calls come through our dispatch center, and we achieve a 9 minute average response time, and 36 seconds from phone call to dispatch.

Education
High School Diploma 2006
South Torrance High School Torrance, CA
Associate of Arts: Business 2008
El Camino College Torrance, CA
Affiliations
CTTA State level Board of Director
Certifications
Urban Search and Rescue Heavy Rescue Certified, through LA County Fire Rotator Certified through many channels
Miller Ring Leader Certfied
American Towing and Recovery Institute Certified
Tow Pros Light, Medium, and Heavy Certified
• Wreckmaster Level 1&2 Certified
• HAZWOPER Certfied
• Train The Trainer Founding Member for ERSCA
• American Towman Academy Certfied
142
• Energy Security Agency EV Vehicle Certfied
• TIMS Certfied

CAROL GOMEZ
Position and Role
Office Manager, Accounts Payable, and Phone System Coordinator Skills Summary and Experience
I am a hardworking and self-driven person. I thrive in any environment, including working in an isolated atmosphere. My co-workers describe me as patient, detail orientated, and helpful. I am proficient in all aspects of technology including QuickBooks, pay clock pro, TOPS systems, as well as many other technology platforms. I have over 15 years experience in the Towing and Storage Field.

Degrees and Certifications
I am currently certified in TIMS, Microsoft Office, QuickBooks online, and a Certfiied Record Manager.

Professional Membership and Associations
I belong to the Lomita Chamber of Commerce as well as a current subscriber to American Towman.

DANIELLE VELIZ
Position and Role
Office Manager, Accounts Recievable, Payroll Coordinator, Bank Manager, HR Manager Skills Summary and Experience
I have spent my professional career primarily in the Auto Industry. I know my way around the management side of towing and storage companies very well, and I have ran an auction company in prior years. I have over 25 years experience in the Towing and Storage Field.

Degrees and Certifications
I am currently certified in TIMS, Microsoft Office, QuickBooks online, Pay Clock Pro, Nursing License, Degree in Business Management, and a Certified Record Manager.

Professional Membership and Associations
I belong to the Torrance Chamber of Commerce, Lomita Chamber of Commerce as well as a current local Church Member
143

FELIPE MONREAL
Position and Role
Office Manager, Lien Sales Supervisor and Lead Field Driver Skills Summary and Experience
I have over 30 years of experience in the Towing and Recovery Field. I have worked major accidents, evidence scenes, as well as hand in hand with many law enforcement agencies. I am also a licensed VIN Verifirer through DMV.

Degrees and Certifications
I am currently certified in TIMS, Tow Pros, TRAA, CTTA Level 1 and 6, and American Towman Seminars. I am also a Licensed VIN Verifier with DMV.

Professional Membership and Associations
I belong to the American Towman Academy and California Tow Truck Association

JORGE GARCIA
Position and Role
Dispatch Supervsior, Rotator Operator, Truck Maintence Supervisor and Heavy Duty Operator Skills Summary and Experience
I have over 15 years of experience in the Towing and Recovery Field. I have worked major accidents, heavy duty accidents, large vehicle rollovers, evidence scenes, as well as hand in hand with many law enforcement agencies. I am a skilled Mechanic and have 10 years of fleet maintenance experience.

Degrees and Certifications
I am currently certified in TIMS, HAZWOPER, Tow Pros, ESA EV Containment, TRAA, CTTA Level 1 and 6, and American Towman Seminars.

Professional Membership and Associations
I belong to the American Towman Academy and California Tow Truck Association

LUIS LOPEZ
Position and Role
Lead Field Driver and Field Recovery Expert
Skills Summary and Experience
I have over 10 years of experience in the Towing and Recovery Field. I have worked major accidents, evidence scenes, as well as hand in hand with many law enforcement agencies. 144
Degrees and Certifications
I am currently certified in TIMS, Tow Pros, TRAA, CTTA Level 1 and 6, and ESA EV Containment.

Professional Membership and Associations
I belong to the American Towman Academy and California Tow Truck Association

MARC RIVAS
Position and Role
Field Supervsior, Rotator Operator, and Heavy Duty Operator Skills Summary and Experience
I have over 30 years of experience in the Towing and Recovery Field. I have worked major accidents, heavy duty accidents, large vehicle rollovers, evidence scenes, as well as USAR scenarios.

Degrees and Certifications
I am currently certified in TIMS, HAZWOPER, USAR, Tow Pros, ESA EV Containment, Smith Driving Solutions Instructor, JerrDan Factory Certified, TRAA, CTTA Level 1 and 6, and American Towman Seminars.

Professional Membership and Associations
I belong to the American Towman Academy and my Local Church.

MIKE LOPEZ
Position and Role
Field Supervsior, Rotator Operator, Truck Maintence Supervisor and Heavy Duty Operator Skills Summary and Experience
I have over 35 years of experience in the Towing and Recovery Field. I have worked major accidents, heavy duty accidents, large vehicle rollovers, evidence scenes, as well as USAR scenarios. I am a skilled Mechanic and have 15 years of fleet maintenance experience.

Degrees and Certifications
I am currently certified in TIMS, HAZWOPER, USAR, Tow Pros, ESA EV Containment, Smith Driving Solutions Instructor, JerrDan Factory Certified, Miller Ring Leader, TRAA, CTTA Level 1 and 6, and American Towman Seminars.

Professional Membership and Associations
I belong to the American Towman Academy.
145
RFP 24-001

7.4 Required Forms
146
RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 43 of 48 ends

7.4 Required Forms

7.4.1 Certification of Proposal
RFP #: _________
The undersigned hereby submits its proposal and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Request for Proposal (RFP).

2. By submitting the response to this request, Proposer agrees, if selected to furnish services to the City in accordance with this RFP.

4. It is understood and agreed that the City reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals and to waive any informality or irregularity in any proposal received by the City.

5. The proposal response includes all of the commentary, figures and data required by the Request for Proposal

6. The proposal shall be valid for 90 days from the date of submittal.

7. Proposer acknowledges that the City may issue addendums related to this RFP and that the proposer has reviewed the following addendums which have been issued:

Addendum: _____________________________
Addendum: _____________________________
Addendum: _____________________________
Addendum: _____________________________

8. Proposer further acknowledges the provisions of any addendums issued have been incorporated into their proposal.
24-001
147
RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 44 of 48 ends

Signature of Authorized Representative:
____________________________________________
Printed Name and Title:
____________________________________________

SEAN VAN LINGEN - VICE PRESIDENT
148
RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 45 of 48 ends

7.4.2 Non-Collusion Affidavit
RFP #: _________
The undersigned declares states and certifies that:

1. This proposal is not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization or corporation.

2. This proposal is genuine and not collusive or sham.

5. All statements contained in the Proposal and related documents are true.

7. I have not entered into any arrangement or agreement with any City of Hermosa Beach public officer in connection with this proposal.

8. I understand collusive bidding is a violation of State and Federal law and can result in fines, prison sentences, and civil damage awards.

Signature of Authorized Representative:
____________________________________________
Printed Name and Title:
____________________________________________
24-001

SEAN VAN LINGEN - VICE PRESIDENT
149
RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 46 of 48 ends

7.4.3 Compliance with Insurance Requirements
RFP #: _________
The selected contractor will be expected to comply with the City s insurance requirements contained within this RFP.

The undersigned declares states and certifies that:

1. Proposer agrees, acknowledges and is fully aware of the insurance requirements as specified in the Request for Proposal.

2. If selected, proposer agrees to accept all conditions and requirements as contained therein.

Signature of Authorized Representative:
____________________________________________
Printed Name and Title:
____________________________________________
24-001

SEAN VAN LINGEN - VICE PRESIDENT
150
RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 47 of 48 ends

1. Proposer agrees, acknowledges and is fully aware of the conditions specified in the City’s Sample Professional Services Agreement.

NO EXECPTIONS

SEAN VAN LINGEN - VICE PRESIDENT
151
RFP 24-001

7.4.5 COVID Vaccination Certification
152
February 27th, 2024
Suja Lowenthal, City Manager
City of Hermosa
Beach 1315
Valley Drive
Hermosa Beach,
CA 90254
RE: Mandatory COVID-19 Vaccination for City of Hermosa Beach Contractors Dear Ms. Lowenthal:

Per this letter, Van Lingen Towing certifies that all of its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, representatives and volunteers servicing the City of Hermosa Beach on-site within the City pursuant to RFP 24-001 dated February 27th 2024 are or will be fully vaccinated or covered by an approved medical or religious exemption prior to the implementation of the scope of work located within the above referenced agreement.

Respectfully,
Sean Van Lingen
Vice-President
153
RFP 24-001

7.3 Towing and Storage Contract Questionnaire
154
RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 40 of 48 ends

7.3 Towing and Storage Contract Questionnaire
Please complete the following questions on a separate sheet of paper if necessary.

1. Name of Contractor:

2. Number of years in towing business?

3. Number of years in storage business?

4. Number of years in business under current ownership?

5. List of all storage facilities, addresses, and if owned or leased.

6. Total number of employees?
Provide a hierarchy chart.

7. Out of total, how many are drivers?
What is their average tenure?
How are they compensated?

8. Out of total, how many are dispatchers?
Provide the dispatching protocol.

9. Provide a copy of your training manual for both positions.

VAN LINGEN TOWING
76 76
76 20621 EARL ST, TORRANCE CA 90503
2755 LOMITA BLVD TORRANCE CA 90505
10219 HAWTHRONE BLVD, INGLEWOOD CA 90304
40 SEE ATTACHED
32 10.2 YEARS

HOURLY, SALARY, COMMISSION
8 SEE ATTACHED

SEE ATTACHED
-Owned
-Owned
-Owned
155
RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 41 of 48 ends

10. How many supervisors per shift?
Where are they located during the shift?
Who do they supervise?

11. What are the shift days and times?

12. How long have you been at your present location?

13. Has your firm been sued in the past 3 years?
If so, what was the nature of the litigation?

14. Do you currently have an FCC license?

15. Are you currently licensed to do business in Hermosa Beach?

16. Attach a complete list of your fleet of vehicles including their capacity.

17. How do you track the vehicles?

18. Attach a list of all current contracts with public agencies. Include contact person, phone number, contract term dates, and how many trucks & types are deployed for each agency.

DISPATCH, OFFICE, DRIVERS
0600-1800, 1800-0600, SEVEN DAYS
63 YEARS
NO

YES-REGION NET
YES

SEE ATTACHED

LYTX SOLUTIONS

SEE ATTACHED
156
RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach

Page 42 of 48 ends

Dated this day of
Print Name
Signature
Title
Name of Company
Business Address
City, State, Zip Code
Telephone Number
FAX
E-mail
27th Febuary 2024

SEAN VAN LINGEN

VICE-PRESIDENT

VAN LINGEN TOWING
20621 EARL ST
TORRANCE, CA 90503
310-602-4111
[email protected]
888-778-1634
157
ROBERT

VAN LINGEN

PRESIDENT
SEAN

VAN LINGEN

VICE-PRESIDENT
D

MIKE LOPEZ
L1 SUPERVSIOR

LUIS LOPEZ
L2 SUPERVISOR

GEORGE GARCIA

DISPATCH

SUPERVISOR

DANIELLE VELIZ
OFFICE

SUPERVISOR
ARTURO
CAMACO
DRIVER

RICHARD
CORONA
DRIVER

MARIO AVELAR
DRIVER

MATT URSO
DRIVER

ANTHONY

CALLAGHAN
DRIVER

CARLOS FLORES
DRIVER

NATHAN SOTO
DRIVER

RUDY ENCINAS
DRIVER
C.T. PEREZ

DISPATCH
CARLOS

CUAHTEMOC

DISPATCH
ROXY

TORREBLANCA

DISPATCH
KORENA

GASTELUM

DISPATCH

ED HAND
OFFICE
FELIPE

MONTREAL

LIEN SALES

JUSTIN LIZARDI

EQUIPMENT

CAROL GOMEZ

ADMINISTRATION

MARC RIVAS

OPERATIONS

GIL CAMPOS

FACILITIES

JORGE SOTO
DRIVER

PHILLIP

OELKERS
DRIVER

MIRANDA
MAYEN

DISPACTH
JOSE

RODRIGUEZ
NIGHT

SUPERVISOR
DANIEL

GONZALEZ
DRIVER
FELIPE

MONREAL
L4 SUPERVISOR

OCTAVIO

RAMIREZ
DRIVER

SILVESTRE

CARILLO
DRIVER
Elvis Del Valle
DRIVER

WAYNE ZEPEDA
DRIVER

ERIC TUTTLE
DRIVER

PETER MATA
DRIVER

MATT URSO
DRIVER

BOBBY FOX

DISPATCH

ALEJANDRO
GOMEZ
DRIVER
Van Lingen Towing Hierarchy Chart
158
RFP 24-001

7.3 Towing and Storage Contract Questionnaire
Question 8 – Dispatch Protocol
159

COMMUNICATIONS AND OFFICE POLICY AND

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE MANUAL
Prepared by:

Sean Van Lingen
Published by:

The Van Lingen Group
This document has been prepared solely for the voluntary use of The Van Lingen Group Dispatch centers and is provided as an example only. This was not intended as a complete operational directive.
160
Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION

FOREWORD
SECTION 1 - POLICY
A. TERMINOLOGY
(1) Policy
(2) Procedure
(3) Shift
(4) Shall/Will
(5) May
(6) Gender
(7) Employee
B. POSITIONS
(1) Communication Employee
(2) Shift Supervisor
(3) Communications Supervisor
C. DAILY OPERATIONS
(1) Reporting for Duty
(2) Start of Shift
(3) End of Shift
(4) Breaks
(5) Smoking
161
(6) Food and Drink
(7) Personal Telephone Calls
(8) Visitors
(9) Uniforms
D. SUBSTANCE ABUSE
(1) Pre-Employment Testing
(2) Random Testing
(3) Reasonable Cause Testing
(4) Suspicion of Drug Usage
(5) Employee Assistance Program
(6) General Procedures
E. GENERAL CONDUCT
(1) Abuse of Position
(2) Conduct Toward the Public
(3) Personnel Conduct
(4) Performance of Duty
(5) Insubordination
(6) Work Environment
(7) Causes for Disciplinary Action
(8) Off Duty
(9) Politics
F. DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES
(1) Disciplinary Action
162
(2) Oral Reprimand
(3) Formal Disciplinary Procedures
(4) Written Reprimand
(5) Suspension Without Pay
(6) Demotion
(7) Dismissal
(8) Personnel Files
SECTION 2- STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
A. CALL FOR ASSISTANCE
(1) Relaying Information
(2) Making Assumptions
(3) Radio Log Sheets
B. POLICE ORDERED CALLS
(1) Communication Employee/Call Taker
(2) Police/Non-Police Calls
(3) Fire Calls
(4) Law Enforcement Calls
(5) Dispatching Law Enforcement Calls
(6) Multiple Calls — Same Incident
D.PHONE PROBLEMS
(1) General Equipment Failures
(2) Hang Up Calls
(3) Cancelled Calls
163
E. DISASTER PLAN IN THE COMMUNICATION CENTER
(1) Evacuation Procedure
(2) Return Procedure
(3) Tornado and Severe Wind Storms
(4) Bomb Threats
(5) Natural Gas Leaks
(6) Hazardous Materials Incidents
(7) Human Threats
(8) Weather Related Staffing Problems
164

INTRODUCTION
The primary purpose of The Van Lingen Group Dispatch center is serving the needs of our Government and Private contracts and needs of the public at large.

A successful Dispatch center must gain and hold the respect and confidence of the public whom it serves. To accomplish this, each communications employee of The Van Lingen Group Dispatch center must perform their duties in an efficient, honest and businesslike manner. The communication employee constantly deals with people, and exemplary conduct is a must at all times to make everyone realize the vital necessity of the communication employee to the Government and public well-being.

It is the responsibility of every employee of The Van Lingen Group to read and become familiar with this manual’s content, maintaining their assigned copy in good order and updating it as new or revised material is distributed. A current copy of the Policy and Standard Operating Procedure Manual will be kept at the office. If you have any questions about any of the policies, please feel free to discuss them with your supervisor.

All employees must be faithful to the principles of professional service, the objectives of each Government Department, and in the discharge of his duties must not allow personal motives to govern his decisions and/or conduct.

We welcome you to The Van Lingen Group and express our sincere hope that your employment will be a fulfilling experience.
165

FOREWORD
This manual has been prepared to define departmental organization, establish personnel functions and responsibilities, delegate departmental procedure, and set forth department policies and procedures.

Every employee of The Van Lingen Group should consider himself the guardian of the character and reputation of the company. His position should be characterized by such traits as efficiency, loyalty, alertness, friendliness, cheerfulness, intelligence, unselfishness, honesty, and moral ascendancy. These virtues cannot help but reflect favorably upon the employee as well as that of The Van Lingen Group.

It must be kept in mind that employees, in the general discharge of their duties, continually encounter situations not covered by this Manual. In such instances, the employees must then decide for themselves the proper approach and course of action which would best handle the situation in a competent and efficient manner.

All lawful rules, regulations, policies, procedures and orders shall be promptly obeyed.

They should be carefully read, and when not thoroughly understood, a supervisor should be asked to explain and/or interpret them.

All previous rules, guidelines, job descriptions, orders, policies or procedures found to be in conflict with the contents of this Manual are hereby superseded. 166
SECTION 1 - POLICY
A. TERMINOLOGY
(1) Policy
A course of action, guiding principle, or procedure considered expedient or prudent. (2) Procedure
A set of established forms or methods for conducting the affairs of a business, legislative body, or court of law.
(3) Shift
The designated span of time during which personnel are actually engaged in the performance of the assigned duty.
(4) Shall/Will
Indicates the action is mandatory.
(5) May
Indicates that the action is permissive, and/or discretionary. (6) Gender
The use of the masculine gender in any directive or manual includes the feminine gender when it is applicable.
(7) Employee
Any person employed by The Van Lingen Group.
167
B. POSITIONS
(1) Communication Employee
As used in this manual, means any full time or part time employee that handles the day to day operation of receiving and dispatching calls and is properly trained and approved in the operations of the Dispatch center. This position reports to the Shift Supervisor. (2) Office Staff
Would include but limited to communication employee. The office staff employee handles the day to day operation of the front counter, greeting the public, answering the phones and general office duties.

This position reports to the Shift Supervisor.
(3) Shift Supervisor
The Shift Supervisor is responsible for the day to day operations on their shift and ensuring that operating procedures are followed. This position reports to the Communications Supervisor.
(4) Communications Supervisor.

The Communications Supervisor is responsible for all operations of the Dispatch center. (This position will be referred to in this manual as Communications Supervisor). This position reports to Rob Frank Scotto.
168
C. DAILY OPERATIONS
(1) Reporting for duty
Employees are expected to report on time for duty. They are expected to review the daily log, any communications and/or on-going calls that may carry over into their shift before the shift starts. Employees who do not follow this procedure shall be considered late for work and appropriate action will be taken.
(2) Start of Shift
Communication employee will:
- relieve the previous shift
- start a new shift log
- test all equipment (telephone, radio, recording and computer), and - report any equipment that is out of service.
(3) End of Shift
Communication employee will relay any information that needs to be carried over to the next shift and complete any remaining paper work. It is also the communication employee’s responsibility to:
- clean up his or her work station
- return all resources to their proper place
- loose printouts are to be posted, placed in the wastepaper bin or shredded, and - any other items to be returned to their proper places. (4) Breaks
Do the nature of our industry (towing) it is not practical to provide two 30-minute unpaid lunch periods when a shift is 10 hours or more. On some shifts (graveyard, weekends etc) the nature of the work prevents an employee from being relieved of all duty and will be considered “A compensated meal period and break periods.

Is summary, whenever possible and staffing allows, take your meal breaks in 30-minute sessions and clock out on the time clock. When shift work and staffing prevents you from leaving your post, it is agreed that meal periods and breaks will be taken as the work load allows and will be fully compensated to you at your regular rate of pay. This additional time on the clock will most probably add to your over time for that shift and the actual hours paid for on that shift will be in full compliance with our policy of any hours over 8 being overtime and any hours over 12 being double time. Further any hours over 40 in one week is considered overtime as well as any hours over 60 hours in any week being double time.
(5) Smoking
There shall be no smoking or use of any tobacco products in the Dispatch center. The use of tobacco products will be permitted only in a designated area. (6) Food and Drink
Food may be consumed in a designated break room/ area, unless urgent circumstances 169
dictate otherwise with the supervisor’s approval. If drinks are permitted in the Dispatch center, they must be in a cup or glass and placed on a form of coaster. Drinks must be kept at a distance from the console or any radio equipment to avoid spills on the communication equipment.
(7) Personal Telephone Calls
Personal calls are not to interfere with the operations of the Dispatch center. They are highly discouraged during a shift. If personal calls are received, they are to be limited to not more than 5 minutes unless it is a Police situation. Communication employees may place calls or receive calls during their break. These calls must be conducted in a break area or area other than an active console area. These calls shall not exceed their break time. Any exception must be cleared with the shift supervisor.

It is strongly urged that personnel closely follow the recommended length for personal telephone calls. Personnel who continually exceed the recommendations will be subject to disciplinary action.
(8) Visitors
Visitors are not permitted in the radio room of the Dispatch center without the approval of the shift supervisor. Communication employees may have visitors, but they must meet in the lobby, break room, or outside area and limit that visit to no more than 10 minutes.

Communication employees shall not leave their position without the approval of the shift supervisor.
(9) Uniforms
Assigned uniform shall be worn while on duty. Assigned uniform will be determined by the Dispatch center. From 0800 hours to 1700 hours standard uniform will be worn due to 170
the traffic flow of public visitors. From 1700 hours to 0800 hours a more casual uniform, such as golf shirt with Frank Scotto center logo and name, may be worn. All uniforms shall be standard. Any damaged or worn uniforms will be replaced upon approval of the communications supervisor. Uniforms may not be worn during off duty or for personal use without the approval of the communications supervisor. (10) Free Towing Service
It is the policy of The Van Lingen Group not to provide free towing services for anyone’s personal vehicle regardless of whom they work for, or whom they are related to. An invoice shall be made for all services rendered even if payment is not made at the time of service.
171
D. SUBSTANCE ABUSE
The word “drug” or “drugs” is meant to include but is not limited to:
- Legal drugs used illegally, or not as prescribed by a physician - Illegal drugs
- Alcoholic beverages
- Any substance that adversely affects job performance or makes the employee unsuitable for Police service work.

As an employee, you set an example to the public of all fellow employees of The Van Lingen Group . There is a level of professionalism expected from you while you are off duty, therefore, all employees shall not consume alcoholic beverages while off duty to the extent the evidence of such consumption is apparent when reporting for duty, or to the extent their ability to perform duty is impaired. Employees while off duty shall refrain from consuming alcoholic beverages to the extent it results in obnoxious or offensive behavior which discredits the company, or renders the employee unfit to report to their next regular shift.

Employees shall not bring into or keep any drugs on the departmental premises.

Employees shall not at any time be under the influence of drugs while on duty. (1) Pre-Employment Testing
- All offers of employment will be tendered contingent on testing negative for drugs. - If a prospective employee tests positive he may have an independent test conducted from the
same specimen at his expense.
- If the employee’s test is negative the Dispatch center will pay for another test within 172
seven (7) days.
- If the third test is negative the job offer will be tendered. If the test is positive the candidate
will be denied employment.
(2) Random Testing
- All employees will be subject to random drug tests.
- Each employee will be tested a minimum of once per year. - Tests will be administered at Care station-Torrance while the employee is on duty. - Employees who refuse a test are considered to be refusing a direct order and will be suspended without pay pending a decision of the Director. - Any employee who tests positive will be suspended, with pay, pending final disposition. (3) Reasonable Cause Testing
Any supervisor who has reason to believe an employee is using, or under the influence of, a prohibited drug and/or substance may direct that employee to submit to a screening test. A decision to test must be based on specific contemporaneous physical, behavioral and/or performance indicators of probable drug use.

The supervisor shall carefully document all factors that lead him to the decision that the employee is under the influence.

If a supervisor becomes suspicious of substance abuse, it should be communicated to the Director immediately. Do not wait for a specific event of obvious impairment. (4) Suspicion of Drug Usage
If an employee is suspected of drug usage, it will be reported to the Director immediately.

If an employee reports for work under the influence of drugs he will be relieved from 173
duty and the
Director shall be notified immediately.

The supervisor should keep the employee under direct observation and not allow the employee to take
anything by mouth.

The Director will come to the Dispatch center and initiate the following actions:
- If alcohol is suspected the employee will be directed to take a breath test. - If drug abuse is suspected a urine sample will be obtained - The employee will not be dismissed from duty until the Director has been contacted.

The Director will then make the determination to suspend the employee with or without pay.

If the Director cannot be located the employee should be suspended with pay and directed to take a drug test as soon as practical.
(5) Employee Assistance Program
An employee who admits they have a substance abuse problem can choose to enter a treatment program, or resign, rather than be dismissed.

The treatment plan must be approved by the Dispatch center’s medical advisor.

Any costs associated with the treatment program will be the responsibility of the employee.

A leave of absence (without pay) to attend a treatment program will be granted after the employee has used all his leave time.

The total absence is not to exceed 60 consecutive calendar days.

Assignment to a different shift to accommodate treatment will be made if another 174
employee agrees to the change; however, the re-assignment cannot be guaranteed.

The employee must successfully complete the treatment program as a condition of employment. The employee will be subject to frequent drug tests at his expense.

Failure to successfully complete a treatment plan or testing positive for drugs will result in the employee being dismissed.
(6) General Procedures
The following are grounds for dismissal:
- Testing positive
- Refusing a test or failure to cooperate with a test
- Altering or adulterating a sample.
175
E. GENERAL CONDUCT
(1) Abuse of Position
Employees shall not abuse the use of their official position or identification. Employees shall not use their official position, official identification cards or badges, for personal or financial gain, for obtaining privileges not otherwise available to them except in the performance of their duty, or to avoid consequences of illegal acts. Employees shall not lend to another person their identification card or badges or permit them to be photographed or reproduced without the approval of the Director.

Employees shall not authorize the use of their names, photographs, or official titles which identify them as a communication employee, in connection with testimonials or advertisements of any commodity or commercial enterprises without the approval of the Director.
(2) Conduct Toward the Public
All employees shall conduct themselves in a professional manner while on duty.

Employees shall be courteous and orderly in their dealings with the public. They shall perform their duties quietly, avoiding harsh, violent, profane, or insolent language and always remain in control of their behavior regardless of the provocation to do otherwise.

Employees are not expected to take abuse from the public. If this occurs, they may be referred to the communication supervisor. Upon request they are required to supply their name and employee or badge number in a courteous manner. They shall attend to requests from the public quickly and accurately.

Angry or rude citizens are to be treated in a polite but firm manner. The communication 176
employee will not engage in argumentative conversation or revert to the same behavior as the citizen. If the citizen continues in this manner, they may be referred to the communications supervisor.
(3) Personnel Conduct
Employees shall treat any employees, subordinates, and associates with respect. They shall be courteous and civil at all times in their relationships with one another. When on duty, and particularly in the presence of other employees or the public, employees shall be referred to by name.
(4) Performance of Duty
All employees shall perform their duties as required or directed by departmental rule, policy or order, or by directive of chain of command. All duties required by competent authorities shall be performed promptly as directed, notwithstanding the general assignment, duties and responsibilities.
(5) Insubordination
Failure or deliberate refusal of any employee to obey a lawful order given by any employee or supervisor shall be considered insubordination. Ridiculing any employee/supervisor his/her orders, whether in or out of his/her presence, is also insubordination.
(6) Work Environment
It is the policy of The Van Lingen Group Dispatch center to ensure that each employee is free to work without being harassed or intimidated. Harassment or intimidation of employees will not be tolerated and will result in disciplinary action to include dismissal. 177
(7) Causes for Disciplinary Action
Employees are expected to use reasonable judgment in carrying out their duties and not act in a manner contrary to the best interest of The Van Lingen Group Dispatch center.

The following activities include, but are not restricted to causes for disciplinary action:
- Sleeping on duty
- Gossiping
- Working for a political candidate while on duty or in uniform - Harassing other employees
- Physical contact and “horseplay”
- Practical jokes
- Sexual harassment and/or harassment of any kind
- Racial slurs and/or other such derogatory comments
- Using abusive and/or obscene language
- Failure to give proper notice of an absence which could be anticipated - Irregular attendance or excessive absenteeism without due cause - Repeated tardiness without due cause
- Interference with the work of others, including but not limited to, offensive personal habits which interfere with efficient operations.
- Excessive inefficiency including, but not limited to, waste, loafing, absence from assigned work area without permission, and defective workmanship - Violating of reasonable, normal or required safety practices, or the failure to report a work related accident or injury
- Theft, destruction, careless or negligent use, or willful damage of Dispatch center 178
property
- Misconduct, including but not limited to, lack of cooperation, contravention of statutory (civil or criminal) law, and any disgraceful or infamous conduct which reflects unfavorably on the Dispatch center as an employer
- Possession or use of alcohol, non-prescribed dangerous drugs, or similar intoxicants while on the Dispatch center property or on duty
- Operation of a Dispatch center vehicle or equipment while under the influence of intoxicants such as alcohol, non-prescribed dangerous drugs, or prescribed drugs which cause an unsafe mental or physical state
- Loss of a driver’s license or driving privileges by due process of law, when the employee’s job requires the regular operation of a motor vehicle in the performance of routine duties
- Deliberate falsification of records or personal misrepresentation of fact to a supervisor, Dispatch center official, the public or the Director
- Dishonesty as related to an individual’s job duties or profession, or the use of one’s official position for personal advantages
- Insubordination
- Conviction of a serious criminal offense or of a misdemeanor involving moral wrong doing
- Violation of safety practices that endanger the life or health or the employee or others - Violation of the The Van Lingen Group Dispatch center Policy and Standard Operating Procedures, regulations, rules, lawful orders and/or directions made or given by a supervisor
179
- Acceptance of any consideration of value or gratuity which was given to improperly influence the employee in the performance of duties
- Refusal to be examined by a licensed physician when so directed by Dispatch center officials or refusing to submit to blood, breath and/or urine tests for alcohol and/or drugs - Incompetence or repeated inefficiency in the performance of duties - Abusive personal conduct or language toward the public or fellow employees, or abusive public criticism of a superior, Dispatch center Director or Government official - Willful violation of any duly adopted policy or State/Provincial or Federal law or regulation
- Conduct or actions determined to be a conflict of interest as defined by state law, Dispatch center policy or standard operating procedures - Fraudulent misrepresentation in securing an appointment or promotion - Repeated and willful violation of relatively minor offenses - Other conduct or activity that is not in the best interest of the Dispatch center. (8) Off Duty
Employees shall conduct themselves at all times, both on and off duty, in such a manner as to reflect most favorably upon themselves and the Dispatch center.

Employees may pursue off duty jobs as long as they do not interfere with their duties at the Dispatch center and do not bring discredit to the center. Employees are required to inform the Dispatch center officials of any off-duty employment that might be construed as a conflict of interest.
180
(9) Politics
Employees who desire to work for a candidate or political cause are encouraged to do so in a nonpublic capacity, so as to avoid involving the Dispatch center. Prohibited activities include but are not limited to:
- Referring to the Dispatch center when making endorsements or campaigning - Political work or campaigning while in uniform or while on duty - Anything that gives the impression that The Van Lingen Group Dispatch center supports, or does not support, a particular candidate or slate of candidates, or issue.

F. DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES
(1) Disciplinary Action
Employees who violate their oath and trust by committing an offense punishable under the law, or who violate any provision of the Policy and Standard Operating Procedure Manual, Personnel Code or any rules or regulations of the Dispatch center or who disobey any lawful order, or who are incompetent to perform their duties, are subject to appropriate disciplinary action.
(2) Oral Reprimand
Oral Reprimand will be given when their performance does not meet standards. This may be an informal discussion, or a more formal session, depending on the nature of the problem. The communications supervisor will document the discussion in their personnel file. The communications supervisor may have the employee sign a memo if the problem is more serious or is a recurring violation.
(3) Formal Disciplinary Procedures
181
The following procedures will be used when a serious violation occurs or when informal or formal discussion has failed to correct deficient performance. All formal disciplinary procedures will be signed by the employee, the communications supervisor and the Director and added to the employee’s personnel file.
(4) Written Reprimand
A written reprimand is issued for serious violations and repeated violations of a minor nature. This form will be signed by the employee, the communications supervisor and the Director and added to the employee’s personnel file.
(5) Suspension Without Pay
A suspension without pay is given for very serious violations that compromise the operation of The Van Lingen Group or for continued violations. Suspensions are considered a last resort and further violations may result in dismissal. (6) Suspension With Pay
Suspension with pay is given when a serious violation is alleged and it is felt that the best interest of the Dispatch center would be served by not having the employee on duty until the matter can be investigated to determine if any action is warranted. (7) Demotion
Demotions are given when an employee has not demonstrated satisfactory performance in his position, but it is felt they could serve in a reduced capacity. There must be an opening in a lower ranking, and a lower ranking must exist, for this option to be used. (8) Dismissal
A dismissal is used for extreme neglect to duty, conduct unbecoming an employee of the The Van Lingen Group Dispatch center, or continued violation of the rules. 182
(9) Personnel Files
Communications Supervisor’s File — used to document formal and informal sessions and the communications supervisor’s observations of the employees performance. These files are for the private use of the communications supervisor and are not considered part of the employee’s personnel file.

Personnel File — used for training, employee evaluations, employment related documents, payroll and insurance records, commendations, and formal disciplinary actions. This file is the property of The Van Lingen Group Dispatch center and is maintained for the benefit of the organization. Employees may review their files but can not remove anything from those files. Requests to review personnel files are submitted to the communications supervisor and must be reviewed in the office. 183
SECTION 2- STANDARD OPERTING PROCEDURE
A. CALLS FOR ASSISTANCE
It is the policy of The Van Lingen Group Dispatch center to provide assistance to our Government contracts and public in all situations. To accomplish this goal the following policies and procedures will be used.
(1) Relaying Information & Dispatching
A communication employee’s role in Police ordered towing services is to relay information effectively to the appropriate driver. To avoid giving wrong information, the communication employee will relay information exactly as it is given and will make clear who the source is.
(2) Making Assumptions
When relaying information, communication employees must be careful not to embellish facts with their assumptions or interpretations of the situation. If you have reason to suspect that the situation may be other than it appears, this should be relayed, but it must be made clear that it is your opinion, not fact.
(3) Radio Log Sheets
A radio log will be kept of all activity pertaining to the day to day operations of the center. Each
communication employee will sign in at the beginning of their shift and will be responsible for the
entering of all information along with the time (military time) the information is received.

This will
include but not be limited to:
184
- All Police ordered calls
- Police ordered calls radio traffic
- Non-Police ordered calls radio traffic
- Equipment in/out of service
- Road closing
- Weather reports
- - Equipment malfunctions or trouble
This information will be kept in a CAD (Computer Aided Dispatch) system or in written form. If in written form, entries will be printed by hand and typed onto a log sheet for recording purposes.
185
B. POLICE ORDERED CALLS
(1) Communication Employee/Call Taker
A communication employee/call taker is responsible for answering all in-coming calls, and for taking all
information from the caller.

Communication employee/call takers will answer all Police ordered calls after the first ring whenever possible. Police ordered call lines take precedence over all other lines and non-Police call radio traffic.

All Police lines will be answered: The Van Lingen Group how may I help you? All other lines will be answered: The Van Lingen Group. (2) Police/Non-Police Calls
If the call is a non-Police call and is received on a Police telephone line the communication employee/call taker will notify the caller that they have called on a Police line and will direct them to a non-Police line.

It is imperative that only “legitimate” Police calls be handled on the Police system because:

An Police ordered call is defined as a call that:
- requires the attention of the Police Department
- requires the attention of the Fire Department
If the call is a Police ordered call, the call taker will request the following information:
- Type of call
- Location of the incident (Always verify the location. Never assume the location.) 186
- Call back telephone number if unknown
- Caller’s name
- Any special information that might apply to the situation such as business name, cross streets, etc.

The communication employee/radio operator will then notify the appropriate driver by radio to respond to the call. Relay all the information necessary. Continue to handle all radio traffic.
187
(3) Fire Calls
Occasionally we are called to assist the Fire Department in moving vehicles that constitute an immediate hazard to the public. When possible an attempt to obtain additional information should be made to assist the responding equipment, i.e. life hazards and hazardous materials. The following is a list of possible fire type calls. This is not a complete list and should only be used as an example of fire calls. The response for these calls will come from Frank Scotto management as to what equipment will respond to each type of call.
- Vehicle fire
- Vehicle Bomb threats
- Person trapped in a vehicle
- Chemical spill/hazardous materials involving a vehicle - Electrical wires down on a vehicle
- Gasoline leaks form a vehicle
- Aircraft emergencies
- Vehicle in a structure
- Vehicle on a person
- Rescue situation
188
(4) Law Enforcement Calls
As in a fire situation, the communication employee/call taker is to obtain additional information to assist the responding employees for the safety of the Police officers and the people involved in the incident. The following is a list of possible law enforcement type calls. This is not a complete list and should only be used as an example of law enforcement calls. The response for these calls will come from the law enforcement agency/department as to what equipment will respond to each type of call. - Traffic collisions
- Traffic violations or hazard, reckless driving
- Broke down vehicle
- Over-turned vehicle
- Abandoned Vehicle
- Parking Violations
- Evidence vehicles
- Recovered stolen vehicles
Note — Some calls may require response from more than one truck (i.e., auto accident, multiple impounds, rescue situations, checkpoints etc.). Therefore, it is important to ask the appropriate questions so that all the drivers that need to be dispatched will be dispatched at the same time in order to avoid any delay in responses. 189
(5) Dispatching Police Calls
All Police dispatched call communication on the radio will be repeated twice when dispatching a Police ordered call. The communication employee will identify the Police Agency then the unit that it is dispatching. Next the dispatcher will relay the necessary dispatch information to the unit(s) that is being dispatched.

The communication employee will repeat all radio traffic to the tow unit to make sure that the communication traffic is understood correctly. All radio traffic is to be repeated at all times by the communication employee followed by the time (military time). (6) Multiple Calls — Same Incident
When there are several calls regarding the same incident, the communication employee will make sure that the caller is reporting the same incident and not an unrelated one.

Once you are sure the caller is calling about the same incident that has already been reported and you have obtained any additional pertinent information the caller may have, advise the caller that equipment is already dispatched and clear the call. Clear these calls as soon as possible in order not to tie up any Police lines unnecessarily. 190
D. PHONE PROBLEMS
(1) All telephone equipment problems that occur will be reported immediately to the supervisor. The communication employee will then follow the trouble report chart that is provided by the telephone company to verify that the problem is a technical one. The communication employee will then fill out the appropriate forms and notify the telephone company of the problem (there should be a list of telephone numbers to call for phone problems listed at the console). The communication employee will then log on the information in the daily log identifying the date and time the problem occurred, details of the problem and time it was reported to supervisor and Telephone Company. Communication employees when calling the telephone company will identify themselves provide a contact number and will provide the telephone circuit and/or the ID number of the equipment in trouble. (2) Hang up Calls
Immediately call back the agency. Speak with a responsible party to determine if a Police ordered call exists. If the number is busy call back in 10 seconds. If the number is still busy, and no contact can be made send an employee to the agency to check out the situation.
(3) Canceled Calls
191
If a call is received that turns out to be canceled or a false alarm, the communication employee will verify the information with the appropriate agency. The Supervisor will file the appropriate reports.
192
E. DISASTER AND EMERGENCY PLANS IN THE DISPATCH CENTER
(1) Evacuation Procedure
The Dispatch center will be evacuated when the lives of personnel are threatened. The following
procedure will be used if evacuation becomes necessary:
- The communications supervisor will direct all personnel to leave the Dispatch center and report to a secondary location (secondary PSAP).
- The communications supervisor will then notify the telephone company and inform them
that the Dispatch center is being evacuated. (The communications supervisor is the only one that can make this call). This will cause all Police calls to be forwarded to the secondary P SAP.
- If safety permits, the communications supervisor will then transmit on the secondary telephone system to inform
all agencies that the Dispatch center is being evacuated. If the communications employee is unable to transmit on the telephone he will instruct the secondary PSAP to inform all
agencies of the situation.
- The supervisor will notify the management of the situation. - After confirmation the from telephone company the communications supervisor will also
evacuate to the secondary position taking a cellular phone and portable radio with him. (2) Return Procedure
193
After the threat has passed, the communications supervisor will return to the Dispatch center and notify the telephone company to restore service. Once verification is received from the telephone company all personnel should return to the Dispatch center. The communications supervisor will notify all agencies and the Director that the Dispatch center is back in operation.
(3) Severe Weather Conditions
The Dispatch center is not evacuated for severe weather conditions. Evacuate only upon damage to the building making it unsafe.

When severe weather is reported by an official source the Dispatch center will notify all appropriate agencies (i.e., fire departments, police, sheriff, EMS) of the weather conditions, and will give updates as they are received. (4) Bomb Threats
If there is a reason to believe that there is a bomb in the Dispatch center, everyone will evacuate, except the supervisor, who will implement the evacuation plan. (5) Natural Gas Leaks
If the odor of natural gas is detected everyone will evacuate except the supervisor who will implement the evacuation plan. Do not turn on or off any lights or appliances. (6) Hazardous Materials Incidents
Implement the evacuation plan if a Haz-Mat incident requires evacuating the Dispatch center.
(7) Human Threats
To reduce the potential of human threats, unauthorized personnel are not allowed in the communication room. Doors to the communication room are to be kept locked at all 194
times. If there is a threat to a communication employee or any Dispatch center employee, the sheriff’s office or police department will be notified immediately. (8) Weather Related Staffing Problems
Weather emergencies often cause both increased call loads and travel problems for employees. The following procedures will be used for weather related problems:
- The Director will be notified as soon as it appears that travel conditions will prohibit normal travel by employees.
- If an employee has not been contacted concerning travel arrangements, they should call in for instructions if it appears to them that travel would be hazardous. - Employees who report to work when travel problems are forecast should bring enough extra food and clothing to stay for 16 hours or more depending on the situation. 195
TO: LOT 1 OFFICE STAFF
RE: MEAL PERIODS AND BREAKS / MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING Do the nature of our industry (towing) it is not practical to provide two 30-minute unpaid lunch periods when a shift is 10 hours or more. On some shifts (graveyard, weekends etc) the nature of the work prevents an employee from being relieved of all duty and will be considered “A compensated meal period and break periods.” Is summary, whenever possible and staffing allows, take your meal breaks in 30-minute sessions and clock out on the time clock. When shift work and staffing prevents you from leaving your post, it is agreed that meal periods and breaks will be taken as the work load allows and will be fully compensated to you at your regular rate of pay. This addional time on the clock will most probably add to your over time for that shift and the actual hours paid for on that shift will be in full compliance with our policy of any hours over 8 being overtime and any hours over 12 being double time. Further any hours over 40 in one week is considered overtime as well as any hours over 60 hours in any week being double time.

As stated in the above memorandum, I hereby waive my off-duty meal periods and break periods in exchange for compensation stated above.

Employee Name:

Signature: Date:
196
TO: LOT 2 OFFICE STAFF
RE: MEAL PERIODS AND BREAKS / MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING During normally scheduled 8 hour shifts I understand that I must take a 1-hour unpaid lunch break prior to my 5th hour of work. I understand that I will take this 1 hour all at once, and not in 2 separates 30-minute segments. I understand that no supervisor will tell me when to go to lunch and that I will relieve myself for lunch any time prior to my 5th hour of work as my workload permits.

I understand that my position is primarily as a Lot 2 office person, not primarily as a dispatcher and as such different rules and regulations apply to me.

I further understand that I am authorized and permitted to take a rest period that must, insofar as practicable, be taken in the middle of each work period. The rest period is based on the total hours worked daily and must be at the minimum rate of a net ten consecutive minutes for each four-hour work period, or major fraction thereof. I understand that I am required to stay on the premises during my rest break. Since I am being compensated for the time during my rest period, The Van Lingen Group can require that I remain on its premises. The Van Lingen Group provides suitable resting facilities that are available for employees during working hours in an area separate from the toilet rooms. I understand that my break can be taken anywhere on company premises. I further understand that anytime I am not working on specific work-related activities this is considered break time. I understand that a supervisor will not relieve me for my breaks; I will take them as needed. In essence this means I will get a 10-minute break in the morning and a 10 minute break in the afternoon.

Employee Name:

Signature: Date:
197
RFP 24-001

7.3 towing & Storage Contract Questionnaire
Question 9 – Towing Operator Training Manual
198
199

ABOUT US
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA A
Safety is our first concern. Operation
of the towing equipment you drive
and operate is your responsibility. This
manual contains key safety points,
many of which are related to actual
manufacturer’s specifications. Please
note that the equipment you use may
be different than the equipment used
in this book.

The Emergency Road Service Coalition of America was formed in 2012 when a dedicated group of motor club towers banded together.

Since then, the Coalition has successfully fought to improve working conditions for towing and recovery companies contracting with motor clubs, as well as ensuring the safety of the public that they serve.

Our mission is to promote collaboration and education in the towing industry, with a focus on safety and advocacy. • ersca.org Founded in 1969, the California Tow Truck Association represents professional towing operators statewide and beyond. Created by and for towing company owners, CTTA provides unparalleled solutions and resources that empower towing companies to be more professional and progressive within the industry while serving the motoring public.

We believe in protecting and educating the men and women who will become the towing industry professionals of tomorrow, as well as continuing safety and equipment operation training with seasoned veterans. • ctta.com
200
“If you think learning
the knowledge is
difficult, try doing
your work without it
and you'll learn what
difficult really is.”
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA B
This training manual is only one part of The CTTA/ERSCA Tow Operator Education Program. It is designed to provide essential information in a condensed format. It is not intended to provide all the information that may be available on each topic. It is designed to serve as a overview and introduction to the towing industry.

You are encouraged to read all available industry materials and to learn as much as possible so that you may tailor the information to the needs of each roadside scenario.

DO NOT ignore or alter any applicable safety precautions from the manufacturer of the towing equipment you operate as well as the automotive manufacturer’s towing or road and service recommendations, as doing so may result in accidents, injuries, and even death.

Always check the manufacturer’s instructions before using any equipment or tools and follow the recommended safety guidelines or procedures. If you find conflicting information between this manual and the manufacturer’s instructions, then follow the manufacturer’s instructions. Since equipment in our industry may vary, confirm the specific use and safety instructions of the equipment you use. In addition, apply all towing and safety recommendations from the manufacturer of vehicles you may tow or service.

Remember, your safety and the safety of others is always our first concern.

ABOUT THIS MANUAL
201

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA C
Special Thanks
Images used in this manual were provided by the following companies. Thank you to all of the companies for your time and expert help in making this manual a visual learning tool for our students.

Thank you to the ERSCA & CTTA Member companies that
provided photos for the demonstration portion(s) of this manual. Your input and support was invaluable in the
creation of this manual and its corresponding training tools. 202
GOALS AND OBJECTIVES:
•Increase safety awareness
•Increase knowledge of equipment
•Promote professionalism
•Motivate you to do your best everyday
•Prepare you for certification
•Train you to operate safely & professionally
WHAT TO EXPECT FROM THIS COURSE _
Each student who successfully completes this course will be provided an ID card that identifies you as Light Duty Level 1 compliant
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA D
The Emergency Road Service Coalition of America and
the California Tow Truck Association are dedicated
to providing the best industry training instruction. By successfully completing this Light Duty Level 1 Training, tow operators will be equipped with the knowledge to
safely and professionally perform their jobs. ERSCA and CTTA expect tow operators to continually educate, update, and refresh their skills with additional training. 203

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1: PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETY 1
APPEARANCE 1
SAFETY APPAREL/ANSI 3-4
TRUCK APPEARANCE/FIRST IMPRESSIONS 5
CONDUCT 6
DRUG & ALCOHOL USE 7
PARTNERSHIP IN SERVICE 8
AURAL BREVITY CODES/RADIO COMMS 9
Chapter 2: SAFE DRIVING 11
SAFE DRIVING PRACTICES 11
DRIVER'S LICENSE 12
DRIVING HOURS/LOGBOOKS 13
STOPPING/BRAKING DISTANCE 14-15
SAFE DRIVING REMINDERS 16-18
Chapter 3: TRUCK INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE 20
DAILY INSPECTIONS 20-21
TRIP INSPECTIONS 22-23
MONTHLY SAFETY INSPECTION 24
Chapter 4: CHAINS 26
WLL/BREAKING FORCE/DESIGN FACTOR 26
SHOCK LOAD 27
CARBON WELDED STEEL CHAIN 28-29
LINKS 30
CHAIN SAFETY REMINDERS 31-32
Chapter 5: HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS 34
HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS DO'S & DON'TS 34
J-HOOKS 35
T-HOOKS/MINI J-HOOKS/R-HOOKS 36
ANCHOR SHACKLE/TWIST LOCK GRAB/SLIP/SWIVEL 37
LATCH SWIVEL/CLEVIS GRAB/RATCHET LOAD BINDER 38
HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS SAFETY REMINDERS 39
Chapter 6: NYLON STRAPS 41
NYLON STRAP CARE 42
ENDLESS OR LOOP SLINGS 43-44
SLING HOOKS 45
NYLON STRAP SAFETY REMINDERS 46
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA E
Chapter 7: WINCHES 47
WINCH INTRODUCTION/MECHANICAL 47
WINCH TYPES/FREE SPOOL ENGAGEMENT CONTROL 48
LAYERS OF WIRE ROPE ON WINCH DRUM 49
IMPROPER WINDING OF WIRE ROPE 50
WINCH SAFETY REMINDERS 51
204
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA F 205
Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE 53
ANATOMY OF WIRE ROPE/FIBER VS. STEEL CORE 53-54
SYNTHETIC WINCH ROPE/WINCH CABLE OPTIONS 54
SHEAVE/WLL 55-56
LEFT HAND VS RIGHT HAND LAY 57
CAUSES OF DAMAGE 58-59
WIRE ROPE TERMINATIONS 60
INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE 61
HANDLING WIRE ROPE 62
WIRE ROPE SAFETY REMINDERS 62
Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING 64
IDENTIFYING THE PARTS OF A TOW TRUCK 64
WHEEL-LIFTS 65-77
TOW TRUCK CONTROL HANDLES 78
TOW SLINGS 79-81
BASIC TOWING 101 SAFETY 82
REAR TOWING PRECAUTIONS 83
STEERING WHEEL SECUREMENT 84-85
TOW LIGHTS 86
SAFETY CHAINS 87-89
Chapter 10: DOLLIES & DRIVELINES 91
INTRODUCTION TO DOLLIES 91
COLLINS HI-SPEED DOLLIES 92-94
IN THE DITCH DOLLIES 95-96
DRIVELINE REMOVAL 97

TABLE OF CONTENTS
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA G
Chapter 11: CAR CARRIERS, FLATBEDS & ROLLBACKS 99
IDENTIFYING CAR CARRIER COMPONENTS 99
LOADING A VEHICLE ONTO A CAR CARRIER 100-101
CAR CARRIER SAFETY REMINDERS 102
LOADING EYE BOLTS 102-103
CAR CARRIER TIRE SKATES 104
RUN-AWAY VEHICLES 105
MOTORCYCLE TOWING 106
Chapter 12: RATINGS & TRUCK LIMITS 108
RATINGS 108-109
CERTIFICATION LABELS 110
RATINGS PLATES 111
RATING & TRUCK LIMIT SAFETY REMINDERS 112
206
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA H 207

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 14: SERVICE CALLS 126
JUMP STARTS 126-127
FUEL DELIVERY 128
FLAT TIRE SERVICE 129-131
Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY 133
BASIC RECOVERY GUIDELINES 133-134
RECOVERY BOOMS 135
CALCULATING A SIMPLE RECOVERY 136-137
ROLLING RESISTANCE 138
GRADIENT/SLOPE/DAMAGE RESISTANCE 139-140
RECOVERY SAFETY REMINDERS 141
RIGHTING AN OVERTURN 142-150
Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS
CONSTRUCTION & USE 152-153
RECOVERY RIGGING TERMS 154-155
MECHANICAL ADVANTAGE VS. CHANGE OF DIRECTION 156-157
PARALLEL LINES/LINE TENSION 158-159
ANGLE FACTORS 160
MECHANICAL ADVANTAGE LOSS 161-165
LOAD IMPOSED ON SNATCH BLOCK 166-167
RECOVERY REQUIRING SNATCH BLOCKS 168-169
SNATCH BLOCK SAFETY REMINDERS 170
152
Chapter 17: SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENT 172
MANAGEMENT FLOW CHART 172
WARNING LIGHT & ROAD SERVICE CALLS 173
ACCIDENT/COLLISION 174
TRAFFIC CONES, TRAFFIC CONTROL & FLARES 175-178
SCENE/PERSONAL SAFETY 179-180
AIRBAG SAFETY 181
CUSTOMER/BYSTANDER SAFETY 182
Chapter 18: HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 185
Chapter 19: HYBRID & ELECTRIC VEHICLES 188
Chapter 13: SAFE TOWING/HAULING CAPACITY 114
DEFINITIONS & ACRONYMS 114-115
STEERING LOAD VS. SAFE STEERING LOAD 116-117
SAFE STEERING LOAD CALCULATIONS 118
GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT RATING 119
REAR AXLE WEIGHT 120
WHEEL-LIFT/WHEEL-LIFT TOW RATING 121
WEIGHT & LOAD DISTRIBUTION ON A CARRIER 122-124
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA I 208
209
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 1
The majority of what a person perceives about your ability and professionalism is based on your appearance and conduct.

PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETY
IMPORTANT i

ALWAYS KEEP PROFESSIONALISM AND SAFETY IN MIND WHEN PREPARING FOR A SHIFT!

APPEARANCE
A tow operator can acquire the customer’s confidence when he or she presents a positive professional image. This includes
personal appearance as well as the
appearance of their truck. Everyday you
arrive to work you should be groomed the
same as in your interview and your first
day on the job. PROFESSIONALLY
• Start each day freshly showered/bathed and groomed
• Hair should be neat and clean
• Beards should be trimmed short as to not pose a hazard while working around the tow truck
• Long hair should be tied back securely, so that it does not get caught in moving machinery
• Jewelry should be kept minimal
• Tattoos that may be offensive to a customer should be covered as much as possible • Start each shift with a clean uniform. Iron your uniform if needed • Uniforms should fit well and shirts should be tucked in as to not pose a hazard when working
• Uniforms should be free of tears and required patches should be clean and in good repair
• Boots should be clean and have a sole made of oil and slip resistant material. We recommend an impact resistant toe made of steel or composite material that meets the Occupational Safety and Health Administration’s (OSHA) guidelines Chapter 1: PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETY
210
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 2
Chapter 1: PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETY
The most important word in the Towing & Recovery Industry is safety. This manual is dedicated to ensure that you, the tow operator, perform your duties and make it through your shift safely. Knowing your equipment and how to use it properly will assist you in becoming a more efficient and safe operator.

There are no shortcuts given in this manual. The material covered in this manual will provide you with the knowledge and the confidence to help you avoid unnecessary steps or hesitation by second guessing yourself. Being knowledgeable and confident will help you clear your call safely and expeditiously.

The time will come when a situation causes you to question the appropriate next steps. Whenever in doubt, call for assistance. Call your shop for instruction or for additional help. You are not expected to know everything, but you are expected to realize when to ask for help. Know your abilities and stay within your comfort zone.

Taking risks outside your abilities is a recipe for disaster. If it is predictable then it is preventable. If you can see that it can go badly, it probably will. Never be too proud to ask for assistance.

You are ultimately responsible for your actions. Work safely! SAFETY
SAFETY

MATTERS
IMPORTANT i • SPEED MAKES FOR MISTAKES, EFFICIENCY PREVENTS THEM • SHORTCUTS PROVIDE FOR ERRORS, KNOWLEDGE PREVENTS THEM • UNCERTAINTY PROVIDES FOR POOR JUDGEMENT, CONFIDENCE PREVENTS IT 211
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 3
Chapter 1: PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETY

SAFETY APPAREL/PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (PPE)
Tow operators should also have the following items for safety and protection:
• Work gloves made of a heavy-duty material (such as leather) that will protect the operator’s hands while working
• Latex-type gloves that can protect the operator from blood-borne pathogens in vehicles where blood, bodily fluids, battery acid, grease, or dirt may be present • Safety glasses with impact resistant lenses to protect the operator’s eyes when working
• Retro-reflective vest or apparel that makes an operator more visible during inclement weather, night time, or whenever working near a roadway Each operator should also be prepared for unpredictable weather with items such as:
-SUNGLASSES -SUNSCREEN -HAT/CAP/HARD HAT -JACKET
-RAIN BOOTS -TOWELS/PAPER TOWEL -RAIN GEAR -KNEE PADS
-STEEL TOE, SLIP RESISTANT WORK BOOTS
work boots
safety glasses
paper towels
work gloves
retro-reflective jacket
hard hat
knee pads
212
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 4
Chapter 1: PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETY

TOW OPERATORS MUST BE SEEN
Most uniforms that towers wear today are considered enhanced visibility. The term enhanced visibility can be used for any garment of any color that has retro-reflective striping added to it in any configuration. These garments are not typically ANSI compliant. Operators can still benefit from the extra security of heightened visibility, especially in low light conditions.

CLASS ONE
For speeds up to 25 miles per hour, apparel should have 217 square inches of highly visible background material (fluorescent orange, lime green, or yellow material) and 155 square inches of reflective material (striping).

CLASS TWO
For speeds exceeding 25 miles per hour and working traffic side, apparel should have 775 square inches of highly
visible background material and 201 square inches of
retroreflective material.

CLASS THREE
For speeds above 50 miles per hour, or when
your attention is focused on your work, 1240
square inches of highly visible material and
310 square inches of retroreflective material.

The wearer must be identifiable as a person
at a minimum of 1,280 feet. This class is
recommended for all tow truck operators,
emergency responders, and accident site
investigators.

Most distributors of safety apparel list ANSI class and recommend that the safety apparel be replaced when it becomes faded or worn. Check the tag on the garment to confirm ANSI class.

Safety apparel must be maintained in order to benefit from their safety features. Any safety apparel which is dirty or greasy cannot provide its maximum reflective qualities. Keep your apparel clean and properly stored in the cab of your truck when not in use. The Federal Highway Worker Visibility Rule (23 CFR Sec 634) requires all workers along federal aided highways wear ANSI approved garment. We recommend that all tow truck drivers wear approved retro-reflective apparel during the course of their duties. Operators should review their state and local regulations concerning minimum ANSI requirement for safety garments. 213
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 5
Chapter 1: PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETY
Remember that the truck you drive is seen by thousands of people each day. A person who sees a clean tow truck and professional looking driver believes that the company will take better care of their vehicle when they need service.

A professional working tow truck will have:
• A professional appearance, signage/lettering, and CA number • A clean exterior, free of grease and/or greasy handprints • A clean interior, free of grease, especially on passenger’s side • Clean easy-to-use door handles
• Trash should be contained in a proper receptacle
• A smoke-free and pleasant smelling interior
• No offensive materials such as books, pictures, or calendars • All liquids in the cab should be in a spill proof container

TRUCK APPEARANCE & FIRST IMPRESSIONS
214
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 6
Chapter 1: PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETY

CONDUCT
Every driver should conduct themselves professionally:
• Make direct customer contact when arriving on scene.
• Greet the customer or report to the incident commander. • Keep your attention on the customer and their concerns. • Address the customer formally, using “sir” or “ma’am” and/or their last name; it shows the customer respect and that you value their business. • Have patience when dealing with an angry or upset customer. You should try to understand the customer’s frustration and handle the call to the best of your ability, always remaining courteous and polite.
• Explain what will be done and what the charges will be prior to beginning service. • Explain how the situation will be handled without using technical terms that the customer may not understand. Although the procedures may be routine to you, they are most likely unfamiliar to the customer. Explaining the procedures builds trust and avoids misunderstandings.
• Show empathy and compassion, especially at a collision incident. • DO NOT engage in inappropriate conversations. This includes conversations with both your customers and co-workers. Keep conversations professional and friendly. • Acknowledge when the situation is beyond your expertise and call for assistance when necessary.

DRIVER/MOTORIST RELATIONSHIP
On occasion, some people may require additional help or assistance. Elderly people, the physically challenged, small children, or others unfamiliar with their surroundings expect you will provide not only the towing or road service of their disabled vehicle, but also for their transportation, and well-being during the time you are providing services to them.

When you arrive at a scene, your presence has created a “special relationship” between you and the motorist. It is your duty to reasonably secure the area for everyone’s safety and well-being. If you cannot provide scene safety or require assistance for this task, then immediately request for law enforcement help.

Never leave any customer or motorist in an unsafe situation regardless of whether or not you provide road or towing services. If anyone refuses service or your offer of help, notify your dispatch and/or the proper authorities for guidance on these situations. Tow truck operators have a duty to provide for the safety of their customers at a roadside scene. 215
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 7
Chapter 1: PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETY

DRUG & ALCOHOL USE
Each towing company is responsible for complying with all applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations pertaining to a drug and alcohol free workplace. The towing company is required to have a written drug and alcohol policy in place which must be distributed and made easily accessible to all of their employees. Towing companies and drivers must do their part to maintain a Drug and Alcohol-Free Workplace.

You, the tow truck operator, operating a commercial vehicle, must abide by all laws, regulations, and company policies regarding drug/ alcohol use.

Since the towing industry is a part of the transportation industry, the primary safety objective is to prevent, through deterrence and detection, drug and alcohol users from performing transportation industry safety sensitive functions. To fulfill these obligations, you and your employer have certain rights and responsibilities under the law. You may be subject to one or more of the following:
• Pre-Employment Drug / Alcohol Testing
• Driver Background Check from past employers on
drug and alcohol testing
• Random Drug-Free Testing Program for non-
regulated drivers
• DOT Drug and Alcohol Program for regulated commercial drivers • Post-Accident Testing
• Employer pull notice (EPN)
For More Information See:

DOT-FMCSA 49 CFR Parts 40 & 382
Motor Carrier Random Drug & Alcohol Testing Program
216
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 8
Chapter 1: PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETY

PARTNERSHIP IN SERVICE

COMMUNICATION MODEL

CUSTOMER/PUBLIC AGENCY
Initiates contact with the
tow company

TOW TRUCK OPERATOR
Receives call & proceeds to the
scene. Upon arrival, provides
the required services

DISPATCHER/OFFICE PERSONNEL
Receives the call for services &
dispatches the call to the tow
truck operator
The Customer and/or public agency contacts the tow company which initiates the process of the tow truck arriving on scene. The dispatcher or office personnel takes the information required to get the proper equipment to the scene where the service is needed. Finally, the information is dispatched to the tow truck operator who responds to the scene and provides the necessary service.

Each person in the circle of communication is of equal importance. Each needs the other to achieve the goal of providing quality service as quickly and efficiently as possible.
217
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 9
Chapter 1: PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETY

AURAL BREVITY CODES
In order to convey information as quickly and concisely as possible, aural brevity codes, commonly known as “10” and “11” codes, can be used.
10-1 Receiving Poorly
10-2 Receiving Well
10-4 Acknowledge / OK
10-5 Relay Message
10-6 Busy
10-7 Out of Service
10-8 In Service
10-9 Repeat Transmission
10-10 Off Duty
10-19 Return to
10-20 Location
10-21 Telephone
10-22 Disregard / Cancel
10-23 Stand-by
10-39 Message or Item Delivered
10-97 On Scene
10-98 Assignment Completed
11-10 Take a Report
11-24 Abandon Vehicle
11-25 Traffic Hazard
11-26 Disabled Vehicle
11-41 Ambulance Required
11-42 Paramedics Required
11-48 Provide Transportation
11-79 Accident -
Ambulance Responding
11-80 Accident - Major injury
11-81 Accident - Minor Injury
11-82 Accident - Property Damage
11-83 Accident - No Details
11-84 Traffic Control
11-85 Tow Truck Required
or Requested

RADIO COMMUNICATIONS
The phonetic alphabet is used when giving a license plate number or when spelling the names of streets or customers to ensure that the information is easily understood and relayed correctly.

General Phonetic
Adam Henry Ocean Victor
Boy Ida Paul William
Charles John Queen X-ray
David King Robert Yellow
Edward Lincoln Sam Zebra
Frank Mary Tom
George Nancy Union
218
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 10
NOTES
219
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 11

SAFE DRIVING
Chapter 2: SAFE DRIVING
Safe driving begins with you. Driving a tow truck is a huge responsibility. It is of utmost importance that you are professional in your driving skills, courteous in your demeanor, and confident in your abilities. Your safety and the safety of others revolve around putting it all together and operating at the highest level.

Following the safety guidelines in this manual can keep you from becoming another tow truck operator statistic.

SAFE DRIVING PRACTICES
WARNING !

THE MOST COMMON DAYTIME COLLISIONS INVOLVING COMMERCIAL VEHICLES ARE THE RESULT OF REAR ENDING THE VEHICLE IN FRONT OF THEM. BE ALERT AT ALL TIMES!
220
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 12
Chapter 2: SAFE DRIVING
DRIVER’S LICENSE
Drivers have been required to have a Commercial Driver’s License (CDL) in order to drive certain Commercial Motor Vehicles (CMV) since April 1, 1992.

The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) has developed and issued standards for the testing and licensing of CDL holders. These standards require states to issue a CDL to certain CMV drivers only after the driver passes knowledge and skills tests administered by the state and related to the type of vehicle the driver expects to operate. Drivers are required to obtain and hold a CDL if they operate in interstate, intrastate, or foreign commerce or if they drive a vehicle that meets any of the classifications of a CMV.

A CDL must be obtained by the driver of any of the following vehicles:
• CLASS A: Any combination of vehicles with a gross combined weight rating (GCWR) of 26,001 or more pounds, providing the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of the vehicle being towed is in excess of 10,000 pounds. • CLASS B: Any single vehicle with a GVWR of 26,001 or more pounds, or any such vehicle towing another not in excess of 10,000 pounds.
• CLASS C: Any single vehicle, or combination of vehicles, that does not meet the definition of Class A or Class B, but is either designed to transport 16 or more passengers, including the driver, or is transporting material that has been designated as hazardous under 49 U.S.C. 5103 and is required to be placarded under subpart F of 49 CFR Part 172 or is transporting any quantity of a material listed as a select agent or toxin in 42 CFR Part 73.

What does all that have to do with me?
Most states don’t require CDLs to operate light duty towing equipment with a GVWR under 26,000 pounds.

Example: In California, all you need is a basic driver's license to operate a commercial motor vehicle under 26,000 pounds. However, if you travel Interstate into Nevada you are required to have a basic license and a medical card that meets FMCSA standards for operating in the state of Nevada.

Please refer to your state and local laws on what additional license requirements are necessary in your area.
?
221
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 13

LOG BOOK EXAMPLE
Chapter 2: SAFE DRIVING

LIMITATIONS ON DRIVING HOURS
Hours of Service Drivers are regulated for operators who hold a Commercial Driver’s License and/or operate a commercial vehicle. Code of Federal Regulations 49 CFR Part 395 covers those regulations.

Students should also communicate with their employers concerning any Hours of Service regulations related to their state and local government.

DIGITAL LOG BOOK EXAMPLE (ELD)
222
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 14

LAW OF AVERAGES
The most common daytime collisions involving commercial vehicles are the result of rear ending the vehicle in front of them- be alert at all times! Let’s say you are traveling at a speed of 35 mph (51 ft. per second). Because you are a skilled and safe driver, you always leave about 50 ft. between the tow truck / car carrier you are driving and the vehicle directly ahead of you. Suddenly, you see a stop sign ahead. Will it be possible for you to stop before rear ending the vehicle in front of you? Nobody wants to be involved in a crash, so let’s look at one important aspect of driving – What is a safe following distance?
Chapter 2: SAFE DRIVING

UNDERSTANDING STOPPING DISTANCE
Stopping distance refers to how far it takes you to bring the towing equipment to a full stop in an emergency, and it is determined by several factors: your perception time, reaction time, and braking distance.

PERCEPTION DISTANCE: The distance a vehicle travels while you realize you need to stop.

REACTION DISTANCE: The distance a vehicle travels in the time it takes to step on the brake pedal.

BRAKING DISTANCE: The distance a vehicle travels during the braking.

Your perception distance is affected by how attentive you are with what is going on around you. Being distracted by phones, electronic devices, eating, and not being well rested can add extensive time to your awareness on needing to stop.

Since nobody has perfect reaction, there will always be a certain amount of time, even just a split second, between the moment when something happens and when you hit the brakes.

Your braking distance is how far your tow truck/carrier travels after you hit the brakes before coming to a complete stop. The faster you are traveling, the longer it will take to come to a full stop. Braking distance is directly proportional to speed, weather, road condition, driver condition, vehicle condition, and weight.

PercePtion Distance + reaction Distance + Braking Distance = total stoPPing Distance

VARIABLES IN BRAKING DISTANCE
• Speed in which you are traveling
• Vehicle weight (loaded or unloaded)
• Driver condition (tired, distracted, eating, etc.)
• Vehicle condition (condition of brakes, tires, etc.)
• Road conditions (asphalt, gravel, concrete, dirt)
• Weather conditions (rain, snow, etc.)
223
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 15
Chapter 2: SAFE DRIVING

HOW TO IMPROVE STOPPING DISTANCE

SLOW DOWN
The faster you drive, the greater the impact or striking power of your vehicle. When you double your speed from 20 to 40 mph,
the impact is 4 times greater. The braking
distance is also 4 times longer. Triple the
speed from 20 to 60 mph and the impact
and braking distance is 9 times greater.

Increase the speed to 80 mph and the
impact and braking distance are 16 times
greater than at 20 mph. High speeds
greatly increase the severity of accidents
and stopping distances. By slowing down,
you can reduce braking distance.

INCREASE YOUR FOLLOWING DISTANCE
One good rule for how much space you
should keep in front of you is at least 1
second for each 10 feet of vehicle length
at speeds below 40 mph. At greater speeds, you must add 1 second for safety. In bad weather, you should consider leaving additional seconds between you and the vehicle ahead. If you leave less than the recommended seconds between you and the vehicle you are following, you risk driving into the back of it if it stops suddenly. We recommend a minimal of five seconds of distance. The opposite of a safe following distance is tailgating; it can feel very aggressive. If a driver is being followed too closely, it may make him or her feel pressured and even anxious. Anxious, flustered drivers are more prone to mistakes or bad decisions, which could endanger both vehicles.

BE ALERT
Plan ahead and be ready for anything! Keep focused on
the roadway and all other traffic around you. Anticipate your surroundings and potential hazards as you drive
the highways and city streets. Keep your mind on your
driving. Avoid thinking about stressful personal matters or issues in your life so that you will not be distracted. 224
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 16
Chapter 2: SAFE DRIVING

BE WELL RESTED
Get a good amount of rest prior to going on-duty. Don’t work when you are fatigued or not feeling well. Your ability to return safely home after work will rely on having all your faculties in a keen sense of awareness.

DRIVE DEFENSIVELY
Keep a high level of awareness while driving. Watch
out for the other guy! Obey all traffic laws and reduce your speed while in tow as well as increase your
following distance. Allow a cushion of at least five
seconds between your truck and the vehicle in front
of you so that you can stop with ample time. The
five second distance is the amount traveled by your
truck at your current speed over a five second period
of time. Although this may seem too far from other traffic, you need this distance due to the additional weight you may be carrying, reaction time, and actual stopping distance. When in tow you must reduce your speed and increase your following distance because of the reduced braking and steering ability of your tow truck.

DISTRACTED DRIVING- PUT DOWN YOUR DEVICES!
Tow truck operators seem to have a talent for being able to not only drive their trucks, but to simultaneously eat a cheeseburger, talk on a cell phone, read a location in a map book or electronic device, and enjoy music on a
radio station; all while holding a soft drink between their legs. This talent is admirable in its ability, but certainly not legal or appropriate in terms of safety. If it's in your hand while driving, it's illegal! Remember that hands-free devices can also be very distracting. Minimize the distractions in your truck interior as you drive.

BE PATIENT
Stress is a common factor while driving, even more so in the towing industry. This industry runs on a hectic and sometimes chaotic time table. With E.T.A’s to meet, stress often runs high in tow truck operators and is considered “just part of the job.”
You will encounter many delays throughout your day such as traffic congestion and traffic incidents. Staying patient and calm helps to avoid stress.

Reducing stress levels can assist you as you maneuver through the challenges of daily driving.
225
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 17
Chapter 2: SAFE DRIVING

BACK-UP DRIVING
Backing a vehicle into a desired location is a
daily occurrence. However, once you put your
truck in reverse gear you take on additional
risks, therefore, you should avoid backing up
whenever possible. Immediately your vision
is limited to your side mirrors and obscured
by the towed vehicle that you are now behind
and pushing. Your body is contorted by looking
over your shoulder.

You must be safe during any backing-up procedure with a tow truck or car carrier unit.

Continuously scan the immediate area for any obstacles and use a spotter whenever possible. If you are not certain, get out of your truck and walk around the area. Watch out for any children or pedestrians that may cross into your intended path.

Some newer trucks are equipped with back up cameras. DO NOT rely on these.

Although these cameras can be beneficial, they only show a very restricted view of what’s directly behind your truck.

NIGHT DRIVING
You must be well rested and alert
for any driving at night. Driving a
tow truck and/or a car carrier at
night requires additional safety
awareness due to the obvious hazards
of darkness and limited visibility for
anyone on the roadway.
• Watch out for glare from oncoming
vehicles
• Dim your dash panel lights
• Use high beam headlights only
when it is safe and legal
• If you get sleepy, pull over safely and stop driving and never attempt to drive at night if you are tired or fatigued!
• Be alert for other drivers who may seem confused or are driving erratically 226
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 18
Chapter 2: SAFE DRIVING
You, the tow truck operator/driver of a commercial vehicle, are responsible for the safe operation and driving of your tow truck as you travel the streets and highways during the course of your duties. Because you are heavier, longer, wider, etc. than most other vehicles, you must be extremely alert, aware, and safety conscious under all conditions. Listed below are some key points that must be considered.

A.) Obey all related traffic laws, vehicle code requirements, and safety procedures.

B.) Check and plan your routes ahead of time; allow enough time to reach your intended location.

C.) Do not drive aggressively or become stressed while driving.

D.) Stay alert and be aware of your surroundings as you drive your truck at all times. Expect the unexpected as you operate your vehicle along streets and highways.

E.) Minimize distractions while you operate your truck, especially in the cab of your truck.

F.) Slow down, especially during the towing process.

G.) Do not tailgate. Allow plenty of stopping distance between your vehicle and the vehicles in front of you as you are driving on the roadway.

H.) Occasionally look back, make mirror checks and mind the vehicle in tow. If anything catches your attention or does not seem normal, pull over at the nearest safe location to check your load and securement.

I.) Make slow and safe lane changes; double check before you change lanes that it is clear and there is enough room. Wait at least 5 seconds before changing lanes.

J.) Adjust speed and following distance for conditions, including: weather, road conditions, downgrades, roadway curves, traffic flow, night driving, etc.

K.) Back up safely, moving very slowly and cautiously. Get out of your vehicle and check the area if necessary. Get assistance when possible and practical. Back in the direction that gives you the best view of your surroundings.

L.) Be aware when making any turning maneuver. Allow ample distance and clearance to ensure that you will complete each turn safely. Check blind spots for other vehicles that may attempt to pass on your right side.

M.) The most common daytime collisions involving commercial vehicle are the result of rear ending the vehicle in front of them.

N.) BE ALERT AT ALL TIMES!

SAFE DRIVING REMINDERS
227
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 19
NOTES_
228
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 20
TRUCK INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE Chapter 3: TRUCK INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE It is very important that the tow truck, car carrier, or service truck you operate be inspected daily before it is put into operation. Any normal or necessary preventative maintenance issues should be addressed prior to operation to ensure the truck is in good working condition and safe for operation.

The manufacturer’s recommended inspection and
maintenance schedules must be followed. These items
should never be overlooked or accepted without
confirmation. Take the time to be safe and know that
you can operate the tow truck without the possibility of accidents or injuries as a result of equipment failure.

Inspections will also prevent service failures from either a lack of equipment or missing / broken equipment
at a scene. Save yourself and your company the
embarrassment from this type of situation.

Some areas not only require daily inspection sheets, but records must also be kept and made available for law enforcement inspection.

DAILY INSPECTIONS
229
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 21

TOW EQUIPMENT DAILY INSPECTION
• Towing devices such as the wheel-lift and tow sling are free of excess wear or damage.
• Winch and wire rope should be free of damage and excess wear. The wire rope should be properly wound on the winch drum (no crossover winding). All wire rope terminations should be free of damage.
• Wire rope guides and sheaves should be free of excess wear and damage. • Make sure that all tow accessories are free of damage or excessive wear. Chains should be inspected and hook latches should be in proper working order. • Check towing equipment to ensure all parts are moving freely. Inspect the wheellift pivot pin for excessive wear or damage. There should be very little vertical or side to side movement.
• Check to ensure that all the lights are in proper working order. • Make sure that there are no oil or hydraulic leaks and that your wheel-lift or boom has not crept down while being parked.
• If your tow truck is equipped with dollies, ensure that the dollies are free from excessive wear and that the tires are properly inflated. • Most companies have a form to follow for vehicle inspection that may include more items than listed above. Make sure to follow your management instructions when completing a vehicle condition report and note any problems you encounter.

Should you encounter a problem with your equipment, ask your management for guidance.

Chapter 3: TRUCK INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE
230
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 22

PRE-TRIP INSPECTION
Perform a pre-trip inspection before each trip, look for any issues that could cause a problem or breakdown. A pre-trip inspection should be done routinely before operating the vehicle. You should always review the last vehicle inspection report and confirm that the vehicle has been released for service by the maintenance mechanics, if applicable. The motor carrier must repair any items in the report that affect safety and certify on the report that repairs were made or were necessary. Remember, when you get behind the wheel, you (not the mechanic) are responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle. If the defects have been repaired, sign the previous driver’s inspection report.

EN ROUTE INSPECTION
An “En Route” inspection is recommended if you travel more than 100 miles, or 2 hours of time on the road. During a break or stop, the items noted below should be checked:
• Check your gauges for any signs of problems.
• Look, listen, smell, and feel in and around your vehicle for problems. • Check your tires and wheels, including air pressure. Do not proceed if you have any flat tires until they have been serviced or changed.
• Perform a brake check, including pedal performance and air leak check. • Check all truck lighting and reflectors.
• Check the towing device within the first few miles of a tow. A bad lift cylinder seal may be the cause of the wheel-lift or boom to “creep down” under a load or while in tow.
• Check all cargo securement devices
Chapter 3: TRUCK INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE
IMPORTANT i
DO NOT PROCEED UNLESS EVERYTHING CHECKS OUT AND IS SAFE!

RECOMMENDATION P

ALTHOUGH EN ROUTE AND POST-TRIP INSPECTIONS MAY NOT BE REQUIRED FOR

SOME COMMERCIAL TRUCKS AND DRIVERS, THEY CAN AND SHOULD BE A PART

OF YOUR DAILY PRACTICE AND ROUTINE EVEN THOUGH YOU MAY NOT HAVE A COMMERCIAL DRIVER’S LICENSE.
231
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 23

INSPECTION OF THE TOWED VEHICLE
It is necessary to thoroughly perform an inspection of the vehicle(s) you attach or transport on the tow truck unit prior to any actual towing. Once hooked up to the tow unit, the disabled vehicle or equipment you are towing/transporting is considered to be your cargo or load and therefore it is your responsibility to ensure that it will travel safely on the roadway. Treat the inspection of attached or towed vehicles the same as your pre-trip inspection and include any applicable towing procedures. Some items to remember:
• Ensure proper attachment or “hook-up” of the vehicle
• Check for any overloading or poorly balanced loads
• Any hazardous materials must be properly placarded and safety guidelines obeyed • Inspect all tires and suspension components for problems • Avoid any top-heavy loads or loads that may slide/move during transit • Perform a check on all truck lighting, especially rear tail, turn, and brake lights Chapter 3: TRUCK INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE
can you tell what is wrong with this picture?

POST-TRIP INSPECTION
We recommend an inspection of the vehicle at the end
of the trip, day, or tour of duty for each vehicle you
operated. Operators should complete a written inspection report each day, noting any problems you found. The
inspection report helps your company know when the
vehicle needs repairs.
232
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 24
Chapter 3: TRUCK INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE

MONTHLY SAFETY INSPECTION
Manufacturers of towing equipment recommend a thorough monthly safety and service inspection. Monthly inspections will generally cover items that are included in the daily inspection, but will also cover a closer, more comprehensive inspection of the entire tow truck, chassis, and associated equipment. The monthly inspection time is also the point at which scheduled lubrication is provided for all moving parts, joints, and equipment. Be sure to thoroughly inspect the following things each month:
• Check the level of the hydraulic reservoir with all
cylinders fully retracted. Check the manufacturer’s
specifications for correct hydraulic fluid level and add fluid as needed.
• Visually inspect all body bolts for any sign of rusting, damage, or loosening.
• Visually inspect the entire towing equipment structure closely for any hairline cracks, especially at weld
points. Hairline cracks can be a sign of impending failure and should be inspected by a qualified specialist.
• Inspect all chains link by link for excessive wear or damage. Check all hooks, links, and latches for signs of excessive wear or damage. • Inspect the entire length of wire rope for excessive wear or damage. Inspect wire rope terminations and sheaves. Lubricate the wire rope as recommended by the manufacturer.
• Extend the recovery boom and inspect it closely for any hairline cracks which can be a sign of impending failure. Lubricate the boom so that it extends and retracts freely.
• Extend the towing device and check for signs of excessive wear, damage, or hairline cracks. Lubricate each device as recommended by the manufacturer. • Check each control handle for proper movement and adjustment. • Check hydraulic hoses and connections for signs of excessive wear, damage, or leaks.

Always inspect
hoses & connections
Check equipment daily for signs of
damage & excessive wear
WHAT IS THE BOTTOM LINE? INSPECTIONS ARE NECESSARY!
A.) Improves safety and compliance
B.) Less down time
C.) Recurring problems can be identified so that their causes can be corrected D.) Creates better information for planning preventative maintenance E.) Equipment lasts longer
F.) You won’t have to transfer into the spare truck for lengthy repairs 233
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 25
NOTES_
234
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 26

DESIGN FACTOR
Design Factor is a chain manufacturer’s industry term that indicates a product’s reserve capacity. The design factor is usually determined by dividing the minimum breaking force by the working load limit (WLL). The number is usually expressed as a ratio. This factor takes into consideration normal wear and tear and the fluctuation of the load.

WORKING LOAD LIMIT
The Working Load Limit (WLL) is the rated capacity for a chain when the load is uniformly applied to a straight chain. The WLL is measured in pounds.

The Minimum Breaking Force (formally Maximum Breaking Strength) is the amount of force in pounds at which a new chain with an evenly applied load will fail. The Minimum Breaking Force is often referred to as the “Ultimate Load”.

MINIMUM BREAKING FORCE
The National Association of Chain
Manufacturers (NACM) has developed
standards for the chain manufacturing
industry. These standards include
grading and labeling according to
the system strength. Chains are
permanently marked at intervals on
their links. A letter which identifies
the manufacturer precedes the grade
number of the chain. NEVER use a
chain that does not have a stamped identification on its link.

CHAINS Chapter 4: CHAINS
235
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 27

SHOCK LOAD
A Shock Load occurs as a result of the rapid application of a force such as impacting or jerking or the rapid movement of a static load. Shock loads should be avoided whenever possible.

RECOMMENDATION P

WE RECOMMEND THAT TOW TRUCKS HAVE THREE TYPES OF CHAINS AVAILABLE AND DEDICATED FOR EACH OF THESE SPECIFIC USES:

TOW CHAINS USED FOR ATTACHING VEHICLES TO THE TOWING DEVICE.

SAFETY CHAINS USED FOR SECURING THE VEHICLE TO THE TOW TRUCK IN THE EVENT THAT THE PRIMARY HOOK UP FAILS.

RECOVERY CHAINS USED EXCLUSIVELY DURING RECOVERY OPERATIONS AND WINCHING WITH ATTACHMENTS.

EXAMPLE
A GRADE 70 5/16” TRANSPORT CHAIN HAS A WORKING LOAD LIMIT (WLL) OF 4,700 Lbs. THE MINIMUM BREAKING FORCE IS 18,800 Lbs.
18,800 lbs. ÷ 4,700 Lbs. = 4 THIS MEANS A 5/16” TRANSPORT GRADE 70 CHAIN HAS A 4 TO 1 DESIGN FACTOR.

Chapter 4: CHAINS
236
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 28
Grade 70- Transport
Grade 70 carbon welded steel chain is often called “Transport Chain”. Grade 43 chain is electronically welded. However, Grade 70 chain is also boron-treated, which gives it a higher strength to weight ratio than Grade 43. Grade 70 transport chain is the most commonly used chain in the towing industry.

SIZE WORKING LOAD LIMIT
5/16” 4,700 LB.
3/8” 6,600 LB.

Grade 80- Alloy
Alloy steel chain has the same characteristics as carbon steel chain, but the alloy gives the chain added strength and durability. Grade 80 Alloy chain is ideal for recovery since it can withstand heat transfer which may occur during long recovery operations.

There are additional grades of alloy chains available such as Grade 100 and Grade 120.

Both grades have a higher WLL. Alloy chain is the only chain approved by OSHA for overhead lifting.

SIZE WORKING LOAD LIMIT
5/16” 5,300 LB.
3/8” 7,100 LB.

CARBON WELDED STEEL CHAIN
Carbon Welded steel chain comes in three grades. The higher the grade of chain, the higher the WLL. According to the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), carbon welded steel chain must never be used for overhead lifting.

Grade 43- High Test
Primarily used as safety chains
for travel trailers, boat trailers,
and utility trailers – NOT

RECOMMENDED FOR THE TOWING

INDUSTRY
Grade 30-Proof Coil Chain
General purpose economical
chain. – NOT USED IN THE TOWING

INDUSTRY
Chapter 4: CHAINS
237
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 29
Conditions that can affect the chain’s performance include, but are not limited to:
• Extreme temperatures
• Chemical exposure, acids, corrosives
• Twisting of chain
• Disfigurement caused by stretching, dragging or bending • Using chain in excess of working load limit (WLL)
• Shock loading the chain
• Exposure to salt water

CHAIN PERFORMANCE
IMPORTANT i
INSPECT CHAINS LINK BY LINK AT LEAST ONCE A MONTH. REPLACE CHAINS THAT ARE EXCESSIVELY WORN, CRACKED, GOUGED, OR DISTORTED.

ALLOY CHAIN IS THE ONLY CHAIN APPROVED BY OSHA FOR OVERHEAD LIFTING.

CHAIN GRADE REFERENCE CHART

GRADE CHAIN SIZE WLL COMMON
NAME
70 80
5/16’’
3/8’’
5/16’’
3/8’’

TRANSPORT
ALLOY
4,700 lbs.
6,600 lbs.
5,300 lbs.
7,100 lbs.

Chapter 4: CHAINS
238
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 30

CHAIN LINKS
Two devices are available for extending or adding an attachment to a chain. When replacing a link on a chain, always make sure that the link or hook meets or exceeds the WLL of the chain.

DOUBLE CLEVIS LINK
Double clevis links are made from carbon welded steel and are available in Grades 43 and 70. A double clevis should only be used when repairing carbon welded steel chain. Not designed or rated for grade 80 or higher chain.

WLL of a 5/16” Grade 70 link is 4,700 lbs.

WLL of a 5/16 Grade 80
link is 5,300 lbs.

MECHANICAL COUPLING LINK- AKA HAMMERLOCK
The mechanical coupling link is commonly referred to as a hammerlock. Hammerlocks are available in Grade 70, 80, and 100.

GRADE LINK SIZE WLL
70 80
5/16’’
3/8’’
5/16’’
3/8’’
4,700 lbs.
6,600 lbs.
5,300 lbs.
7,100 lbs.

Chapter 4: CHAINS
239
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 31
The items below should never be used in the towing and recovery industry due to their lack of strength and working load limits (WLL).

GRADE 30- CARBON STEEL WELDED CHAIN
Grade 30 carbon steel welded chain is referred to as “Proof Coil Chain”. Although the chain is commercial grade and readily available, it should never be used in the towing industry due to its low WLL.

GRADE 43 – HIGH TEST
Grade 43 carbon steel welded chain is also referred to as “High Test” chain. It is prima- rily used as safety chain for travel trailers, boat trailers, and utility trailers –

NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE IN THE TOWING INDUSTRY

CHAIN REPAIR DEVICES
The Cold Shut Connection, the Quick Link, and the Lap Link should never be used for repairing chain or attaching hooks.

TYPE RATING
Cold Shut Connection 1,300 lbs.

Lap Link 950 lbs.

Quick Link 1,540 lbs.

This rating chart should only be used for identification purposes.

WARNING !

EQUIPMENT NOT TO BE USED
Chapter 4: CHAINS
240
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 32
A.) Always inspect chains
prior to use as well as scheduled and
documented truck inspections (every 90
days)
B.) Never exceed the WLL of any chain
or its components
C.) Due to the crushing effect standard
hooks have upon chain, the WLL of the
captured link may be reduced by 20%
depending on hook angle
D.) Attachments or repairs to a chain must be equal to or exceed the WLL of the chain
E.) Use protection on chains that are wrapped around an object that may cause damage to the chain and avoid sharp edges during the application of a chain F.) Always insert chain into the hook on the non-welded side of the link G.) Begin the loading of the chain slowly
H.) Never “shock load” any chain
I.) Never use a chain that does not have a stamped identification on its link or is missing an I.D. tag listing the manufacturer’s grade and WLL of the product J.) Any chain that is damaged or suspect to failure must be removed from service and properly disposed of immediately
K.) Avoid dragging or excessive wear on all chains
L.) Replace any chain that has been exposed to weather changes over long periods of time
M.) All the components of a chain sling assembly or attachments must be of the appropriate rating and chain size
N.) The angle of any lifting chain sling assembly may have an impact on the WLL rating
O.) Secure all connections attached to a chain during any recovery job and recheck any chain connection which may have become slack during an operation capacity, and application of the chain with the hooks and attachments P.) It is recommended that you rig with two separate attachment chains during winching and recovery in the event that one part of the rigging fails

CHAIN SAFETY REMINDERS
Chapter 4: CHAINS
241
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 33
NOTES_
242
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 34
With each hook or attachment you should:
• Quickly identify each hook or attachment
• Understand the use, application, and installation of each hook or attachment • Understand and recognize proper rigging when using any hook or attachment • Verify the WLL of each hook or attachment
• Evaluate the condition, safety, and ability of the hook or attachment prior to each use • Determine the weight of the load imposed on any hook or attachment prior to use • Check all other components attached to any hook or attachment prior to use • Ensure that any safety locking devices on any hook or attachment is in good working condition
• While under load, check the tension, center of pull, and stress upon the hook or attachment
• Never proceed unless you are certain of the proper use of any hook or attachment Hooks and attachments come in a variety of shapes,
sizes, configurations, and Working Load Limit (WLL).

As with all equipment you use during the scope of
your duties, follow the manufacturer’s intended use
and application and never exceed the WLL. Doing the
following things will ensure your safety and the safety of others.

HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS Chapter 5: HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS
243
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 35

J-HOOKS
J-Hooks are available in different lengths. They are used for sling and car carrier towing. Manufacturers strongly advise that the hook be used throat up so that the weight of the vehicle sits in the throat of the hook. The throat is its strongest point of the J-Hook. Most J-Hooks are not designed for recovery work. J-Hooks are not recommended for towing many vehicles because of the potential for damage to suspension components.

Always use J-Hooks with the long side down
Round
Shanks
I-Beam styled
J-Hooks
A Grade 70 forged steel sports car J-Hook has a 4,700 lb. to a 5,400 lb.

WLL. It is commonly found on a car carrier bridle.

THROAT

SHORT SIDE

LONG SIDE
Chapter 5: HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS
244
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 36
T-HOOK
T-Hooks can be used for both sling and car carrier towing. Automobile manufacturers recommend that if a vehicle is equipped with T-Hook slots then the vehicle should be towed with T-Hooks instead of J-Hooks. T-Hooks are designed for straight, level pulls. T-Hooks are not designed for recovery work. Use T-Hooks only in specialized or reinforced slots which are specifically designed for T-Hooks or tie down points. Make sure that the T-Hooks are lined up 90° to the slots.

WLL of T-Hooks should be checked on the rating
stamp of the hook.

MINI J-HOOK
Mini J-Hooks are used for car carrier towing. These hooks can be used at different angles. However, care should be taken to ensure that the weight sits in the throat of the hook. Mini J-Hooks are not designed for recovery work. Use only at a point designed or reinforced for use as a tie down point. Use only on the bottom of a frame rail or torque box.

WLL of Mini J-Hooks should be checked on the
rating stamp of the hook.

R-HOOK
R-Hooks are primarily used in the vehicle transport industry but can be found as part of a cluster on a car carrier bridle. R-Hooks are specifically designed for straight downward pulls from the frame of the vehicle. R-Hooks are not designed for recovery work and should only be used at a point designed or reinforced for use as a tie down point.

WLL of R-Hooks should be checked on the rating
stamp of the hook.

Chapter 5: HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS
245
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 37

ANCHOR SHACKLE
Anchor Shackles are used as attachments and can be used with hooks or straps. Shackles may have a round pin and cotter, screw pin, or locking roll pin. These can be used for lifting slings or rigging.

WLL of Anchor Shackles should be checked on the
rating stamp of the hook.

TWIST LOCK GRAB HOOK
Twist lock grab hooks prevent accidental release and inadvertent un-hooking. These hooks work with Grade 70 or 80 chains and are recommended for recovery applications.

WLL of Twist Lock Grab Hooks should be checked
on the rating stamp of the hook.

SLIP HOOK WITH LATCH
The Slip Hook with Latch are commonly found on safety chains.

These types of hooks are available with clevis pin and cotter, and come in different grades and sizes.

WLL of Slip Hooks with Latch should be checked
on the rating stamp of the hook.

SELF-LOCKING SWIVEL HOOK
Self-locking hooks have a locking mechanism that is much more durable than the standard spring-loaded latches. It’s available as a clevis style for using on chains and as a swivel for using on the end of cables.

WLL of Self-Locking Swivel Hooks should be
checked on the rating stamp of the hook.

Chapter 5: HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS
246
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 38

RATCHET TYPE LOAD BINDER
Ratcheting Load Binders are commonly used to secure loads on a car carrier. CTTA does not recommend the use of standard lever type load binders. The ratings of these binders vary greatly
Working load limit of a 5/16” - 3/8” Ratchet Binder is
5,400-7,000 lbs.

CLEVIS-TYPE GRAB HOOK
A Grab Hook is commonly found on recovery chains. These hooks attach back onto the chain itself. Grab hooks are available in different sizes and grades.

WLL of a 5/16” Grade 70 Clevis-Type Grab hook is
4,700 lbs.

LATCH SWIVEL HOOK
A Latch Swivel Hook is commonly found on winch cables and recovery chains. These hooks also come in different sizes and grades. They are suitable for overhead lifting.

The WLL of the Latch Swivel Hook should be checked
on the rating stamp of the hook.

WARNING !

CTTA RECOMMENDS NOT USING ANY TYPE OF DEVICE TO INCREASE HANDLE LENGTH IN AN ATTEMPT TO INCREASE TENSION.

Chapter 5: HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS
247
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 39
A.) Never exceed the WLL of any hook or
attachment device.

B.) Never use or apply any hook or
attachment device in a manner that it it
was not intended or designed for.

C.) Never use or apply any hook or
attachment device that does not meet,
exceed, or match its size and/or rated
capacity, to any connecting products.

D.) Only use hooks or attachments
that have been proof tested and certified with a design factor suitable for the towing and recovery industry.

E.) Never use any hook or attachment whose condition or appearance causes doubt as to its ability to safely perform any task or job.

F.) Keep all body parts, arms, and fingers clear of pinch points or tensioned areas.

G.) Never allow yourself or others to be in the immediate or surrounding areas of a loaded hook or attachment. Keep everyone at a safe distance.

H.) Never tip, back, or side load any hook or attachment device. Do not use any hook without a complete understanding of its proper use and application.

I.) Never attempt to repair, alter, rework, or reshape any hook or attachment device.

J.) Tag, destroy, and dispose of any hook or attachment that has been damaged, compromised, bent, or twisted in any way.

K.) Follow the manufacturer’s recommendation for scheduled inspection, documentation, and service for any hook or attachment device.

L.) Make a visual periodic check for cracks, nicks, wear, gouges, and deformation as part of your required comprehensive documented inspection program.

M.) Always secure any hook or attachment device during use that is not designed or provided with a positive locking latch. Do not rely on these securement devices for any load or tension.

N.) Seek professional and qualified advice on any question or concern regarding hooks or attachments.

HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS SAFETY REMINDERS
Chapter 5: HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS
248
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 40
NOTES
249
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 41
Nylon straps are used for a variety of towing and recovery applications such as:
• Tying down and securing motorcycles
• Vehicle rollovers and recoveries
• Wheel restraints and wheel straps
• Tying down portions of a badly damaged vehicle
• Vehicle tie down on a car carrier

NYLON STRAPS
1’’ MOTORCYCLE TIE-DOWN STRAP

SYSTEM WITH LOADING DEVICE

ROUND-SLING STRAP USED IN

RECOVERY
2’’ LOOP STRAP W/RATCHET L-BAR

WHEEL RESTRAINTS
2’’ LOOP STRAP COMMONLY USED

ON CAR CARRIER
IMPORTANT i
DO NOT USE A NYLON STRAP FOR ANY REASON THAT IS NOT INTENDED. ALWAYS FOLLOW THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS.

Chapter 6: NYLON STRAPS
250
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 42

NYLON STRAP CARE
Whatever the reason the nylon / synthetic strap is being used in towing and recovery applications, there are some basic rules you must follow.

Always follow the manufacturer’s specifications for each application Always protect the straps from sharp edges or objects that may wear out or compromise the fabric
Always use shackles when connecting straps together
Do not exceed the WLL
Do not use a strap if the rating label is missing or unreadable Do not use a strap that has been damaged or compromised by abrasions, tears, or snags Do not use a strap for any other purpose which is not intended Do not use a strap that has foreign materials or objects which may be embedded into the fabric
Do not drag a strap across abrasive materials
Do not use a strap that has been exposed to caustic fluids (acid) Do not expose a strap to long term or extreme weather conditions Do not tie knots in straps or tie multiple straps together Do not shock load a strap
Chapter 6: NYLON STRAPS
251
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 43

ENDLESS OR LOOP SLINGS
Endless or loop slings are an alternative solution for many recoveries and lifting applications in the towing and recovery industry. These light weight and flexible slings may be a wiser choice over chain assemblies for the following reasons:
• They are very strong, flexible, and lightweight
• They are easier to carry
• Loop slings consist of one continuous loop with no sewn edges that can rip • The capacity is color coded to quickly identify the load rating of each product • Loop slings are extremely strong and lightweight
• Loop slings are helpful during recoveries that require surface contact as they typically do not dent or mar the fitting area.

TYPE OF SLING
5,200 lbs.
10,600 lbs.
16,800 lbs.
26,400 lbs.

BASKET - WLL VERTICAL - WLL CHOKER - WLL
2,600 lbs.
5,300 lbs.
8,400 lbs.
13,200 lbs.

PURPLE
GREEN
YELLOW
RED
2,100 lbs.
4,200 lbs.
6,700 lbs.
10,600 lbs.

ENDLESS OR LOOP SLING CAPACITY CHART
WARNING !
ALWAYS REFER TO THE RATING LABEL ON THE SLING TO VERIFY ITS CAPACITY.

Chapter 6: NYLON STRAPS
252
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 44

EXAMPLES OF WEB SLING APPLICATIONS
Nylon straps have three (3) separate ratings based on the type of hitch used.

Vertical Choker Basket
Single leg to load in straight lift. The full vertical rated lifting capacity can be used but not exceeded. The load should not be allowed to rotate since this can damage the sling.

Using the sling as a choker reduces its rated capacity. A choker hitch has a 20% lower rating capacity than a vertical hitch. When using a choker sling at an angle of less than 120˚, the choker rated capacity must be reduced, even more than 20%.

A basket hitch equally distributes the load between the two legs of a sling.

This rigging typically produces the best possible working capacity of a sling.

Keep in mind that the leg to load angle will affect the WLL.

Vertical:

Choker:

Basket:

IMPORTANT i

ALL STRAPS HAVE VARIED STRETCH FACTORS AND MAY CONTINUE TO STRETCH DURING A RECOVERY OPERATION OR WHILE IN TOW. STRAPS MAY STRETCH AND RECOIL. THE STRETCH FACTOR IS GENERALLY 10% TO 15%

TWIN-PATH ROUND SLINGS
These green synthetic slings are made with a bulk nylon outer cover that is abrasive resistant. They have double the protection in the event that one is cut. Twin path round sling products typically have an inspection quality to them, enhancing on-site job safety.

Chapter 6: NYLON STRAPS
253
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 45

SLING HOOKS
Attach your round sling or strap to the Joker Sling Hook to avoid the need for additional rigging. Each hook is color coded to match the round sling color and rated capacity. For instance, attach a yellow Joker to a yellow round sling for the same working load limit, providing you with easy identification of matching products.

SLING HOOK
5,200 lbs.
10,600 lbs.
16,800 lbs.
26,400 lbs.

WLL
PURPLE
GREEN
YELLOW
RED

SLING HOOK CAPACITY CHART
The following are some basic guidelines to remember when using nylon straps:

A.) All straps must have rating labels
B.) Never exceed the WLL
C.) Do not use a strap if its rating tag is missing or not readable D.) Do not use any strap that has been damaged by chemicals or when cuts, tears, or snags are present
E.) Do not use a strap for any reason that is not intended and always follow the manufacturer’s specifications for each application
F.) Do not use any strap that has foreign materials or objects embedded in it G.) Straps are subject to damage when used against abrasive materials, exposed to caustic fluids (acids), and exposed long term to extreme weather conditions H.) Never tie knots in the strap or tie multiple straps together I.) Always use shackles when attaching straps
J.) All straps have a varied stretch factor and may continue to stretch during a recovery operation or while towing. The stretch factor for straps is generally 10 to 15% K.) Never shock load any strap
L.) Nylon straps may be unsuitable for some specific uses M.) Overloading a strap beyond the rated capacity may stretch and weaken it N.) Remove any strap from service when its condition, either visible or hand checked, causes concern as to its safety

NYLON STRAP SAFETY REMINDERS
Chapter 6: NYLON STRAPS
254
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 46
NOTES
255
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 47
Most light duty tow trucks used today have either one or two hydraulic winches.

Wire rope from the winch drum is usually routed over a sheave at the end of the tow truck’s boom, then routed through a tensioner guide. Each winch should have a rating plate that indicates the winch’s rated load capacity. It is important to never exceed the rated load capacity of a winch.

Winches have working load limits based on maximum line pull that is affected by the number of layers that are on the winch drum. A minimum of five complete wraps of wire rope must be left on the winch drum to achieve rated capacity. NEVER completely unwind all the wire rope from a winch drum, always leave at least five wraps of line around the drum.

WINCHES

MECHANICAL WINCHES
The use and application of a mechanical winch in the today’s modern towing and recovery trucks is not very common. There are older type traditional “wrecker” units which are still in use; these tow trucks have mechanical driven winches utilizing a winch gear, powered by a connecting
chain and drive shaft, from the PowerTake-Off (PTO) source mounted at the transmission.

Mechanical winches when engaged,
only have one rate of speed and
torque. Therefore, the operator
cannot “feather” the controls or
may not be able to input minute
adjustments during winching
operations. These winches may at
times, also pull more than their rated
capacity and not “stall” as in standard
hydraulic units.

Chapter 7: WINCHES
256
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 48
WINCH “FREE SPOOL” ENGAGEMENT CONTROL
Normally located near or on the winch, the winch engagement control must be fully engaged before the winch can be operated under load. When disengaged, the winch drum free-wheels and allows the wire rope to be easily pulled out. Winch engagement controls must be properly adjusted to prevent accidents, injuries, or even death! Never disengage a winch under load!
Always check that the control is fully engaged before applying a load. You must always watch the wire rope guides or tensioners. Be sure that the wire rope does not climb between the guide and the ends of the winch drum. Always winch in the wire rope under tension so that the wire rope will wind evenly and tightly around the winch drum.

PLANETARY TYPE WINCH
Planetary type winches are common in both light and heavy duty towing and recovery. Planetary gears provide both strength and smooth operation with good resistance to torque loads. These type of winches are very efficient, last longer, and require less power to operate than worm drive type winches. In addition, they can be ran continuously during difficult recovery jobs that may require winching over a long period of time.

WORM DRIVE TYPE WINCH
Worm drive type winches are more common in light/medium duty tow trucks due to their lower cost and simple construction. Worm drive type winches offer very high reliability and are very durable. They can handle “shock loads” better than planetary type winches, but may have a slower winching speed. This type of winch is not well suited for long or continuous winching situations.

HYDRAULIC WINCHES
Most tow trucks today have winches that operate by a hydraulic powered system. The system includes a pump that is driven by a PowerTake-Off (PTO) unit from the engine or truck's transmission, and activated by a cab controlled
switch. Care must be taken to avoid damage to
the system components by operating the hydraulic
system within the manufacturer's recommended
RPMs or speed while running the winches. If
pressure or flow exceeds the rated specifications for the winch, it could damage the winch, winch mounting, hydraulic system, or cause a wire rope failure.

Chapter 7: WINCHES
257
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 49

LAYERS OF WIRE ROPE ON THE WINCH DRUM
The maximum winch rating is determined on its first layer. The winch rating decreases with each layer of wire rope because the diameter of the drum is increased with each layer. The larger the diameter of the drum, the more torque that is required to pull the same amount of weight.
1st LAYER
2nd LAYER
3rd LAYER
Maximum Line Pull Rating by Layer - Using 3/8 Inch Wire Rope LAYER 1 2 3 4

MAXIMUM
SINGLE

LINE PULL
8,000 lbs. 6,700 lbs. 5,700 lbs. 5,000 lbs.

RECOMMENDATION P
ALTHOUGH YOU MAY FIND OTHER INFORMATION WHICH STATES THREE (3) WRAPS IS ENOUGH, THE INDUSTRY STANDARD IS FIVE (5) WRAPS ON A BARE DRUM AS THE MINIMUM FOR USE IN THE TOWING INDUSTRY.

Chapter 7: WINCHES
258
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 50

IMPROPER WINDING OF WIRE ROPE
Improper winding of wire rope on to a winch drum is the reason for most common types of damage to the wire rope. Tow truck operators must wind the wire rope evenly and tightly on the drum. Wire rope improperly wound on the drum will cross over itself and crush or bury itself among the other wraps of line, which will likely result in extensive damage.
• Wrap wire rope correctly each time you operate the winch • Wrap under tension to prevent damage
• Keep a watchful eye on the wire rope as it winds on the drum. DO NOT allow the wire rope to “slip by” the side of the tensioner and get caught or damaged by “pinching” the wire rope.
• NEVER overload or cause damage to wire rope on your tow truck / car carrier • Immediately replace any wire rope that is damaged
WARNING !

IMPROPERLY WOUND WIRE ROPE CAN ALSO CAUSE OR HIDE POTENTIAL HAZARDS. TANGLED AND CROSSED OVER WIRE ROPE CAN SLIP OR EVEN FAIL UNDER LOAD. THIS WILL RESULT IN SITUATIONS THAT MAY CAUSE DYNAMIC

SHOCKS, FALLING LOADS, OR OTHER INCIDENTS WHICH COULD RESULT IN DAMAGES, INJURIES, OR EVEN DEATH.

Chapter 7: WINCHES
259
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 51
A.) DO NOT operate any winch unless you are familiar with and understand safe operating procedures. Apply common sense and good judgment.

B.) NEVER attempt to disengage a winch drum that is under load.

C.) Always leave a minimum of five (5) wraps of wire rope around the bare drum.

D.) Winches should NEVER be used for the lifting or moving of persons.

E.) Only install and use the manufacturer’s recommended size and working load limit for wire rope on a winch.

F.) Keep all persons away and at a safe distance from the winch while under load. This includes all bystanders or scene personnel.

G.) DO NOT put hands or feet near rotating parts or a moving wire rope that is under tension.

H.) Always check the immediate and surrounding area before operating any winch. NEVER proceed with winching unless you are certain it is safe to do so.

I.) Use good judgment and care before any operation of a winch. DO NOT use a winch unless you are certain it is safe to do so.

J.) Frequently watch and monitor the winch and wire rope while it is being operated.

K.) NEVER exceed the Working Load Limit (WLL) of a winch.

L.) Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations for the scheduled inspections, service, and maintenance of the winch and its components.

M.) Keep all deck equipment and accessories away from the immediate winch area.

N.) NEVER operate any winch that does not have a legible rating plate.

O.) NEVER use a winch for any purpose that it is not intended.

P.) Ensure that all of the winch mounting bolts and support structures are in good condition and can safely hold a load.

Q.) While operating a winch, the use of safety glasses, gloves and hard hat is always recommended.

R.) Operate all winch controls slowly and smoothly to prevent damage and/or injuries.

S.) Be cautious when using a remote control device for winching. Avoid placing the device where controls might be compromised or depressed mistakenly.

WINCH SAFETY REMINDERS
Chapter 7: WINCHES
260
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 52
NOTES _
261
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 53
Wire rope consists of several strands laid (or twisted) together. Each strand is likewise made of metal wires laid or twisted together.

Wire rope (also called cable) is commonly used to tow and recover vehicles. Fiber core wire rope is the most commonly used in the towing industry but there is also steel core wire rope. Most light duty tow trucks are equipped with 3/8”, 6x19 IPS, fiber core wire rope.

The specification of a wire rope type including the number of wires per strand, the number of strands, and the lay of the wire rope is documented using a commonly accepted coding system, consisting of a number of abbreviations.

WIRE ROPE
FIBER CORE VS. STEEL CORE
Tow trucks are commonly equipped with either fiber core or steel core wire rope. Each type of wire rope has desirable characteristics which are suitable for most common tasks involved in the towing and recovery industry. When replacing original factory installed wire rope, always insure that the replacement wire rope is of high quality that meets the original equipment working load limits.

Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE
262
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 54

SYNTHETIC WINCH ROPE
There has been some recent development in the use of synthetic winch rope on tow trucks and car carrier units. Synthetic winch rope has impressive strength, is lightweight, and has other convenient characteristics that set it apart from traditional wire rope.

Some tow operators may not be familiar with the properties or wear and tear to synthetic winch rope during normal towing and recovery operations.

Synthetic winch rope is subject to damage or failure if it is under tension and is against sharp edges. Anyone choosing to use synthetic winch rope must utilize extra caution when working with damaged vehicles and other situations that may put the rope against sharp edges. Refer to your state and local requirements concerning using synthetic winch rope.

ANATOMY OF WIRE ROPE (6 X 19 IPS FC)
6 X 19
Improved
Plow Steel
(IPS) Fiber
Core Wire
Rope is
commonly
used in
the towing
industry due
to its flexibility and ease of maintenance. 6 X 19 Fiber Core wire rope is made of 19 small wires that are twisted into a strand, 6 strands are then twisted around a fiber core to produce the rope. The fiber core provides storage for lubrication that is slightly secreted when the wire rope twists or winds around a drum. The lubrication helps to reduce wear to the wire.
6 number of strands that
make up the rope
19 number of wires that
make up the strand
IPS improved plow steel
FC fiber core

COMPARING YOUR WINCH CABLE OPTIONS

FIBER CORE (FC) INDEPENDENT WIRE ROPE

CORE (IWRC)
covered in steel threads but have a polypro- pylene cord at their centersmade of steel threads and a steel core more flexible, but have a lower working load
limit (WLL)
stronger and have a higher working load
limit (WLL)
accept lube more readily and can be lubri- cated less oftenare crush-resistant have slightly more cushion or give are more susceptible to “bird nesting” Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE
263
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 55

THE SHEAVE
A wire rope loses some of its strength when it goes around a sheave. The outer wires will have more tension and stretch, while the inner wires are being crushed. This compresses the fiber core and forces oil out into the wires, lubricating the wire rope.

DIAMETER
3 / 8 ”
Wire Rope Specifications
6 X 19 Improved Plow Steel ( IPS ) Fiber Core
Working Load Limit

LOAD LIMIT
3,500 lbs.

WORKING LOAD LIMITS (WLL)
The working load limit listed above is the maximum rated load. Do not exceed the rated working load limit of the wire rope. To reduce tension on the wire rope, use snatch blocks or multiple lines to the load.

Ensure that the wire rope is safe to use. Safely secure any attachments that are connected or rigged with the wire rope to prevent any part of the rigging from becoming loose or slipping off during use. A wire rope that breaks or fails can whip back, causing serious damage, injury, or loss of life.

WARNING !

WIRE ROPE FAILURE IS MOST COMMONLY CAUSED BY EXCEEDING THE WLL OF THE WIRE ROPE.

Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE
264
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 56

SIZE IS IMPORTANT
There is a definite relationship that exists between wire rope service and sheave size.

It is very important that the wire rope size matches the proper sheave size.

PROPERLY MATCHED

ROPE AND SHEAVE

ROPE IS TOO LARGE
(WILL PINCH)

ROPE IS TOO SMALL
(WILL FLATTEN)
If the wire rope operates over improper sized sheaves, the severe bending stresses imposed will cause the wires to break from fatigue, even though the actual wear on the wire rope is slight. The smaller the sheave diameter, the quicker these breaks occur, causing a shorter wire rope life.

Sheave size is important because sheave diameter can also influence wire rope strength.

When a wire rope is bent around too small of a sheave, the result is a loss of strength and possible damage due to the inability of the individual strands and wires to adjust themselves by bending around the small sheave diameter.

Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE
265
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 57
LEFT HAND LAY VS. RIGHT HAND LAY
Left hand lay or right hand lay describes the manner in which the strands are laid to form the wire rope. To determine the lay of the strands in the rope, look at the rope as it points away.

If the strands appear to turn in a clockwise direction, the rope has a right hand lay. left hand lay
right hand lay
Most wire rope furnished to the towing and recovery industry is “right hand lay”.

Some tow operators prefer to install “left hand lay” on the left side winch of their recovery unit and the “right hand lay” on the right side winch of the same truck. Right hand lay seems to work just fine for either side and is mostly a personal preference.

If the strands appear to turn in a counter-clockwise direction, the rope has a left hand lay.

Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE
266
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 58

CAUSES OF DAMAGE
There are several ways the wire rope can become damaged and compromise the WLL. It is important to inspect your wire rope and be aware of signs of wear and damage.

KINKS AND BENDS
Commonly caused by improper handling or
installation.

CORROSION
Commonly caused by improper storage, rust,
inadequate lubrication, or exposure to corrosive
chemicals.

BROKEN WIRES
Commonly caused by crushing or flattening of the
rope, overloading, routing a wire rope through a
sheave that is too small, or by dragging the wire
rope across the the ground.

STRETCHING
Commonly caused by overload. Once the wire rope passes normal stretch it can easily fail. Replace the wire rope immediately if the core is visible between the strands.

Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE
267
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 59

CRUSHING / PINCHING
Commonly caused by improper installation or winding
on a winch drum, poor maintenance, or by the routing
of the wire rope through a sheave that is
too small.

BIRD CAGED
Commonly caused by shock loads or by the routing of the wire rope through a sheave that is too small.

OVERLOADED
Repeated use of cable over sheaves under normal
workloads eventually results in fatigue (breaking) of
individual wires.

STRAND NICKING
Commonly caused when a wire rope’s WLL is exceeded.

Typical signs of stress are distressed strands as well as individual wire breakage.

CROSSOVER WINDING
Crossover winding is
caused by carelessness. If
a tow operator allows the
cable to cross over itself
as it is being wound in, it
could result in numerous
damage points. Crossover
winding will inevitably damage the wire rope and cause the wrap to become jammed on the winch drum.

Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE
268
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 60
WARNING !
THIS DEVICE RETAINS 80% OF THE WIRE ROPE’S ORIGINAL STRENGTH. A WEDGE SOCKET IS ONLY FOR TEMPORARY USE IN TOWING AND RECOVERY OPERATIONS.

RECOMMENDATION P

WE RECOMMEND THAT ALL WIRE ROPE USED ON
TOWING EQUIPMENT SHOULD BE PROFESSIONALLY SWAGED.

THIS INVOLVES A FLEMISH-EYE THIMBLE AND SPLICE WHICH

IS PLACED IN THE LOOP WHILE A SECURING SLEEVE IS SLID INTO

THE ATTACHMENT AND THEN COLD PRESSED BY A HYDRAULIC
PRESS.

WIRE ROPE TERMINATIONS
A wedge socket type of termination can be used to finish the job if a cable is damaged in the field. This type of termination attachment is not 100% efficient. It is recommended that you consult the manufacturer’s limit for this device. The wire rope slips into the socket around the wedge and then back out the socket. A cable clamp anchors the end of the wire rope to the wedge. The more weight applied to the hook, the tighter the wedge is pulled into the socket. Shock loads will cause the wire rope to be pinched or to move.

DO NOT USE CABLE CLAMPS. CABLE CLAMPS ARE NOT TO BE USED IN TOWING OR RECOVERY OPERATIONS.

WARNING !
Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE
269
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 61

DAILY INSPECTION
Wire rope should be inspected daily. Carefully conducted inspections are necessary to determine the condition of the wire rope.

Inspection will allow for removal of the wire rope from service before the wire rope’s condition could pose a hazard. No precise rules can be given for determination of the exact time for replacement of the wire rope since many factors are involved.

Good judgment by an authorized person should determine when a wire rope needs to be replaced. Therefore, the tow operator should report the condition of the wire rope to an authorized person for evaluation. • DO NOT fasten the wire rope hook directly to a vehicle • DO NOT wrap wire rope around an object
• DO NOT use wire rope or winch for lifting people in any way

MAINTENANCE OF WIRE ROPE
Wire rope is usually lubricated when it comes from the manufacturer but no wire rope can be lubricated sufficiently during manufacture to last its entire life. That’s why it’s important to lubricate periodically throughout the life of wire rope.

The surface of some ropes may become
covered with dirt, rock dust or other
material during their operation. This can
prevent field-applied lubricants from
properly penetrating the rope, so it’s
a good practice to clean these ropes
before you lubricate them.

You can normally apply lubricant by using one of three methods: drip it on, spray it on, or brush it on rope. In all cases, you should apply it at a place where the rope is bending, such as around a sheave. We recommend you apply it at the top of the bend because that’s where the rope’s strands are spread by bending and more easily penetrated. In addition, there are pressure lubricators available commercially. Your rope’s service life will be directly proportional to the effectiveness of the method you use and the amount of lubricant that reaches the rope’s working parts.

A proper lubricant must reduce friction, protect against corrosion and adhere to every wire. It should also be pliable and not crack or separate when cold – yet not drip when warm. Never apply heavy grease to the rope because it can trap excessive grit, which can damage the rope. Nor should you apply used “engine oil” because it contains materials that can damage the rope.

Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE
270
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 62
A.) Never exceed the WLL of any wire rope and always be sure to carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s safety instructions before use
B.) Always follow the manufacturer’s recommendation for scheduled inspections and service to any wire rope
C.) Never use wire rope for any purpose that is not intended D.) Properly install wire rope on the winch and always maintain a minimum of five wraps around the bare winch drum
E.) Do not put hands or feet near wire rope while it is winding into or out of the winch F.) Check your immediate surroundings while winding wire rope G.) Never pull wire rope from under a load when the load is resting on the wire rope H.) Use good judgment, common sense, and care during any wire rope operation I.) Frequently monitor the wire rope while running the winch J.) Always wind the wire rope tightly on the winch drum in order to avoid any crossover of the line
K.) Never attempt to disengage a wire rope under load or tension L.) Never perform any work with wire rope unless you have a full and complete understanding of its rated operating standards
M.) Never use wire rope for the movement or lifting of people N.) Keep yourself and others at a safe distance while using wire rope O.) Never completely wrap wire rope around an object that is to be winched or lifted P.) Never hook the wire rope back onto itself
Q.) Avoid sharp corners that may come into contact with the wire rope R.) Always use the proper size wire rope on a winch, sheave, or snatch block S.) Always replace any wire rope if its condition or appearance causes concern as to its safety
T.) Remove any wire rope from service that is damaged or compromised

WIRE ROPE SAFETY REMINDERS

HANDLING WIRE ROPE
Wire rope may show wear and tear or become damaged
due to excessive use. The wires that make up the strands of the wire rope may break. Tow truck operators handling wire rope should wear heavy, leather-palmed gloves to
prevent hand injuries or cuts from broken wires. NEVER
allow wire rope to slide through your hands, even if you are wearing gloves!
Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE
271
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 63
NOTES
272
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 64

1. Light Pylon 10. Safety Chains

2. Light Bar 11. Wheel Lift Assembly

3. Outer Boom 12. Lower Work Lights

4. Wire Rope 13. Body

5. Boom Head 14. Lower D-Rings

6. Wire Rope Guides 15. Tool Box

7. Hydraulic Cylinder 16. Boom Tower and Rating Plate

8. Control Handles 17. Winch

9. L-Arm 18. Upper Work Lights

IDENTIFYING THE PARTS OF A TOW TRUCK

LIGHT DUTY TOWING
Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
273
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 65

WHEEL-LIFT ASSEMBLY

1. Outer Boom

2. Inner Boom

3. Center Pin/ Cross Tube
Pivot Pin

4. Cross Tube, Inner

5. Wheel Grid

6. L-Arm Receiver

1. Wheel Grid

2. L-Arm Receiver

3. Locking Plunger

4. Grab Hooks

5. Wheel Grid T-Handle

6. L-Arm
Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
274
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 66

WHEEL-LIFT
The wheel-lift towing device is the most common piece of equipment utilized for the towing of passenger vehicles, light vans, and light trucks. Anyone operating a wheel-lift must be familiar with the manufacturer’s operating instructions and safety recommendations. In addition, an inspection of the wheel-lift and all of its related components must be done prior to each use.

An awareness and understanding of the manufacturer’s tow and lift rating prior to any towing with the wheel-lift is crucial for its safe use. Wheel-lifts may not always safely lift and tow weights equal to their ratings. Never use any wheel-lift device for any other purpose other than that which it was intended. Don’t take any shortcuts no matter what the distance of the tow may be.

Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
275
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 67

WHEEL-LIFT TOWING DEVICES
When towing any vehicle from the front with a wheel-lift, use extreme caution as you lift the wheel-lift. Ensure that there is adequate clearance between vehicle’s engine oil pan and the wheel-lift device, because the wheel-lift may hit the oil pan, causing damage or cracking. If unsafe, or there is the possibility of damage, arrange for a car carrier transport.

WARNING !

NEVER ALLOW CUSTOMERS OR BYSTANDERS TO ASSIST YOU WITH THE PREPARATION, ATTACHMENT OR LOADING OF ANY WHEEL-LIFT TOW.

DO NOT ALLOW ANYONE TO BE IN YOUR IMMEDIATE WORK AREA AND ALWAYS FOLLOW ROADSIDE SAFETY GUIDELINES ESTABLISHED AT ALL TIMES.

Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
IMPORTANT i
ALWAYS USE TWO (2) WHEEL RESTRAINTS, TWO (2) SAFETY CHAINS,

EXTENSION TOWING LIGHTS, AND STEERING WHEEL SECUREMENT DEVICE, PROPERLY INSTALLED ON EVERY TOW.
276
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 68

WHEEL-LIFT INSPECTION
All tow truck operators must perform a pre-trip daily inspection of the equipment they operate. This includes the wheel-lift, controls, and the wheel strap attachments. In addition to this daily inspection, tow truck operators should be aware of the condition of all wheel-lift equipment during and after each tow. Any equipment which is damaged, worn, or loose must be addressed prior to towing another vehicle. Never tow any vehicle with any equipment which is not in good working condition! Replace or repair equipment immediately.

IMPORTANT i
SAFETY MUST NEVER BE COMPROMISED! YOU SHOULD INSPECT THE WHEEL-LIFT PIVOT PIN EVERY DAY FOR EXCESSIVE WEAR OR DAMAGE AND LUBRICATE WEEKLY.

WHEEL-LIFT STRAPS
Wheel-lifts of different designs utilize various and versatile nylon straps. Used with a matching hand ratchet mechanism, straps are installed on a wheel-lift to hold a vehicle securely (two straps, one on each wheel, must always be used on all wheel-lift tows). The most common strap for this purpose is two inch (2”) wide strap 8 to 12 ft. long. There are a variety of strap designs, each dedicated for a specific wheel-lift design. Replacements are available for worn or damaged straps.

All straps must meet OEM specifications and be inspected before each use. Straps are used in choker, basket, loop, tire cross-over, or lasso hook-up procedures. Straps can be easily damaged by improper use. All straps have a stretch factor, and can easily loosen up during the towing process. Without straps, a towed vehicle may come free of the wheellift while traveling or maneuvering in tow.

Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
277
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 69

STANDARD L-ARM GRID STYLE WHEEL-LIFT
Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
• Park your truck in position to hook up the
vehicle. Set the tow truck’s transmission in
“park,” engage the parking brakes. Engage
the Power Take Off (PTO).
• Check the vehicle to be towed. Set the vehicle’s parking brake or chock the wheels if the parking brake is inoperable. Obtain the keys from the customer. Document any damage to the vehicle. Confirm the proper towing procedure via the owner’s manual, an app, or AAA Tow & Service manual.
• Back up the tow truck. Align your wheel lift to the center of the axle that you will be hooking up to. Do not make contact with the vehicle and stop approximately 1 to 2 feet from the vehicle.
• Adjust the wheel-lift receiver sleeves to the width of the vehicle. Lower the wheellift to approximately one inch above the ground. Extend the wheel-lift under the vehicle to the tires. After making contact with the tires, slightly tilt and lower the wheel-lift to the ground. Do not make contact with the underside of the vehicle. • Insert the L-arms into the wheel-lift receivers around the vehicle tires, adjust the L-arms to fit around the tires, then lock the L-arms into place and lift the wheel lift slightly.
• Release the vehicle’s parking brake. Put the vehicle’s transmission in “neutral”.

Attach a steering wheel clamping device. Do not use the vehicle’s seat belt. Raise the wheel lift a minimum of eight inches. Use the tilt function first if there is a low clearance problem with the vehicle’s under carriage hitting the wheel-lift crossbar. • Attach the wheel straps on both sides of the vehicle. Adjust the wheel-lift extension and check the vehicle’s ground clearance in the rear for proper towing. Make sure there is proper clearance for the oil pan, air dam, splash-guards, mufflers, and/or ground effects.
• Attach two safety chains as required. Remember to leave sufficient slack for turns while in tow but not enough to allow chains to drag on the ground. • Attach tow lights and make final adjustments, then do a walk around prior to towing.
• Your ability to safely steer and control your tow truck will be greatly reduced if you have poor weight distribution after hooking up. Weight from the towed vehicle can be transferred to the steering axle of the tow truck by retracting the towing device. • Disengage the PTO unit; never travel with the PTO engaged. • Before proceeding in tow, take into consideration the age, mileage, and overall condition for the vehicle to be safely towed without additional precautions. • Perform a final walk around on your hook-up. Inspect the vehicle to be towed for any possible problems which may interfere with the safe towing of the vehicle. • Some vehicles may not be suitable for a wheel-lift tow due to their damaged condition or design.
278
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 70
“SELF LOADER” STYLE WHEEL-LIFTS
Also known as “auto loader” wheel-lifts. Many tow operators prefer this style of towing device because of its fully hydraulic L-Arm design. Typically a “self-loader” wheel-lift loads a vehicle with permanently attached L-arms that hydraulically load from inside the wheels. Parallel parked vehicles can be easily attached and lifted from a 90 degree angle with this type of wheel-lift.

Although its design may make some aspects of vehicle loading easier, the “self-loader” may have additional rear overhang, more so than traditional wheel-lifts. Some of these trucks may require a higher Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR ) and/or longer wheel base. The following is additional specific information to be aware of when operating “self-loader” style wheel-lifts:
• Additional space may be required to load due to the “self-loader” fold down system. • When travelling, the L-Arms may extend above the cab of the truck. • It may be necessary to attach adapters to the folding L-arms for use with smaller tires. • Extend the wheel-lift until the cross tube is firmly against the tires of the vehicle to be towed.
• When an angled approach is necessary, back the wheel-lift until the cross bar is rotated by contact with the tire and is centered between the tires on the vehicle to be towed.
• Rotate the L-arms and ensure that both L-arms have fully captured both tires before lifting the vehicle.
• Tie down wheel strap procedures are unique to the “self-loader” system, generally utilizing a cross over style wheel strap. Always follow manufacturer’s vehicle securing instructions.
• With a single strap, the wheel strap must cross the tire just forward of the top center of the tire in order to function properly.
• Vehicles being towed should always be centered on the wheel-lift, especially those with wider tires.
• Follow manufacturer’s recommendations for the attachment of ratchets, wheel straps, and safety chains.
• Some vehicles may not be suitable for a “self-loader” wheel-lift tow due to their damaged condition or design.

Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
279
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 71
“EAGLE-CLAW” STYLE WHEEL-LIFTS
Claw style wheel-lifts are common in the towing industry and may be preferred by some operators due to its ease in loading and attaching vehicles. This wheel-lift uses a selfloading set of “claws” that pivots itself around the wheels of a vehicle as it is extended and contacts the tires.

Due to its unique design, the manufacturer’s recommended operating instructions must be followed to prevent damage, accidents, and vehicles coming loose. In addition to the basic hook-up procedures outlined in this manual, the following are additional specific information to be aware of when using “Eagle Claw” wheel-lifts:
• Additional space may be required to load due to the “claw” fold down system. • Alignment with the tow truck to the vehicle is very important to allow for loading. • Care must be taken with the “claws” while extending so that the tires are not inadvertently punctured.
• Check to be sure that the “claws” are fully wrapped around the tires. • “Eagle-Claw” reducers or spacers must be used on small and narrower tire widths. • The position of the vehicle’s tires hold the “claws” in the proper towing position. Tow vehicles with the wheels aligned straight and steering wheel secured. • “Claw” style wheel-lifts have unique wheel strapping systems. The manufacturer’s wheel restraint securement instructions must be followed precisely to ensure that the vehicle does not pivot out and away from the wheel-lift. Always follow the manufacturer’s vehicle securing instructions.
• Any “bottoming-out” or “wheel-lift dragging” while in tow can result in damages, disconnection, or vehicle becoming loose from the tow truck. • Some vehicles may be damaged or in a condition that cannot be safely towed with an “Eagle- Claw” wheel-lift.
• Some “claw” style wheel-lifts have remote (cab control or hand-held) functions. Do not operate any remote controls at speeds over 5 mph.

Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
280
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 72
“SCOOP” STYLE WHEEL-LIFTS
“Scoop” style wheel-lifts are also common in the towing industry and are sometimes preferred by operators due to their unique design which can be friendlier when the vehicle’s wheels may be turned or locked to one side. Its L-arm system is typically mounted higher than traditional wheel-lifts, allowing the towed vehicle’s wheel to be captured deeper in the wheel-lift system. The “scoop” traps more of the tire than standard wheel-lifts. This system sometimes is advertised as a “strapless wheel-lift” tow truck, because of this design feature. However we highly recommend that all tow operators use wheel straps (regardless of the wheel-lift system) in order to securely retain a towed vehicle to the wheel-lift and to ensure that a towed vehicle cannot become detached during a tow.

In addition to the basic wheel-lift hook-up
procedures outlined in this manual, the
following is additional specific information
to be aware of when operating “scoop”
wheel-lifts:
• Care must be given while extending the wheel-lift as the L-arm receiver is on top of the cross bar and can cause damage due to its position. • The pivot and securement pins should be removed and receivers positioned outward away from the vehicle when loading.
• Adjust wheel-lift grids, slide “scoop” L-arm (adjusting to match receivers), and replace the pivot and L-arm adjustment pins accordingly to allow for the vehicle’s tire size and pivot into place.
• Check clearance between vehicle body components and wheel-lift components.

Some vehicles require adjustments or may need to be towed by other means. • Set the necessary pivot and securement pins after loading the vehicle to the wheel-lift.
• Any “bottoming-out” or “wheel-lift dragging” while in tow can result in damages, disconnection, or the vehicle becoming loose from the tow truck. • Two wheel straps and two properly placed safety chains must always be installed. • Some vehicles may be damaged or in a condition that cannot be safely towed with a “scoop” style wheel-lift.

We recommend following all manufacturer guidelines to the letter. Know that Federal and many state laws require primary securement to all wheel-lift systems.

Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
281
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 73

WHEEL-LIFTING A VEHICLE WITH A FLAT TIRE
When attempting to wheel-lift a vehicle with a flat tire or on uneven ground, use a floor jack to raise the vehicle, then lower the vehicle onto a block of wood centered under the flat tire. Adjust the wheel-lift under the vehicle so that the L-Arm is close enough under the flat tire as to not allow the wheel to fall through the support arms.

It is necessary to use two wheel restraints and safety chains. Do not use the cross bar of the tow truck as a lifting device to place lumber under the wheel unless L-arms are attached securing the wheel.

Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
282
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 74

ESTIMATING A WHEEL-LIFT LOAD
Professional tow operators should know and understand how to estimate a load that will be supported on the wheel-lift. This can be easily accomplished by using the 60/40 system. Estimate the weight of the front axle of a towed vehicle by 60% of the vehicle’s total weight. Estimate the weight of the rear axle of the towed vehicle by 40% of the vehicle’s total weight.

Although the actual front axle weight of a vehicle is closer to 54% of the vehicle’s total weight, the weight is rounded up to 60% to keep the math simple. Please be aware that this this is for estimates only.

1. Determine the vehicle’s curb weight. (phone app, AAA Towing Manual, or door post)

2. Multiply the vehicle’s curb weight by 0.6 (60%) of the curb weight. This determines the weight lifted by the wheel-lift.
2019 Ford Explorer FWD has a curb weight of 4,560 lbs.

EXAMPLE
Curb Weight
4,560 lbs.
60% Factor

0.6 Wheel-lift Load
2,736 lbs.

X =

3. Compare wheel-lift load to the tow truck’s wheel-lift rated lift capacity.

4. Compare curb weight to the tow truck’s wheel-lift tow capacity.

5. Compare wheel-lift load to Safe Steering Load (SSL).

6. Check the tow truck’s rated rear axle capacity.

7. Multiply 0.4 (40%) to estimate the rear axle load.

8. Do not proceed with any tow that exceeds the rated capacities of the tow truck, its wheel-lift device, or the steering load (SSL).

Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
283
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 75

WHILE IN TOW WITH A WHEEL-LIFT
• Obey all traffic laws and regulations.
• Never proceed with a tow unless you are certain it is safe to do so. • Check the wheel-lift for proper towing height, position, tail-board, and ground clearances.
• Always maintain at least 50% of your original front axle weight (FAW) when a wheel-lift is loaded.
• Allow for safe braking distance when in tow. Reduce your speed and maintain a safe following distance. Take into consideration weather and road conditions and when traveling in a downhill direction.
• Watch the towed vehicle’s tracking alignment and correct if necessary. • Never allow strap ends or chains to drag on the ground while in tow. • Position the wheel-lift and extend just far enough to allow for turns. Don’t over extend the wheel-lift.
• Do not proceed with a tow unless the vehicle is well centered on the wheel-lift.

Correct and adjust as necessary.
• Do not allow towed vehicles to “bottom out” or “drag” while entering or exiting driveways or uneven roadways and watch the towed vehicle’s trailing end to avoid “dragging” or scraping the vehicle.
• Use the greatest possible angle to transverse any driveways, inclines, or dips in the road (proceed slowly, adjust with hydraulic controls if necessary and keep aware). • Do not jack-knife or turn too sharply while moving in reverse. • Make sure to close all windows, doors, and ensure the hood is firmly latched. • Secure the steering wheel straight on all wheel-lift tows and use an approved steering wheel clamping device. DO NOT use a seatbelt for this purpose.

Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
284
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 76

THE L-ARM
There are several different styles of L-arm manufacturers and designs. They include standard L-arm, half scoop, and full scoop L-arms.

There will be occasions in which any L-arm will be difficult to insert or remove from the wheel-lift receiver. Do not “beat” on the L-arms with sledge hammers or mauls. This will only cause damage to the L-arm and “mushroom” the ends, making it extremely difficult to get the L-arm out of the receiver.

Uneven ground may cause difficult loading or unloading. Do a "Double Pick" and set the vehicle’s tires on a small block of lumber, positioning the L-arm to give you the clearance you need. Remember to secure any vehicle before you load or unload on a wheel-lift.

Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
285
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 77
IMPORTANT i
2 SAFETY CHAINS, 2 WHEEL TIE-DOWNS, TOW LIGHTS, AND A STEERING WHEEL SECUREMENT DEVICE ARE MANDATORY WITH ALL TOWING APPLICATIONS.

A.) Always use the wheel-lift to hook-up as stated by the manufacturer B.) Load on level ground whenever possible
C.) Use additional safety precautions when loading on ground that is not level D.) Never lift a vehicle into the towing position until wheel straps are installed E.) Always keep your body, hands, and feet out from under the wheel-lift device F.) Never get under a vehicle supported only by the wheel-lift G.) Never allow customers or bystanders to assist you or be near your hook-up area H.) Never allow anyone to enter the vehicle while it is lifted off the ground I.) Never walk or allow anyone else to walk between the tow truck and the vehicle being towed
J.) Keep your body out of traffic lanes as you hook-up
K.) Some vehicles may be damaged or in a condition that cannot be safely towed with a wheel-lift
L.) Secure all wheel-lift components and related accessories M.) Wheel-lifts may not always safely lift and tow weights equal to their ratings N.) Use the 10 and 2 locations on the tire when using tie down straps

WHEEL-LIFT SAFETY REMINDERS
Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
286
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 78

TOW TRUCK CONTROL HANDLES
• Only trained personnel should be permitted to operate tow truck controls. • Tow truck controls should only be operated when it is safe to do so. • Always try to operate the tow truck controls on the non-traffic side. • Tow truck control handles must remain clearly marked as to their functions and directions.
• Replace any control handle that is worn or unreadable. • Anyone operating a tow truck, regardless of design or options installed, must be thoroughly familiar with all controls, components, and operating requirements. • Operate all controls slowly and smoothly to avoid damage to the tow truck or to its components.
• The PTO pump is normally designed to run any function at normal idle speeds. Do not over rev the engine.
• Check Manufacturer’s recommendations for optimal engine R.P.M. for operating equipment.
• Do not operate any hand-held or cab controls while the truck is in motion.

Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
287
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 79

TOW-SLING ASSEMBLY
1 2 3
3 4
6 5
7 8
7 1. Lift Plate

2. Lifting Shackle

3. Upper Grab Hooks

4. Sling Pads

5. Extension Arms

6. Extension Arm Locking Pins

7. Lower Grab Hooks

8. Anchor Bar
Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
288
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 80

TOW-SLING
Attaching a Vehicle to a Tow Sling

1. Park your truck in position to hook up to the vehicle. Set the truck's transmission in “park” and engage the parking brakes. Position the boom at cab height.

2. Check the vehicle to be towed prior to hooking up. Set the vehicle’s parking brakes. If the vehicle’s parking brake is inoperative, chock the wheels. Confirm the proper tow procedure.

3. ALWAYS use the winch line to raise and lower the tow sling.

4. Engage the PTO, lower the tow sling and back up the tow truck almost to the bumper of the disabled vehicle. Do not make contact with the vehicle.

5. Center the sling to the vehicle for best positioning. Position the tow sling under the vehicle just behind the bumper so that the vehicle will ride on the sling belts.

6. Attach the J-hook or T-hook assembly to the vehicle and “safety wrap” the chain to the anchor bar grab hooks.

7. Using the winch line, lift the vehicle until the extension arms lock. Slowly release the vehicle’s brakes and set the vehicle’s transmission in “neutral”.

8. Lift the vehicle to the desired towing height, at least ten inches from the ground.

Check the opposite end of the vehicle for proper ground clearance.

9. Secure the remaining chain to the hooks on the lift plate, leaving sufficient slack so that none of the vehicle’s weight is resting on the remaining chain.

10. It may be necessary to use a 4 x 4 piece of lumber and/or spacer blocks to prevent damage on some vehicles. Always check the recommended towing procedure.

11. Rotate extension arm locks and ensure that they are locked. Keep extension arms below horizontal level, pointed at the ground.

12. Secure the steering wheel and attach two safety chains and tow lights. Walk around the vehicle and make any final adjustments before proceeding with the tow.

Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
289
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 81
A.) Position the tow truck boom at about the same height as the truck cab.

B.) When towing with a sling, you must “safety wrap” the attaching chain assembly.

C.) Always attach “J-Hooks” with the point of the hook facing up.

D.) Always leave a minimum of three links of chain between the anchor bar grab hooks and the vehicle attaching hook.

E.) All sling tows must have the steering wheel straightened and properly secured.

F.) There must be at least 10 inches of clearance between the ground and the towed vehicle.

G.) Always position the extension arms of the sling below a horizontal level before towing a vehicle.

H.) Safety chains must be properly attached, crossed, and secured from the tow truck to the towed vehicle, in addition to the tow sling hook-up.

I.) Some vehicles, because of their design or damage, cannot be towed with a sling.

TOW-SLING SAFETY REMINDERS
Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
290
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 82
A.) Never use any equipment unless you are certain that is in good working condition and Never operate equipment unless you are familiar with its safe operating procedures.

B.) Never exceed WLL or overload your equipment or truck.

C.) Never allow passengers to ride in a towed vehicle.

D.) Be aware and take necessary steps to ensure customer safety.

E.) Always drive at a safe operating speed and obey all traffic laws.

F.) Always follow the respective auto manufacturer’s recommendations and specific procedures for towing.

G.) Never assume that everything is okay. Check each and every service call or tow on its own merits and concerns. Then double check! Do not proceed if you are uncertain.

H.) Whenever possible, tow vehicles with the drive wheels off the ground to prevent damage.

I.) Some vehicles, due to their condition, age, or mileage cannot be towed with standard wheel-lift equipment and must be transported on a car carrier.

J.) Always use safety chains, wheel-lift restraints, and tow lights as required.

K.) When towing a front wheel drive from the front, you must secure the steering wheel.

L.) Adjust your speed to allow for weather, road traffic, and visibility conditions as necessary.

M.) The most common cause of incidents which lead to injury and death in the towing industry is exceeding the WLL of the equipment.

BASIC TOWING 101 SAFETY
IMPORTANT i
IF YOU HAVE ANY DOUBTS, GET HELP!
Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
291
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 83

REAR TOWING PRECAUTIONS
Whenever towing or transporting a vehicle from the rear, the following list of items should be addressed prior to towing:
• Check for proper towing procedures. Some vehicles cannot be towed from the rear of the vehicle.
• Secure the steering wheel with an approved clamping device. Never use a vehicle ignition lock or seat belt for this purpose.
• Check trunk lid and doors to make sure all are properly latched. • Check and ensure sunroof or convertible tops are closed and secured. Close all windows if possible; this includes vent windows. Tape off any openings or gaps. • Check vehicle accessories such as wind deflectors, bug deflectors, antennas, or other add-on after-market devices.
• Check for adequate ground clearance.
• Do not overload the steering axle of the vehicle you are towing. • Check tires and lug nuts for safe towing ability, including any custom wheel concerns.
• Secure covers and camper shells when towing pick-up trucks.

Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
292
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 84

STEERING WHEEL SECUREMENT
All tows require that the steering wheel of the towed vehicle be properly secured.

This includes straightening the wheels (regardless of front or rear tow) and installing a primary steering wheel securement device.

There are several commercially produced securement device types and styles, however, no single device will be suitable for all vehicles. It may be necessary to have several different devices on hand to install for a variety of vehicles.

The common practice of using a piece of rope as a steering wheel securement device may be subject to interpretation by the area tow truck officer. Whatever your company policy or your practice regarding this subject, the steering wheel restraint must be of proper size, grade, and installed so that there is no question or doubt that the steering wheel will remain secured throughout the entire duration of the towing process.

Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
WARNING !

VEHICLE SEAT BELTS AND SAFETY RESTRAINT DEVICES ARE NOT TO BE UTILIZED AS A STEERING WHEEL SECUREMENT. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD

ANYONE USE OR RELY ON THE STEERING WHEEL COLUMN LOCK OR IGNITION

LOCKING DEVICE TO SECURE THE STEERING WHEEL DURING THE TOWING PROCESS. NEVER USE THE BRAKE PEDAL FOR ANY PART OF A SECUREMENT. 293
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 85
IMPORTANT i
BE SURE TO FOLLOW THE MANUFACTURER’S DIRECTIONS TO ENSURE THAT THE VEHICLE IS SECURE WHEN USING A STEERING WHEEL TIE DOWN DEVICE.

A.) Always use a proper, dedicated steering wheel securement device.

B.) Keep securement devices clean and free of grease, oil, and other contaminates.

C.) Never use seat belts or safety restraints for the purposes of steering wheel securement.

D.) Apply two separate steering wheel securement devices if necessary. This would also provide added safety if the primary device fails.

E.) Follow the manufacturer’s instructions on proper application and installation of any steering wheel securement device.

F.) Do not attach any steering wheel securement device to vehicle interior components such as door panels, gear shifts, center consoles, etc.

G.) Never use the brake pedal or any part of the braking system for the attachment or installation of any steering wheel securement device.

H.) The use of a leather belt, hose, or rope for steering wheel securement purposes is not recommended.

I.) To ensure safety, do not proceed with a tow unless the steering wheel has been set in a straight position and two steering wheel securements have been installed.

STEERING WHEEL SECUREMENT SAFETY GUIDELINES
Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
294
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 86

TOW LIGHTS

AUXILIARY TOWING LIGHTS SHOULD BE PLACED ON THE TRAILING END OF THE DISABLED VEHICLE THAT IS UNDER TOW.

Installation of Tow Lights:

1. Ensure your tow lights are in good working condition. The magnetic area should be clean and free of rust and debris. The extension cord should be checked for cleanliness.

2. Evaluate and determine tow light placement for the vehicle being towed. Lights should be placed to the rear of the towed vehicle.

3. Some vehicles may require protective material between the tow lights and the paint surface.

4. The use of suction cup tow lights and vinyl tow light pads maybe necessary on vehicles that are non-magnetic or whose body shape does not allow the use of standard tow lights.

5. Use care when applying tow lights on a vehicle. Slowly attach each magnetic tow light on a flat surface area near the rear most area of the towed vehicle.

6. Route and secure the extension cord allowing slack between the vehicles.

7. Install the 4 way plug into the 4 way receptacle socket using the connection guides, ensuring that the plug is in proper position for a good connection.

8. Test and check tow lights for proper working order after installation.

9. To increase safety awareness, you must use tow lights on every tow.

Removal of Tow Lights :

1. To disconnect tow lights, pull on the 4 way plug itself, NOT the extension cord.

2. Cautiously remove the extension cord away from the vehicle body. Avoid dragging across the vehicle body.

3. Carefully tilt-away, then lift and remove each side tow light away from the vehicle body.

4. Roll up the extension cord and secure the tow lights for future use.

Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
295
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 87
Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING

SAFETY CHAINS
The proper use of safety chains protects you and the public in the event of the failure of your primary attachment to a vehicle that you are towing. Safety chains must be attached to separate, independent locations not connected to your primary securement.

Even the most skilled driver with the best equipment can have a car become disconnected while in tow. For example, the cross bar pivot pin on your wheel-lift pivots a couple of hundred times a day and can break if not greased properly. You may have to slam on your brakes to avoid a collision and the straps on your wheel-lift may not handle the shock load. Whatever the reason, if a car becomes disconnected and you have properly attached safety chains, they will help a bad situation from becoming worse.

There is no reason why a professional tow operator would not use safety chains. It does not matter if you’re towing 50 feet or 50 miles. It doesn’t matter if you’re towing a small or big car, you must use safety chains on every tow. It is like a seatbelt or an airbag; you never know when you’re going to need it, but when you do, it could save a life.

RECOMMENDATION P

WE RECOMMEND ADOPTING A STRICT POLICY REQUIRING SAFETY CHAINS ON

EVERY TOW, NO MATTER THE DISTANCE OF THE TOW, AS REQUIRED BY STATE AND FEDERAL LAW.
296
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 88
Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING

PROPER USE OF SAFETY CHAINS
To properly attach a safety chain, you must attach one end to a part of the vehicle that can withstand a shock load, such as the frame or suspension of the towed vehicle.

The other end of the safety chain must be attached to the tow truck body. Safety chains should have an appropriate amount of slack so that you may make full turns while in tow but not drag the chains on the ground. The safety chain must also be of a sufficient grade and size to absorb the shock load of a dropped vehicle.

Code of Federal Regulation (CFR) states in 49 CFR section 393.71 (10)(ii): “If chains or cables are used as the safety device, they shall be crossed and attached to the vehicles near the points of bumper attachments to the chassis of the vehicles.” We strongly recommend safety chains be securely affixed to the truck frame, bed, or towing equipment by means of a bolt. This prevents using the safety chains for anything except safety chains. When replacing safety chains due to wear or damage, they must be replaced with OEM or higher grade of chain.

RECOMMENDATION P

WE RECOMMEND THAT SAFETY CHAINS BE CROSSED TO HELP MAINTAIN

DIRECTIONAL CONTROL OF TOWED VEHICLE IF THE TOWED VEHICLE SHOULD BECOME LOOSE WHILE IN TRANSIT.
297
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 89

REASONS VEHICLES BECOME LOOSE
• Improper hook up
• Equipment failure due to overloading, excessive wear, or improper maintenance • Jack-Knifing or sharp turning
• Improper attachment of safety chains to the tow truck • Improper placement of safety chains on the vehicle being towed • Not safety wrapping tow chains on a sling hook-up
• Sudden stopping of a dynamic load (shock loading)
• Using safety chains for other applications, such as recovery work • Safety chains not permanently attached to a tow truck • “Bottoming out” or “dragging” during driveway access
Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING
A.) Safety chains should be attached to a portion of the vehicle which can withstand a shock load.

B.) The safety chain can be run under the wheel-lift attached to the towed vehicle, then laid loosely in the grab hook on the wheel grid to minimize forward movement during a rapid braking or possible impact.

C.) The difference between safety chains and tow chains is that safety chains are not under load when used, whereas tow chains are.

D.) Always check the chains for damage before use.

SAFETY CHAIN SAFETY GUIDELINES
WARNING !
THE POSSIBLE RESULT OF NOT USING SAFETY CHAINS COULD INCLUDE: THE

TOWED VEHICLE COMING FREE FROM THE TOW TRUCK OR FALLING OFF THE

CAR CARRIER, LIABILITY FOR CRIMINAL NEGLIGENCE, AND/OR SERIOUS INJURY

OR DEATH
298
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 90
NOTES
299
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 91

DOLLIES & DRIVELINES
Towing dollies are utilized when the towed vehicle condition or manufacturer’s towing recommendations, call for the towed vehicle’s trailing wheels to be off the ground.

Depending on the situation, it may be necessary to use dollies instead of a car carrier, although it may seem like more work. Before each use of the dollies, the tow operator must be certain that the dollies are in proper working condition. In addition, the dollies should never be loaded beyond their rated capacity and should be used only for their intended purpose. Self-loading dollies are designed to be assembled around the towed vehicle tires while on the ground, while the vehicle is still hooked up, attached and secured to the tow truck.
• Check the tire pressure in each tire and ensure that it matches the proper inflation as marked on the sidewall of the tire. Pressure must be the same on all four tires. • All dolly tires should be of the same size and load rating. • Dolly tires should be free of weather cracks, as they may make the dollies unsafe to use.
• Check all parts of the dolly for proper lubrication and good working condition. • Never exceed the combined tire load rating while using dollies. • Tow operators must be familiar with the manufacturer's proper loading and unloading information.

DOLLIES MUST BE IN PROPER WORKING CONDITION

DOLLIES CHECKLIST
• Check tire pressure in each tire.
• The tires must be free of weather cracks.
• Check all parts for proper lubrication.
• Secure the vehicle to dollies with a ratchet and safety straps. • Keep your body and head away from the pivot pry bar path while lifting. • Keep your work area clear of bystanders.
• Never exceed 50 miles per hour while in tow.

IMPORTANT i

THE FOLLOWING PAGES INCLUDE EXCERPTS FROM BOTH COLLINS DOLLIES AND IN THE DITCH DOLLIES MANUFACTURER MANUALS. AS WITH ALL EQUIPMENT,

YOU SHOULD REVIEW THE ENTIRE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION BEFORE USE TO ENSURE SAFE AND PROPER USAGE.

Chapter 10: DOLLIES & DRIVELINES
300
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 92
RAISING ALL COLLINS HI-SPEED® DOLLIES: 1975 - PRESENT

ADJUST TELESCOPIC CROSS RAILS BY FIRST

DEPRESSING SPRING-LOADED PLUNGER AND SLIDING

OUTER TUBE UNTIL PLUNGER LOCKS INTO HOLE THAT
MATCHES TOWED VEHICLE WIDTH.

PLACE CROSS RAILS (A) FORE AND AFT OF VEHICLE’S
TIRES. TIRES SHOULD BE AS CLOSE TO END OF CROSS
RAILS AS POSSIBLE.

PLACE DOLLY IN COLLAPSED POSITION BESIDE VEHICLE

TIRE TO BE LIFTED, WITH DOLLY TIRES ABOVE DOLLY
BODY (J).

DISENGAGE SAFETY LOCK (C) ALLOWING SPINDLE
ASSEMBLY AND TRIP ASSEMBLY FREE MOTION.

ROTATE SPINDLE TO END OF DOLLY BODY (J).

SAFETY WARNING!

FAILURE TO DISENGAGE SAFETY LOCK BEFORE RAISING DOLLY

WILL CAUSE TRIP HANDLE TO BEND, POTENTIALLY ALLOWING
TRIP ASSEMBLY TO PREMATURELY RELEASE.

SET RAIL END (B) INTO ONE OF THREE RAIL POCKET
(I) SLOTS, ADJUSTING FOR DIAMETER OF VEHICLE’S

TIRES, POSITIONING CROSS RAIL AS CLOSE AS
POSSIBLE TO VEHICLE TIRE TREAD.

ENGAGE SAFETY RATCHET (D) BY ROTATING RATCHET
CAM HANDLE TOWARD DOLLY FRAME.

SAFETY WARNING!
SAFETY WARNING!

RAISING ANY DOLLY WITHOUT A SAFETY RATCHET SYSTEM

CAN BE HAZARDOUS, AS IT MAY LEAD TO PERSONAL INJURY,

VEHICLE OR PROPERTY DAMAGE, AND POTENTIAL LAW
SUITS. PAY CLOSE ATTENTION TO THIS MOST CRUCIAL SAFETY
WARNING!

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

A
J
C
J
D
B
I
Pages 92-94 were adapted from the Collins Dollies Instruction Manual. Thank You to Collins Dollies for their contribution to the ERSCA/CTTA Training Program.

Chapter 10: DOLLIES & DRIVELINES
301
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 93
RAISING ALL COLLINS HI-SPEED® DOLLIES: 1975 - PRESENT
INSERT PRY BAR (E) INTO PRY POCKET (F).

SAFETY WARNING!

FAILURE TO DISENGAGE SAFETY LOCK BEFORE RAISING DOLLY

WILL CAUSE TRIP HANDLE TO BEND, POTENTIALLY ALLOWING
TRIP ASSEMBLY TO PREMATURELY RELEASE.

GRIPPING END OF PRY BAR (E), SWING IT IN

AN ARC, FORCING SPINDLE ASSEMBLY FROM ABOVE

DOLLY FRAME (J) TO BELOW DOLLY FRAME,

THEREBY LIFTING VEHICLE WHEEL (T) OFF THE
GROUND. IF NEEDED, BETTER LEVERAGE MAY

BE OBTAINED WHILE LIFTING VEHICLE WITH SAFETY
RATCHETS ENGAGED. ALLOW VEHICLE WEIGHT TO

REST ON RATCHET GEAR WHILE REPOSITIONING

FEET, TO GET A BETTER PURCHASE OF PRY BAR FOR
LEVERAGE.

WATCH AND LISTEN FOR RELEASE HANDLE (G)

TO RISE THEN SNAP BACK INTO PLACE, AS TRIP

ASSEMBLY LOCKS DOWN SPINDLE ASSEMBLY (H)
IN THE LOADED POSITION. DOLLY IS NOW LOCKED
AND LOADED — PRY BAR CAN NOW BE REMOVED.

ENGAGE SAFETY LOCK (C) OVER RELEASE HANDLE
(G). LEAVE SAFETY RATCHET (D) ENGAGED AS A

FAILSAFE BACKUP, TO PREVENT DOLLY FROM
DROPPING WHILE VEHICLE IS IN TOW.

REPEAT THIS ACTION FOR ALL FOUR ASSEMBLIES
DOLLY IS NOW SECURE.

SAFETY TIE-DOWN STRAPS (M) SHOULD ALWAYS BE
USED TO SECURE DOLLY TO VEHICLE.

SAFETY WARNING!

ENSURE THAT SAFETY RATCHETS AND SAFETY LOCKS ARE

ENGAGED TO PREVENT PREMATURE RELEASE OF DOLLY
WHILE IN TOW, CAUSING VEHICLE ACCIDENTS.

7. 8.

9. 10.

11. 12.

SKILL SET LEVEL: EXPERIENCED — PRACTICE EMPTY
MULTIPLE TIMES BEFORE ACTUAL UNLOADING!

DISENGAGE RATCHETS (D) AND SAFETY LOCKS (C) BY
TURNING LOCKS TOWARD END OF DOLLY BODY (J).

ROLL SPINDLE ASSEMBLY (H) TO OUTSIDE AND INSERT
PRY BAR (E) INTO PRY POCKET (F).

GRIP PRY BAR (E) WHILE AT THE SAME TIME PLACING
OTHER HAND ON RELEASE HANDLE (G).

GENTLY LIFT TRIP HANDLE (G) WHILE SLOWLY

ALLOWING SPINDLE ASSEMBLY (H) TO JUST CLEAR

HEEL OF TRIP ASSEMBLY (L), A DISTANCE OF ABOUT
ONE INCH.

WHEN SPINDLE ASSEMBLY (H) HAS JUST CLEARED TRIP

ASSEMBLY (L), RELEASE TRIP HANDLE (G) AND FIRMLY
PLACE BOTH HANDS ON END OF PRY BAR (E). AT THIS
POINT PRY BAR WEIGHT IS ONLY 5-10 LBS.

WITH A FIRM GRIP, SLOWLY LET WEIGHT SHIFT

TOWARD OPERATOR AS PRY BAR IS BROUGHT

AROUND AND END OF DOLLY BODY (J) IS GENTLY
LOWERED TO THE GROUND. REPEAT THIS FOR
ALL FOUR ASSEMBLIES.

1. 2.

3. 5.

4. 6.

7. MAINTENANCE AND CAUTIONS

1. FOR SAFEST OPERATION KEEP DOLLY MAINTAINED AND WELL LUBRICATED:

A. CHECK AND PACK BEARINGS AS NEEDED, KEEPING MOISTURE OUT.

B. LUBRICATE SAFETY RATCHET SYSTEM AS NEEDED — ESPECIALLY IN INCLEMENT WEATHER.

C. GREASE ALL DOLLY FITTINGS REGULARLY— HUB FITTINGS WITH BEARING GREASE D. KEEP LUG NUTS TIGHTENED TO 75-85 FT-LBS.

E. CHECK TIRE CONDITION AND AIR PRESSURE BEFORE EACH OPERATION.

2. BEFORE RAISING ANY VEHICLES, COMPLETE OPERATION OF DOLLY SHOULD BE PRACTICED EMPTY.

3. WEAR WORK GLOVES AND ALWAYS KEEP A FIRM GRIP WHEN HANDLING PRY BAR.

4. MAKE SURE SAFETY LOCKS ARE DISENGAGED BEFORE RAISING DOLLY.

5. MAKE SURE SAFETY LOCKS ARE ENGAGED AFTER RAISING DOLLY.

6. AREA SHOULD BE CLEAR OF OTHER PERSONNEL WHILE OPERATING DOLLY.

7. DO NOT TOW FASTER THAN 50 MPH WITH 4.80 DOLLIES AND 60 MPH WITH 5.70 DOLLIES ON SMOOTH ROADS; SLOWER ON ROADS THAT ARE ROUGHER. POT HOLES SHOULD BE APPROACHED AT A CRAWL.

8. DO NOT EXCEED TIRE MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDED LOAD CAPACITIES:

4.80 x 8 load range C -- 760 lb. @ 90 psi per tire or 3,040 lb. per set of dollies w/ steel or aluminum axles. (4.80 x 8 load range C -- 345 kg. @ 6.2 bar per tire or 1,379 kg. per set of dollies w/ steel or aluminum axles.)

5.70 x 8 load range D -- 1070 lb. @ 100 psi per tire or 4,000 lb. per set of dollies w/ steel axles only. (5.70 x 8 load range D -- 485 kg. @ 9.6 bar per tire or 1,814 kg. per set of dollies w/ steel axles only.) 303
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 95
IN THE DITCH© DOLLY OPERATIONS- BASIC LIFTING
Adjust Dolly Axles
Extend axles to the minimum length required to span the width of the vehicle, assuring the thumb button re-engages at the extended setting.

Position Dolly Axles and Side Frames
Place the dolly axles and side frames on the ground, in the configuration shown to the right. Keep dollies centered and parallel to vehicle tires.

1. 2.

3. Chapter 10: DOLLIES & DRIVELINES
Position Dolly Side Frames
a.) Rotate Camlocks to release tires from storage position. b.) Allow wheel pivot arms to rotate then re-engage Camlocks. Camlocks will engage in detents to assist positioning of the dolly.

Connect Dolly Axles to Dolly
Place the Engagement Tabs into Axle Cradles.

Note: Assure both dollies use identical cradle positions, such that dolly axles are parallel to each other and perpendicular to side frames.

Insert Break-over Bar
Insert the break-over bar into the dolly’s break-over bar receiver tube.

4. 5.
1 5
4 3
2 Pages 95-96 were adapted from the In the Ditch Instruction Manual.

7. Swing Break-over Bar to Raise Dolly
Grasp the far end of the Break-over Bar with both hands and swing the bar in an arc to raise the dolly assembly.

Assure Cam-lock Engagement
With the assembly fully raised, the Cam-Lock mechanism
will visually re-engage by snapping into the closed position.

Note: An engaged Cam-Lock can be distinguished by the roll pin lying flat against the body in a position parallel to the dolly tube. If not visually engaged, lower the dolly into the starting position before inspecting the Cam-Lock.

Raise Remaining Tires on Dolly
Follow steps 5 through step 7 to raise the additional 3 (three) tires of the dolly.

8. Secure Ratchet Straps
Pass the ratchet straps behind the vehicle’s tire, attaching the hooked ends to the mounts on the dolly handle.

Ratchet the straps to secure the dolly to the towed vehicle.

9. USE EXTREME CAUTION TO AVOID THE
POTENTIAL STRIKE ZONE OF THE BAR!

ALWAYS KEEP BOTH HANDS ON THE
BREAKOVER BAR WHILE RAISING THE DOLLY!

EXTRA CAUTION SHOULD BE USED IF LOADING

OR UNLOADING ON UNEVEN PAVEMENT,
LOOSE GRAVEL, SNOW, WATER OR ICE!
!
!
!

6. 6
7 9

TRANSPORTING SAFETY REMINDERS
WHILE TOWING A VEHICLE ON DOLLIES, DO NOT EXCEED 50 MPH! • ITD dollies are designed for on-road use only, and are not approved for freeway driving. • Potholes and railroad tracks should be approached at a low rate of speed. • ITD recommends while towing with dollies to place the car in neutral to allow tire to move with the dolly.
• We do not recommend the quick lowering of dollies due to personnel safety and shock loading damage to equipment.
305
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 97

DRIVELINE REMOVAL
There may be a time when a tow truck operator will find it necessary to remove a driveline from a disabled vehicle. An improper attempt to remove a driveline can result in serious injury or even death. Always follow these safety precautions:

1. Hook up prior to working on the vehicle. Secure the vehicle to the tow truck and use jack stands while working underneath. In addition, chock the wheels.

2. Check driveline torque. Put the vehicle in neutral, release the brakes and then check for torque on the vehicle's driveline. Make certain that there is no torque on the vehicle’s driveline before attempting any removal. If the driveline still has torque, dolly towing should be considered.

3. Mark the driveline. Using a grease pencil or paint pen, mark the driveline position at the slip yoke and rear end yolk so that the driveline can be properly reinstalled.

4. Secure all parts including U-joint bolts, nuts, and caps. Using a plastic bag will help to keep parts from being lost. Be sure that the driveline is tied up or completely removed.

5. If you choose to tie up the driveline, secure it so that there is no chance of it falling out. Leave a note that the driveline has been tied up and that the vehicle should not be started without reinstalling the driveline.

6. Reinstallation of the driveline: It is not recommended that tow truck operators reinstall drivelines. This should be done by a properly trained mechanic or technician.

Chapter 10: DOLLIES & DRIVELINES
WARNING !

NEVER ATTEMPT TO REMOVE THE DRIVELINE OR PLACE YOURSELF UNDER AN UNSUPPORTED LOAD. NEVER ATTEMPT TO REMOVE A DRIVELINE THAT IS "TORQUED UP"
306
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 98
NOTES_
307
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 99
CAR CARRIERS, FLATBEDS & ROLLBACKSChapter 11: CAR CARRIERS, FLATBEDS & ROLLBACKS

1. Light Bar 8. Stabilizer

2. Light Pylon 9. Control Handles

3. Car Carrier Bed 10. Mud Flaps

4. Wire Rope 11. Frame

5. Bridle Assembly 12. Tool Box

6. Key Hole Slots 13. Winch

7. Wheel Lift Assembly 14. Upper Work Lights

1. Back within 10 ft. of vehicle to be loaded.

2. Apply the car carrier’s parking brake and chock the wheels for safety.

3. Check that the vehicle that is to be loaded is in park and parking brake is set.

4. Engage the truck's PTO and set engine idle.

5. Using curb-side controls whenever possible, slide the bed back until the bed is clear of bed locks.

6. Tilt the bed down until the rear stabilizer is on or near the ground.

7. Slide the bed back until it comes in contact with the ground.

8. Inspect the vehicle to be towed and confirm loading procedures and attachment points.

9. Winch out or disengage the winch and free spool out enough wire rope so that the bridle connected to the end can be easily attached to the vehicle. Attach the bridle using the recommended hooks and attachment points. For safety reasons, you should always attach the hook on the wire rope so that the hook point is facing up.

10. Ensure that the winch engagement locking control is fully re-engaged. A visual confirmation must be done each time before winching a vehicle up the bed.

11. Winch the wire rope in until there is slight tension on the cable. Release the vehicle’s parking brake and place the vehicle’s transmission in “neutral”.

12. When loading a vehicle onto a car carrier, place the load as far forward on the bed as possible.

13. After winching the vehicle to the “transport” position, attach a safety chain from the front of the bed to the vehicle.

14. Slide the bed forward to transfer the weight over the rear axle of the truck. Do not tilt the bed down with the body extended back, as this could damage the truck frame.

15. Lower the bed until it is almost level with the truck frame. Attach two tie down attachments to the front of the vehicle and two tie down attachments to the rear of the vehicle.

16. Readjust the front tie downs to remove any slack. Level the bed and then slide the bed forward into the bed locks.

17. Make sure the four point tie down system is secure. Ensure that all doors are secured on the transported vehicle.

18. Do a final walk around inspection. Do not proceed with a tow if any situation exists that is not safe.

19. Check for any open tool box doors, chains, loose equipment, etc.

LOADING A VEHICLE ONTO A CAR CARRIER
NOTE: When using an 8-point tie down securement kit, it still equals a 4-point securement because you are securing 4 separate wheels. 309
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 101
Chapter 11: CAR CARRIERS, FLATBEDS & ROLLBACKS
IMPORTANT i

FEDERAL AND STATE LAW REQUIRES THAT VEHICLES BEING TRANSPORTED

ON A CAR CARRIER OR TRAILER BE SECURED WITH A FOUR POINT TIE DOWN NOT INCLUDING THE WINCH CABLE.

WARNING !

WHEN USING NYLON STRAPS FOR TIE-DOWNS, BE SURE TO CHECK YOUR STRAPS WITHIN THE FIRST FEW MILES OF A TOW AND PERIODICALLY AFTER. NYLON STRAPS HAVE A STRETCH FACTOR AND WILL LOOSEN (STRETCH) DURING TOWS. 310
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 102
Chapter 11: CAR CARRIERS, FLATBEDS & ROLLBACKS
Some late model vehicles come equipped with a dedicated loading eye bolt for loading onto a car carrier. Each will have specific instructions and limitations for their intended use.

Always check the vehicle’s owner’s manual, AAA Tow & Service manual, or phone apps to ensure the safe and proper application.

The removal of the eye bolt and access or attachment to the screw receiver on the bumper structure can easily be damaged if the recommended instructions are not followed. Some eye bolts cannot be used to load a car carrier. Again, check the manufacturer’s written procedures for limitations of their eye bolt use. If you’re not certain, do not use the eye bolt.

LOADING WITH EYE BOLTS
A.) Load and operate the equipment only as recommended by the manufacturer.

B.) Load on level ground whenever possible.

C.) When not on level ground, always use additional safety precautions.

D.) Never allow your customer or bystanders to assist with the loading of a vehicle and Never allow anyone to stand behind a vehicle while it is being loaded on a car carrier.

Keep the area around the car carrier clear.

E.) Never allow anyone to enter the vehicle while it is loaded, being loaded, or attached to the bridle assembly.

F.) Never drive a vehicle onto a carrier. Always load and unload vehicles with the winch.

G.) Use a bridle attached to the wire rope to load vehicle.

H.) Always use the four point tie down system to secure a vehicle on a car carrier that is independent of the winch line.

I.) Never leave loose items or equipment on the bed.

J.) Some vehicles may require the use of an 8-point tie down kit.

K.) Properly secure and stow all equipment including straps, ratchets, chains, rear wheellift components, etc.

L.) Be sure to close all tool boxes securely.

M.) Make sure that the front of the vehicle is secure before securing the back of the vehicle.

CAR CARRIER SAFETY REMINDERS
311
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 103
Chapter 11: CAR CARRIERS, FLATBEDS & ROLLBACKS
LOADING WITH EYE BOLTS - continued
• Be careful as you remove the eye bolt and
plastic access panels. Secure all components or
parts during attachment and transport.
• Use only the dedicated eye bolt intended for
the vehicle’s year, make, and model.
• Screw the eye bolt in until it is fully seated in
place but do not over-tighten.
• Attach the wire rope hook and ensure that the
positive locking safety latch is in place and in
good working order.
• During the loading process, the wire rope line may twist or turn as the vehicle moves forward, thereby unscrewing the eye bolt. Stop and adjust accordingly to prevent an unsafe situation. • Pull the vehicle only to the point where the line and pull remain straight as it nears the winch.

Any downward or sideward tension can damage the bumper support structure. • The eye bolt is intended as a loading device only. It cannot be relied on to secure the vehicle on the car carrier deck. Use a typical four point tie-down. • Always return the eye bolt and components back into their proper storage place to prevent customer complaints after the transporting process.
• Alternative solution and our recommendation is to use a soft touch bridle to load onto car carrier.

WARNING !

CAR CARRIER TIRE SKATES
The car carrier "skate" is a piece of additional
equipment designed to help the car carrier operator to
load and unload vehicles that are damaged, reduce the
friction resistance of vehicles whose tires/wheels will not roll, and help protect the carrier deck from vehicle loading damage, scarring, or gouging.

Operators must be knowledgeable and trained in the proper use of carrier skates to prevent accidents, mishaps, or injuries. Like a lot of other processes and procedures in the towing and recovery industry, you must keep all customers, bystanders, and other personnel clear of the work area.

Noted below are some, but not necessarily all, car carrier tire skate safety reminders.

Always read and follow the skate manufacturers guidelines for their application and use. Skates have operating limitations; do not use in any inappropriate manner. Use all other car carrier procedures included in this manual.
• Keep everyone away from behind the rear car carrier unloading area. • A vehicle must be properly attached to a tensioned car carrier winch line anytime skates are installed or utilized.
• Install the skates under the tire, fully in the heel area of the skate using a 6lb. hammer and install in the direction of the pull.
• Vehicles with skates installed move in the path of the winch line. Keep this in mind as you winch the vehicle on the deck surface.
• Do not transport a vehicle with skates installed under the vehicle tire(s), as loads will shift or move on the skates.
• To remove a skate, firmly hit or tap the skate on the heel side with a 6 lb. sledge hammer in a side-to-side motion until it dislodges from under the tire. • Limit the loaded skate travel to about 25 feet.
• When unloading a vehicle with skates, install the skates first, then tilt the bed slowly, and expect that the vehicle may move differently when you operate the winch to unload.
• Do not disconnect the winch line until the vehicle is completely unloaded and has been secured at the scene.
313
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 105
Chapter 11: CAR CARRIERS, FLATBEDS & ROLLBACKS

RUN-AWAY VEHICLES
A run-away vehicle situation could occur due to a
number of reasons including but not limited to
the following: • Failure of the wire rope during the loading/ unloading process
• Failure of the loading bridle, hooks, or
attachment devices
• Accidental winch free-spool
We recommend an additional safety
measure during the loading and
unloading process: using a common rubber
wheel chock behind one of the vehicle’s tires. You
can also use a safety tether / safety line attached to
the carrier bed.
314
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 106
Chapter 11: CAR CARRIERS, FLATBEDS & ROLLBACKS
• Be certain that the motorcycle loading device is correctly assembled, adjusted, and secured.
• Anyone loading a motorcycle must be properly trained and familiar with the operation of a motorcycle.
• All motorcycles loaded on a car carrier must be secured by a four point tie-down system.In addition, the loading device must be properly secured with a four point tiedown. • Some custom motorcycles, racing, or sports bikes may need additional ramping or handling to prevent any damages.
• Motorcycles involved in collisions may require a recovery boom, recovery straps, and special handling.
• If the loading and transporting of a motorcycle on a car carrier or auto loader is necessary, get additional help or assistance. The loading angle and bed surface can result in further damages to the motorcycle or injury to the tow operator while attempting to position the motorcycle on the bed.

MOTORCYCLE TOWING
The towing and transporting of motorcycles can be a challenging and delicate process.

Attempts to load and secure a motorcycle on a car carrier can be difficult, awkward, and trying for a tow operator without the proper device.

RECOMMENDATION P

WE RECOMMEND THAT ALL MOTORCYCLES BE LOADED AND TRANSPORTED WITH A DEVICE THAT IS DESIGNED FOR THIS PURPOSE AND PROPERLY RATED. 315
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 107
NOTES_
316
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 108

RATINGS & TRUCK LIMITS
RATINGS- KNOW YOUR TRUCK’S LIMITS
Wheel-Lift Rating
The wheel-lift rating is the amount of weight that the wheel-lift can support safely. This weight rating does not change while static or dynamic, extended or retracted.

Tow Sling Rating
Most conventional towing slings have lift ratings which vary from 3,000 pounds to 3,500 pounds.

Tow Rating
The tow rating is the amount of weight that the wheel-lift or tow sling can support safely while in tow.

Haul Rating
The haul rating is the amount of weight that can be hauled on the bed of the carrier without exceeding the Front GAWR, Rear GAWR, or GVWR.

Chapter 12: RATINGS & TRUCK LIMITS
317
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 109
Tire Capacity
The tow truck equipment manufacturer specifies what tires are being used when determining the weights on the rating plate. The ratings can change if the tires are replaced with tires that are rated differently than the tires listed on the rating plate.

RATINGS- continued
Tire Configurations
Single Configuration: 2 tires per axle
Dual Configuration: 4 tires per axle single tire axle dual tire axle In the above noted Load and Inflation Table, it will show that the tire has a Maximum Tire Load single rating of 5,675 lb. and a dual tire Maximum Tire Load rating of 5,355 lb., both at a tire inflation pressure of 115 psi.

CERTIFICATION LABEL
Federal law requires that
the tow truck equipment
manufacturers installing
new equipment on
a new chassis must
certify the completed
vehicle by obtaining,
completing, and affixing a
certification label similar
to the example shown
here to the door post on
the driver’s side of the
vehicle.

From this label you can
understand your gross
vehicle weight rating,
gross front & rear axle
weight rating, tire rating,
etc.

DATE OF MANUFACTURE: ______ MO_____ YR
INCOMPLETE VEHICLE MANUFACTURED BY:

DATE INC. VEH. MFD. _________ MO ________ YR
GVWR _____________________________________
FAWR FRONT __________________________ with
_______________________________________ TIRES
____________ rims @______ psi cold ___________
RAWR REAR ___________________________ with
______________________________________ TIRES
____________ rims @ _____ psi cold ____________
Conformity of the chasis-cab to Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards, which have been previously fully certified by the incomplete vehicle manufacturer of intermediate vehicle manufacture has not been affected by final-stage manufacture.

The vehicle has been completed in accordance with the prior manufacturer’s instructions, where applicable. This vehicle conforms to all other applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards in effect in;
_________ MO _______ YR
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER:

VEHICLE TYPE: _____________________________
MANUFACTURED BY:

ABC TOW SALES

WEST SACRAMENTO, CA
07 15
General Motors Corp.
03 08
17,500
7,000
225 / 70R19.5F

19.5 95 SINGLE
13,500
225 / 70R19.5F

RATING PLATE
SERIAL
NUMBER

WINCH RATING

UNDER-LIFT
RATING
MANUFACTURER’S IN- FORMATION

BOOM RATING

WIRE ROPE
RATING

WARNINGS
&

DISCLAIMERS

B.) Equipment ratings could exceed chassis specifications.

C.) When not on level ground, always use additional safety precautions.

D.) If tires are replaced, it’s important to verify you meet or exceed the manufacturer's recommended ratings.

E.) Wheel-lifts will have ratings from 3,000 lbs. and up.

F.) Carriers made today will have ratings starting at 10,000 lbs.

G.) Do not operate any equipment without seeing, knowing, and understanding equipment ratings.

RATINGS & TRUCK LIMITS SAFETY REMINDERS
IMPORTANT i • GVWR AND GAWR REFER TO THE MAXIMUM LOADS THAT CAN BE APPLIED TO THE CHASSIS AND AXLES TO RETAIN PROPER BRAKING AND STEERING. • A TOW TRUCK'S BRAKING SYSTEM IS RATED FOR THE GVWR, NOT THE GCWR NOTE: SOME GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING (GCWR) APPLICATIONS WILL REQUIRE THE USE OF ADDITIONAL AUXILIARY BRAKING. CHECK THE MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS.

Chapter 12: RATINGS & TRUCK LIMITS
321
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 113
NOTES_
322
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 114
To truly understand the concept of “Safe Towing or Hauling Capacity", a trained operator must have knowledge of the effects that weight transfer has on a tow truck/carrier chassis when raising or loading a vehicle with the truck’s towing device, and the weight factors involved to determine a safe towing operation.

A calculation must be specifically done for each truck. Information necessary to determine safe towing or hauling capacity would include (but is not limited to) the front and rear axle weights, the tow truck’s wheelbase measured in inches, and the towing position overhang behind the rear axle.
• Steering Load - Towing must not proceed if it would result in the reduction of the tow truck’s front axle weight to less than 1/2 of its original unload weight. • Gross Vehicle Weight Rating - The truck chassis manufacturer’s Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) must NEVER be exceeded.
• Rear Axle Load - The tow truck’s Rear Axle Weight Rating (RAWR) must NEVER be exceeded.
• Towing Equipment - The rating for the towing equipment, wheel lift, or tow sling must NEVER be exceeded.

All other applicable equipment ratings, vehicle attachment procedures, and safety concerns you have previously learned in your Level 1 training, must also be considered and strictly adhered to during any towing procedure or process.

UNDERSTANDING ACRONYMS
Before you can start your calculations, you must know your tow truck/carrier:

FAW – Front Axle Weight – The static
weight by scale
RAW – Rear Axle Weight – The static
weight by scale
GVW - Gross Vehicle Weight – The static
weight by scale
GCW – Gross Combination Weight
OH – Overhang
LP – Lift Point
FGAWR – Front Gross Axle Weight Rating
RGAWR – Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating
GVWR – Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GCWR – Gross combination Weight
Rating
WB - Wheelbase
SSL – Safe Steering Load

FRONT AXLE

WEIGHT (FAW)

REAR AXLE

WEIGHT (RAW)

GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT (GVW)

GROSS COMBINATION WEIGHT (GCW)

STEERING LOAD (SL) VERSUS SAFE STEERING LOAD (SSL)
Steering Load – is the static weight of the front axle while empty and while towing.

Safe Steering Load – is maintaining more than 50% of the static weight of the front axle while towing.

The towing industry has adopted a formula which determines the amount of weight that a specific tow truck can lift while maintaining at least 50% of its front axle weight for safe steering and braking. Your ability to safely steer, brake, and control the tow truck is greatly reduced by not maintaining at least 50% of the original front axle weight. The length of the overhang of the wheel lift from the tow truck increases the weight on the tow truck’s rear axle and decreases the weight on the tow truck’s front axle.

The longer the wheelbase (effort side of the lever) of the tow truck, the more weight the truck can lift without compromising safe steering and braking. However, you should always take into account the RAWR and GVWR, which can limit the truck’s overall capacity to tow a vehicle safely and legally (as well as the lift rating and tow rating).

Fulcrum
Wheel Base Overhang
WARNING !

NEVER EXCEED THE WLL OF THE TOWING EQUIPMENT AND NEVER LOAD ANY

TRUCK CHASSIS OR AXLE(S) BEYOND THE RATINGS SPECIFIED BY THE TRUCK MANUFACTURER.

Chapter 13: SAFE TOWING & HAULING CAPACITY
325
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 117
To achieve SSL, you must not lift any vehicle on the towing device that reduces the weight of the front axle of the tow truck to less than one-half its unladen weight. The attaching and lifting of a vehicle to the rear of a tow truck does not transfer any weight to the front axle of the tow truck. To calculate SSL, use the following formula:

½ FAW × WB ÷ OH= SSL
Multiply half of the Front Axle Weight (FAW) by the Wheel Base (WB) and then divide the product by the Over Hang
(OH). This will give you the minimum Safe Steering Load.

See the example that uses this formula on the next page...

FRONT AXLE WEIGHT
FAW
(weight unloaded on a
scale)
WB

WHEEL BASE
(measured from the center
of the front axle to the
center of the rear axle)

OVER HANG
OH
(measured from the center
of the rear axle to the center
of the lift point)
rear axle lift point
IMPORTANT i
Check with your local and state regulations concerning minimum FAW. Some states will have a minimum set amount in their regulations. If your area uses a minimum set amount, you can use that amount as the answer to step 1 on the following page.

We recommend never to have less than ½ of the FAW at any time.

Chapter 13: SAFE TOWING & HAULING CAPACITY
326
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 118
Remember, Safe Steering Load (SSL) is calculated in three simple steps:
½ FAW × WB ÷ OH= SSL
SO, USING THE EXAMPLE BELOW:
1/2 (5,420 lbs.) x WB (169) ÷ OH (85) = 5,388 lbs

SAFE STEERING LOAD (SSL) - CALCULATIONS
Front Axle
5,420 lbs.

Wheel Base
169”
Rear Axle
7,700 lbs.

Over Hang
85”
Lift Point
STEP 1
Calculate ½ FAW →
FAW: 5,420 lbs. ÷= 2 ½ FAW: 2,710 lbs.

STEP 2
Calculate ½ FAW × WB →
½ FAW: 2,710 lbs. x= WB: 169 457,990 lbs.

STEP 3
Calculate (½ FAW × WB) ÷ OH →
457,990 lbs. ÷= OH: 85 : 5,388 lbs. TOW
LOAD
ANSWER: 5,388 lbs. is the maximum load that can be lifted, at 85 inches, AND retain 50% of the original Front Axle Load/Weight
Chapter 13: SAFE TOWING & HAULING CAPACITY
327
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 119

GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT RATING
Now that we
determined what the
SSL (5,388 lbs.) is for
this example, we must
make sure we are not
exceeding the GVWR
of the truck. This is
done in a simple
two-step process.

Step 1
To calculate the actual GVW of the truck, add the FAW, RAW, and the previously determined SSL:

FAW (5,420 lbs.) + RAW (7,700 lbs.) + SSL (5,388 lbs.) = GVW (18,508 lbs.) Step 2
Subtract the GVW from the GVWR:

GVWR (19,500 lbs.) – GVW (18,508 lbs.) = 992
In the example noted above, the GVW did not exceed the GVWR, therefore the SSL number does not change, so our SSL for this specific truck at 85” reach is still 5,388 lbs.

NOTE: If the GVW
was higher than
the manufacturer’s
recommended
GVWR, the difference
must be subtracted
from the SSL to avoid
overloading of the tow
truck.

FAW
5,420 lbs.

RAW
7,700 lbs.

SSL
5,388 lbs.

GVW + + = 18,508 lbs.

GVW
18,508 lbs.

GVWR
19,500 lbs. -= 992 lbs.

Front Axle
5,420 lbs.

Rear Axle
7,700 lbs.

REAR AXLE WEIGHT
We must make sure we are not exceeding the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating (RGAWR). To do this, we need to calculate what our new RAW is now that we are loaded with a vehicle. This is done by:
½ FAW + RAW + SSL = RAW (loaded)
So: ½ FAW (2710 lbs.) + RAW (7,700 lbs.) + SSL (5,388 lbs.) = 15,798 lbs.

We have our new RAW. If it's less than the RGAWR (13,500) we are good to go.

In the example above, the new RAW is greater than the RGAWR and this makes us overloaded. How much are we overloaded on the rear axle? RAL (15,798 lbs.) – RGAWR (13,500 lbs.) = Overload (2,298 lbs.) We are overloaded by 2,298 lbs. on the rear axle. The only way to reduce that number is to lift less weight. To determine the amount of weight we can lift and not be overloaded, we simply use the following calculation:

SSL (5,388 lbs.) – Overload (2,298 lbs.) = Lifting Capacity (3,090 lbs.) After calculating the SSL, GVWR, and RAL formulas, we have determined that the maximum lift for this specific truck is 3,090 lbs. with an 85-inch rear overhang.

NOTE:

Tow operators will find that they generally overload their rear axle before losing the Safe Steering Load. A professional, prudent, and properly trained tow operator will always check SSL, GVWR and GAWR before towing any vehicle. A clear understanding of truck and axle ratings is imperative.
-=
++ =
½ FAW
2,710 lbs.

RAW
7,700 lbs.

SSL
5,388 lbs.

RAW
(loaded)
15,798 lbs.

RGAWR
13,500 lbs.

Overload
2,298 lbs.

SSL
5,388 lbs.

Overload
2,298 lbs.

WHEEL-LIFT LIFT RATING
The lift rating is the amount of weight the wheel-lift can lift and support. Most common light duty wheel-lifts have a lift rating of 4,000 pounds. With a few exceptions, this rating is generally applied to the wheel-lift regardless if it is retracted or extended.
4,000 lbs. Maximum Load

WHEEL-LIFT TOW RATING
Tow rating is the amount of weight that a light duty wheel-lift can safely tow. This rating is a structural rating of the wheel-lift device and should be regarded as the maximum towing load for a wheel-lift tow truck. Towing loads exert a push-pull effect on the wheel-lift during use.
7,500 lbs. Maximum Load
After calculating the SSL, GWVR and RAL formulas, we compare our final Tow Load of 3,090 lbs. with the wheel-lift rating of 4,000. Since the Tow Load is lower than the wheel-lift rating, we are limited to the Tow Load of 3,090 lbs., and you will not exceed any of the manufacturer's ratings on the cab and chassis or wheel-lift.

IMPORTANT i

REDUCING THE OVERHANG OF THE WHEEL-LIFT WILL TRANSFER SOME OF

THE WEIGHT FROM THE REAR AXLE OF THE TOW TRUCK TO THE FRONT AXLE OF THE TOW TRUCK IMPROVING STEERING AND BRAKING.

WEIGHT & LOAD DISTRIBUTION ON A CARRIER
A car carrier’s load capability
is normally determined by the
truck's rear axle weight rating.

Rarely do the capacities of the
carrier bed or towing device
reach their maximum ratings
before the truck's rear axle rating
is exceeded. No car carrier should
ever be loaded in excess of the
manufacturer’s recommended
GVWR, FGAWR, or RGAWR.

Professional, prudent, and properly trained operators should ask the following questions before they proceed with the transporting / towing of any vehicle or load. • Is the vehicle I am loading and transporting within the capacity of the carrier bed and truck chassis, particularly the RGWAR?
• Can I safely load the vehicle(s) in order to achieve proper weight distribution? • Do I have all adequate and proper restraint
devices to ensure safe transport /towing?
• Are the total weights of all vehicles to be
transported / towed within the GVWR?
• Is there a chance that I may be exceeding the
front or rear axle rating?
• Do I have any doubt or hesitation about
proceeding with this transport / towing?
The transport / tow process should not proceed until the secured and loaded car carrier is within all ratings and within the maximum allowable limits as noted above.

It is true that some operators will often overload their car carriers. This is because they do not understand the seriousness and potential liability of transporting and towing vehicles when they overload the car carrier unit.

The following pages include examples that examine and review the car carrier’s safe operating ranges. The capabilities of car carriers installed on a specific truck should always consider the GVWR, RGAWR, towing device rating, and safe steering capacity.
331
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 123
Chapter 13: SAFE TOWING & HAULING CAPACITY
EXAMPLE #1: Dodge Ram 5500
Federal Sticker Capacity:
• FGAWR 7,000 lbs. (Front)
• RGAWR 13,500 lbs. (Rear)
• GVWR 19,500 lbs.

BOTH AXLES
GVWR 19,500 lbs.

GVW -14,420 lbs.

Remaining Load Capacity 5,080 lbs.

FRONT AXLE
FGAWR 7,000 lbs.

FAW -5,460 lbs.

Remaining Load capacity 1,540 lbs.

REAR AXLE
RGAWR 13,500 lbs.

RAW -8,960 lbs.

Remaining Load capacity 4,540 lbs.

EXAMPLE #1
NOTE: A truck chassis GVWR will determine the maximum load that can be imposed on that specific truck and its components. A higher GVWR may be necessary when transporting a heavier vehicle or loading two vehicles in the same transport / tow. Two vehicles will usually exceed the RGAWR.

Combine the two and it appears we have 5,080
lbs. available for our payload. The maximum
GVWR of the Truck is 19,500 lbs., once we
subtract the unladen weight 14,420 lbs. we only
have 5,080 lbs. of payload available. We are
aloud up to 1,540 lbs. on the front or up to 4,540
lbs. on the rear, however, no more than 5,080
lbs. between the two and still stay within GVWR,
FGAWR, and RGAWR.
332
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 124
Chapter 13: SAFE TOWING & HAULING CAPACITY
EXAMPLE #2: International 4300 Extra Cab
Federal Sticker Capacity:
• FGAWR 8,000 lbs. (Front)
• RGAWR 17,500 lbs. (Rear)
• GVWR 25,500 lbs.

BOTH AXLES
GVWR 25,500 lbs.

Unladen Weight -19,760 lbs.

Remaining Load Capacity 5,740 lbs.

FRONT AXLE
FGAWR 8,000 lbs.

FAW -7,300 lbs.

Payload Available 700 lbs.

REAR AXLE
RGAWR 17,500 lbs.

RAW -12,460 lbs.

Payload Available 5,040 lbs.

OVERLOADED! 400 lbs. RAW &/OR 330 lbs. GVW
IMPORTANT NOTE: Safety is the driving force behind the GVWR, FRONT GAWR, and REAR GAWR for any vehicle. If a vehicle is overloaded, several problems can result. For example, if the vehicle is too heavy, the brakes may not be substantial enough to slow down or stop the vehicle effectively; the suspension components can become ineffective or possibly even break under the added strain and tires that are overloaded generate more heat, making them more likely to blow out. For safety's sake, the GVW should never surpass the GVWR.

It's important to understand that a vehicle's GVWR is not a measurement of how much a vehicle actually weighs. A vehicle's actual weight is the gross vehicle weight, or GVW. The two numbers should not be confused -- the GVW of a vehicle is constantly changing, but the GVWR will always remain a constant.

EXAMPLE #2
FAW 7,980 lbs.

RAW 17,900 lbs
GVW 25,880 lbs.

FGAWR 8,000 lbs.

SERVICE CALLS
Chapter 14: SERVICE CALLS

JUMP-START SAFETY
When jump-starting a vehicle, always use the following precautions:
• Wear latex gloves and remove jewelry.
• Wear safety glasses and/or shield your face and eyes. • Examine the battery for damage or a sulfur smell which can indicate that the battery should not be jump-started.
• Check the manufacturer’s recommendations for jump-starting a vehicle. Some manufacturers advise that the heater fan should be in the “on” position when jump-starting the vehicle. Other manufacturers advise that a fuse should be pulled prior to jump-starting the vehicle.
• Check to confirm that the vehicle’s transmission is in “park” and that the parking brake is set.
• Keep flames, sparks, or lit cigarettes away from the area. Remember, gases around the battery can cause it to explode.
• Do not allow customers or bystanders in your work area. • Position yourself out of harm's way in case vehicle moves upon starting.

FILLER CAP

COMPARTMENT

NEGATIVE

TERMINAL

POSITIVE

TERMINAL

BOLT STYLE

SPRING RING

BASIC JUMP-STARTING PROCEDURES
• Use only a 12 volt battery to start a 12 volt system. • If the battery is not a “maintenance free” type, then check to make sure battery fluid level is at the proper level.
• Make sure that all accessories of the vehicle are in the “off” position unless otherwise indicated by the manufacturer.
• Remove the ignition key from the ignition switch while making any cable connections.
• Shut off any interior lights and close all doors before attaching cable connections. • If using a socket box, attach the cables to the socket box of the tow truck, keeping the positive and negative clamps separate.
• Always connect the positive clamp to the positive terminal of the vehicle’s battery, or designated “jump post.”
• Always attach the negative terminal to the engine block or any other area at least 18 inches away from the battery that is metallic and will act as a ground. • Make sure the cables are not in the way of any moving parts. • Stand away from the battery and start the vehicle.
• Be sure both vehicles are idling at normal speed before disconnecting jumper cables. • Disconnect jumper cables in reverse order of hook-up. • Coil-up your jumper cables and stow in a proper manner.

THINGS TO REMEMBER
• Be sure to check the vehicle’s owner manual for specific jump-starting instruction as many vehicles have special procedures to follow. You may also check the AAA manual for jump-starting guidelines.
• Sometimes it is necessary to allow the battery to charge with the cables connected before there are enough amps for the engine to turn over. It may also be necessary to check the clamps to ensure that there is a good connection to the battery. • Batteries contain sulfuric acid which burns skin, eyes, and clothing. If acid touches your skin, eyes, or clothes, immediately flush the area with water for 15 minutes. • Never push-start a vehicle.
336
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 128
Chapter 14: SERVICE CALLS

FUEL DELIVERY
When delivering fuel to a motorist, use the following
precautions:
• Gasoline is extremely dangerous! It is highly
flammable!
• Store the fuel in an approved container only. The lid should fit tightly. The container should be properly
labeled.
• Always fill portable gas containers off of your vehicle.

Set fuel containers on the ground while filling to
properly ground them.
• Ensure that the container is secured on your truck so that it will not tip or spill on your way to the motorist.
• Keep your work area clear of bystanders and motorists. Ensure there is no danger of igniting fuel vapors; cell phones should not be used while pouring fuel and all smoking materials should be extinguished.
• Use a flexible spout to pour gas. This will help minimize fuel spills. • Do not prime the carburetor to start the vehicle. Priming a carburetor can cause serious flash back, damage and injuries.
• Avoid breathing gasoline fumes. And NEVER siphon gasoline by mouth. • Only fill fuel containers to about 95% capacity.
• To avoid eye and skin contact, wear safety glasses and gloves.

WARNING !
JUST ONE GALLON OF GASOLINE IS EQUIVALENT TO 14 STICKS OF DYNAMITE IN EXPLOSIVE FORCE.

IMPORTANT i

PROPER PROCEDURE FOR PROVIDING FLAT TIRE SERVICE
1) Secure the vehicle
• Set the emergency brake.
• Ensure that transmission selector is in “Park”.
• Chock a tire on the vehicle which is not flat, diagonal from the flat tire. 2) Check to determine a good spare is available
• Check spare tire, if equipped.
• Check air pressure.
• Check wheel & bolt pattern for use on this vehicle.
• If necessary, check the tools to release spare.
3) Prior to jacking or lifting vehicle
• Check vehicle lift point.
• Check jacking instructions for specific vehicle.
• Determine how to remove hubcaps, beauty rings, center caps, locks, etc. • Check lug nuts.
4) Removing the flat and installing the spare
• Remove lug nuts, then remove flat.
• Set the hub caps and lug nuts in a safe place.
• Take care to set hub caps, wheel, or covers so that no damage occurs. • Check wheel for correct fit and alignment to hub.
• Start lug nuts by hand and carefully check threads.
• If something isn’t quite right, STOP, and resolve the issue. • Get advice if necessary.
• Only use wheels and lugs designed for the vehicle.
5) Completing the tire change
• Hand tighten all lugs in alternating pattern, then fully tighten the lug nuts to the proper torque.
• Ensure beveled end of lug is faced toward the wheel (unless it is a custom wheel).
• Reinstall hubcaps or trim rings and double check fit. • Temporary or mini spares may not accept hubcaps.
• Stow flat tire properly; do not allow wheel or tire to soil or damage storage area.

Chapter 14: SERVICE CALLS
338
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 130
Chapter 14: SERVICE CALLS
• Remember that hydraulic jacks can be heavy, so use proper lifting procedures to avoid injuries.
• Inspect the floor jack before each use. Do not use if broken, bent, cracked, damaged, or leaking fluid.
• Floor jack must be labeled with its rated capacity. Do not exceed the rated capacity. • Use only on hard, level surfaces. Lifting a vehicle on uneven surfaces may cause the vehicle to tip over or fall off the floor jack during use. • Lift only on designated areas of the vehicle as specified by the vehicle manufacturer. The vehicle owner’s manual should provide the location of the approved jacking points.
• Use the “rubber saddle” contact area of the hydraulic jack to protect the vehicle and avoid slipping or damage. Position the hydraulic jack so that the “rubber saddle” is centered under the lifting point.
• Always chock the wheels of the vehicle being lifted with appropriate devices to prevent the vehicle from moving, to ensure lifting stability. • Immediately after lifting, support the vehicle with appropriately rated vehicle stands.
• Never work on, under, or around any load supported by the hydraulic jack. Keep yourself clear and away, in the event of sudden movement or vehicle coming off the jack. Keep your hands and feet clear of the jack hinge mechanism and ground contact area.
• Never allow a customer, bystander, or any other person near or around the work area and never allow anyone to assist you who is not familiar with the operating instructions of the hydraulic jack.
• Do not allow the hydraulic jack or the jack handle to be positioned towards passing traffic, which is a tripping hazard.
• Do not attempt to move or “dolly” a vehicle while
loaded on the hydraulic jack.
• Lower the vehicle carefully and slowly, keeping
everyone away from the immediate area.
• Properly stow the hydraulic jack and jack handle
after each use.

HYDRAULIC FLOOR JACKS
Tow trucks and car carriers commonly carry a hydraulic
floor jack for tire changing or vehicle towing preparation.

For your safety and the safety of others at each scene, you must read, understand, and follow the information
provided by the hydraulic jack manufacturer. An operator must be aware and knowledgeable of the safe and proper
use.
339
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 131
Chapter 14: SERVICE CALLS
A.) Keep the motorist and bystanders away from your work area and do not allow them to assist you. Never proceed with flat tire service if the area is unsafe for you. Move the vehicle to a different and safe location.

B.) Any vehicle which has after-market or custom wheels should be checked for proper installation instructions. Do not service any vehicle with modified hubs, lugs, or bolt patterns until specific instructions are known and applied.

C.) Check manufacturer’s instructions on installing a spare whenever possible. Some manufacturers suggest that the spare only be used to replace a front tire or a rear tire. Other manufacturers provide different bolts for use with spare tires.

D.) Four wheel or all-wheel drive vehicles require specific precautions.

FLAT TIRE SERVICE SAFETY REMINDERS

PASSENGER

CAR TIRE

WIDTH OF TIRE

IN MILLIMETERS

RATIO OF HEIGHT TO

WIDTH (ASPECT RATIO)

RADIAL DIAMETER OF

WHEEL IN INCHES

LOAD INDEX &

SPEED SYMBOL
U.S. DOT SAFETY

STANDARD CODE

TREAD WEAR

INDICATORS

MAX COLD

INFLATION &

LOAD LIMIT TIRE PLY

COMPOSITION &

BASIC RECOVERY
Light duty recovery is part of our industry which can bring some of the most challenging and rewarding moments. A thorough understanding of your equipment, a well thought out plan, and awareness of your surroundings will lead to the safe completion of a vehicle recovery.

The following are just some of the basic guidelines for you to consider. Each recovery job will have its own merits and must be individually addressed. Don’t proceed with a recovery unless you are certain that it can be accomplished safely. You are obligated, first and foremost, to operate your tow truck and equipment safely.

WARNING !

NEVER TIE DOWN OR ANCHOR THE FRONT END OF THE TOW TRUCK DURING A RECOVERY. THIS CAN RESULT IN SEVERE DAMAGE TO YOUR TRUCK'S FRAME AND RECOVERY EQUIPMENT.

DO NOT USE THE WHEEL-LIFT AS AN ANCHOR OR TO STABILIZE THE RECOVERY VEHICLE, DUE TO THE POTENTIAL FOR DAMAGE TO THE TRUCK FRAME AND WHEELLIFT.

ALWAYS USE WHEEL CHOCKS, SET YOUR TRANSMISSION IN “P”, PARK POSITION, AND SET THE PARKING BRAKES.

NEVER USE A CAR CARRIER THAT IS NOT DESIGNED TO DO RECOVERY WORK, AS THEY ARE NOT SUITABLE FOR THIS PURPOSE. YOU MAY DAMAGE OR BREAK THE

BED AND/OR THE TRUCK CHASSIS AND POSSIBLY CAUSE SERIOUS INJURIES TO YOURSELF OR BYSTANDERS.

NEVER USE ANY EQUIPMENT IN A MANNER THAT IT WAS NOT DESIGNED FOR.

Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY
342
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 134
A complete understanding of your truck chassis and towing equipment capacity is a must. In addition, a knowledge of winch, chain, wire rope capacities, and all related equipment is essential.

Any equipment used during a recovery should be designed for that specific use. All equipment must be inspected before each use. Do not rig any recovery with equipment which may be damaged, worn, or missing its rating tag.

KNOW YOUR EQUIPMENT
!
Study all aspects of the recovery scene. Check in with the scene manager (if available) for any issues such as land access, recovery path, hazardous materials, or traffic management concerns.

SURVEY THE SCENE
Move all bystanders to a safe position. Law enforcement can assist you with this task. Request any additional equipment or assistance you may need to complete the recovery
safely. Think before you act and do not take any chances.

Remember to always request assistance if you are not sure of what to do.

SECURE THE SCENE
Properly position your truck and estimate the amount of resistance you will have to overcome to successfully recover the vehicle. Keep in mind that you need to consider the vehicle’s weight, the extent of damage and number of damaged tires on the vehicle, the surface type, and the grade that the vehicle will be recovered over. Rig up for the amount of pull estimated and stabilize your truck. Never “tie-down” or secure the front end of the tow truck. Allow for ample room for the vehicle to be recovered.

ESTABLISH A PLAN
Put your plan into action. Keep a sharp eye on all aspects of the recovery as it happens. If the vehicle stops moving during the recovery, stop and check your rigging to find the problem(s) before proceeding. Don’t operate the recovery at a fast pace.

Running your hydraulics at excessive speeds can cause mistakes and also damage the hydraulic system components.

RECOVERY BOOMS
Recovery booms, as the
name suggests, are used
during rollover and recovery
operations. Generally
speaking, recovery booms
in the light duty class are
rated at 16,000 pounds (8
tons) fully retracted, and
rated 4,000 pounds (2 tons)
fully extended. The hydraulic
boom is also used when
towing with a tow sling.

Recovery booms can be
hydraulically extended, retracted, raised, or lowered on most tow trucks. Booms have a rating plate with the manufacturer’s working load limits. Ratings are based on the structural design of the tow truck rather than stability. The working load limits are given for both extended and retracted. Boom ratings decrease as the boom is extended. Rigging in a manner which establishes a low center of gravity brings more stability to your boom work. Operate all of the controls slowly and smoothly and rig to keep the load as close to the ground as possible as it moves.

Secure the boom on a D-ring on the bed when pulling off the side of the boom to help to prevent damage to the boom. Never extend and boom out without ensuring that there is sufficient slack in the wire rope.

Recovery booms are equipped with a sheave or pulley on the end and wire rope is routed from the winch, over the boom sheave and through the sheave guide. It is important that the swaged end of the wire rope does not contact the guide or sheave under tension while winching in because of potential damage. Never allow anyone to walk or stand near or under a suspended load, or a winch line that is under tension.

WARNING !

CALCULATING A SIMPLE RECOVERY
Before attempting any recovery, it is necessary to calculate an estimate of the amount of resistance that will be encountered. The amount of force, effort, or pull required is determined by a simple process and can easily be done at the recovery scene. If this process is not followed, you will NOT know if the working load limits for equipment are exceeded, leading to equipment failure.

It should be understood that all recovery estimates are approximated calculations, but should provide enough information to allow the recovery operator to safely perform each job, and remain within the manufacturer’s equipment ratings.

IMPORTANT i

YOU, AS THE OPERATOR, HAVE A RESPONSIBILITY AND DUTY TO TAKE DUE DILIGENCE IN THE PRESERVATION OF PROPERTY INVOLVED IN THE RECOVERY PROCESS.

WILLFULLY DISREGARDING AND/OR NEGLECTING PROPER CARE, PROCEDURE, OR

CUSTODY DURING ANY PART OF THE RECOVERY PROCESS CAN BE CONSIDERED AS AN ACT OF NEGLIGENCE, AND YOU COULD BE HELD LEGALLY OR CRIMINALLY LIABLE.

Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY

RECOVERY FORMULA
The generally understood recovery formula is;

R (+ / -) G + D = TL
R - rolling resistance G - gradient D - damage (drag) TL -Total Load This formula will allow you to arrive at the total load and enable you to safely and correctly rig your casualty vehicle for a successful recovery. 345
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 137

CALCULATING A SIMPLE RECOVERY
Using the resistance charts from the next page, we can estimate our line loads by following this basic recovery formula and gathering the following information:

1. VEHICLE WEIGHT: To estimate the vehicle's weight, you can check the vehicle’s B pillar, owner’s manual or tow manual or the sidewall of the vehicle tires for maximum weight rating and add the ratings together to get an approximate vehicle weight. This will be the basis for our estimate, but is not a factor to calculate into the recovery estimate.

2. ROLLING RESISTANCE: Refers to the surface the vehicle is on and the resistance it will encounter as you move the vehicle during the recovery process. If the vehicle must be recovered over several different surfaces, use the higher surface resistance figure.

3. GRADIENT RESISTANCE: Refers to the grade or slope that the vehicle is situated on or will be moving on during the recovery process.

4. DAMAGE RESISTANCE: refers to the amount of resistance caused by the vehicle’s ability to roll. This calculation is computed for any wheel which does not roll in the direction of the recovery.

Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY
346
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 138
Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY
ROLLING RESISTANCE: R (+/-) G + D = TL
This refers to the surface or ground the vehicle is sitting on or will be recovered from.

There will be a varied amount of different surface condition from hard surfaces to extreme mud/mired surfaces that affect rolling resistance. Use the “Surface Resistance” chart and choose the best description available to determine the percentage of resistance for calculating how to move the vehicle over that surface/ ground.

ROLLING RESISTANCE SURFACE CHART
SURFACE TYPE PERCENTAGE OF VEHICLE’S WEIGHT

RESISTING
CONCRETE OR ASPHALT (HARD) 10%
GRASS OR GRAVEL (FIRM) 33%
SAND, MUSH, OR SNOW (SOFT) 66%
MUD - TIRE DEPTH 100%
MUD - WHEEL DEPTH 200%
MUD - BODY DEPTH 300%
IMPORTANT i
Vehicles stuck in mud can also have surface suction resistance making it seem impossible to winch out or recover the vehicle at all. The only way to break suction is to attach your recovery line to the vehicle, tension the line until you determine you have produced an ample amount of effort, wait a minute or two, then tension again. Repeat this process. With patience, you can overcome the resistance and eventually recover the vehicle, but will still be faced with the mud recovery. Another option is to remove the mud around the wheels. 347
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 139
DAMAGE RESISTANCE R (+/-) G + D = TL
This refers to the ability of the vehicle to roll on its wheels. Damage, locked brakes, or flat tires will affect the amount of resistance you encounter during the winching process.

NUMBER OF TIRES DAMAGED
1 2
3 PERCENTAGE OF VEHICLE’S

WEIGHT RESISTING
25%
50%
75%
4 100%

DAMAGE RESISTANCE CHART
Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY
GRADIENT/SLOPE RESISTANCE R (+/-) G + D = TL

DEGREE & TYPE OF GRADE
0° (LEVEL GROUND)
15° UP SLOPE

GRADIENT RESISTANCE CHART
30° UP SLOPE
PERCENTAGE OF VEHICLE’S

WEIGHT RESISTING
0%
25%
50%
45° UP SLOPE 75%
This refers to the slope or angle the vehicle is resting on. Any slope or angle in your recovery will increase the amount of resistance you will have to overcome and increase tension on your recovery line. Use the “Gradient /Slope Resistance” chart to calculate the resistance you will have to overcome.
348
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 140
Add the factors to determine the vehicle's total resistance as shown below. 3,000 Pound Vehicle
SURFACE TYPE:

SLOPE:

DAMAGE:

GRASS
30°
1 WHEEL
1,000 lbs.
1,500 lbs.
750 lbs.

TOTAL RESISTANCE 3,250 lbs.

The recovery shown below is a simple recovery which is common in our industry.

Based on the factors involved, we have estimated that our line load has 3,250 pounds of resistance.
3,000 lbs.

FLAT TIRE
30°

EXAMPLE
Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY
349
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 141
A.) Do not attempt any recovery without a complete understanding of your tow truck’s recovery and equipment ratings, and knowledge of light duty towing and recovery safety procedures.

B.) Estimate each recovery on its merits and inspect your equipment before each use to determine if it is safe to begin recovery.

C.) Always use wheel chocks before beginning a recovery or while parked.

D.) Never tie down or chain the front end of a tow truck during recovery operations.

E.) If you are making a heavy pull and you notice that the winch is still winding in wire rope but the vehicle you are recovering has stopped moving, stop and check the vehicle and rigging.

F.) Plan your recovery for the easiest and safest path; evaluate each scenario for safety.

G.) Always try to work off the rear of the truck bed; avoid side pulls if possible.

H.) Maintain a safe area of clearance at a recovery scene in the event that you have wire rope or equipment failure. Never allow customers or bystanders in line of your recovery wire rope.

I.) Position yourself low and close to the tow truck body as you work a recovery job. Do not place any part of your body under the tow truck or behind the truck’s wheels.

J.) Do not use the wheel-lift as an anchor point or spade during recovery.

K.) Remember that heavy pulls can damage equipment. Any recovery beyond 7,000 lb. may require the use of a medium or heavy duty tow truck.

L.) Be aware of any possible damage to the roadway or other property while positioning a tow truck or during a recovery.

M.) Do not attach anchor lines to any trees, pillars, poles, or vehicles, etc. unless you have permission and are confident that it will be safe.

N.) Allow enough space for the casualty vehicle as you recover the vehicle to the tow truck.

O.) Always use your own equipment for recoveries; DO NOT use another operator's equipment. Never use any equipment that is not familiar, as its ratings and/or condition may not be suitable for use.

P.) It is recommended that recoveries be done at standard truck idle speeds. Caution should be used when deciding to engage a throttle cable control or electronic “idle up” truck features.

RECOVERY SAFETY REMINDERS
WARNING !

IT IS NOT POSSIBLE FOR THIS MANUAL TO CONTAIN DETAILED INFORMATION FOR ALL RECOVERY SCENARIOS. EVERY RECOVERY OPERATOR MUST BE RESPONSIBLE

FOR THEIR OWN ACTIONS AND MUST NOT PROCEED UNLESS THEY ARE CERTAIN THAT EVERYONE IS SAFE FROM JEOPARDY AND RECOVERY METHODS ARE SAFE.

RIGHTING AN OVERTURN
As a tow truck operator, you will most likely encounter an incident where it may be necessary to upright an overturned vehicle back onto its wheels. Overturned vehicles may be resting on their tops, on their sides, or in precarious situations. Careful observation of the entire scene and interaction with scene managers will better prepare you for a productive and efficient uprighting process.

There are several common uprighting methods which are noted in the following pages; most incidents can be easily and quickly cleared once a determination is made on which method will be used. The decision must be appropriate for the recovery at hand. Consider all pertinent factors, then apply the best possible method of application.

Remember that it will be necessary to hook up and tow the vehicle away after the recovery, so keep this in mind during the planning stages to ease with the removal of the vehicle afterwards. If you are not certain about any part of the uprighting procedure, ask for help from a qualified source. Never rush or hurry the process as this may cause you to make mistakes or overlook simple items.

STANDARD UPRIGHTING PROCEDURES
Light duty uprighting procedures are fairly simple and can be safely accomplished by a qualified operator using the proper truck/equipment. Your goal should be to perform a recovery operation in the safest and most expeditious manner possible.

No uprighting procedure should begin without first contacting emergency personnel and the scene manager, as well as detailing your intended recovery process. You must follow all directions and requests from scene managers as you get approval to proceed. In addition, you must not park or position your recovery vehicle in a manner that would interfere or obstruct the work of the emergency first responders.

If there is no law enforcement, fire department, or rescue personnel at the scene, you must take steps in providing scene safety for everyone in the area until such time that you can transfer this duty to the appropriate personnel.

The recovery truck and equipment must be of the proper size and capacity for the work being done. Car carriers and/or flatbeds have limited abilities and generally do not fit into this category. Using a flatbed incorrectly for recovery work could potentially damage the truck bed or frame and create unsafe conditions.

ROLLOVER/RECOVERY EQUIPMENT
The following is a partial list of commonly used recovery equipment utilized during the uprighting of overturned passenger vehicles:
• Recovery chains of small lengths with grab hooks or chain shortener links. • Roll-Over Chain assembly consisting of a pear ring, two ten-foot legs and grab hooks attached on each leg.
• Recovery straps, 4”X12’ for standard passenger vehicles, 4”X20’ for larger SUV’s and vans.
• Snatch Blocks of the proper size and rating for use with the wire rope on the recovery truck.
• 20’ recovery chain assembly with grab hooks on each end. • Roll-Over Stiff leg, notched and bolt strengthened on each end (4X4 lumber), 48 inches long.
• Miscellaneous lumber pieces to aid in recovery support or damage prevention. • Strap shackles, recovery reach rigging tools, duct tape, and mechanic’s wire.

UPRIGHTING AN OVERTURNED CASUALTY
The uprighting of overturned light duty passenger vehicles should be a simple and quick process when done by a trained, qualified operator. Most circumstances don’t require a complex strategy or recovery process. However, careful and calculated steps must be taken to ensure a safe, successful uprighting and clearing of the scene.

Do not be persuaded to take risky or uncertain actions by scene managers or first responders. You may be under pressure from those wanting to quickly clear the scene or rush the recovery process and others may also want to provide advice on how to do your job. DO NOT be tempted or coerced by anyone into any unsafe or uncertain operation. Remember, YOU are the most knowledgeable person on scene to conduct the uprighting operation.

UPRIGHTING PRECAUTIONS
Vehicles are not designed to be on their roofs or sides. Always check the integrity of the vehicle structure, the condition of the battery(s) and fuel system, its damaged components and stability before you begin any work on an overturned vehicle. Take all necessary precautions to resolve any concerns prior to the uprighting process. The following is a partial list of items for your attention. • Check and ensure that all equipment, including the recovery vehicle, is in good operating condition and the rigging is within its safe operating capacity. • Check and clear anyone in the immediate area, including bystanders. Do not proceed until clear and stop the uprighting process should anyone enter the recovery area.
• Check the surface area the overturned vehicle is sitting on. Determine if there are any problems or concerns that may affect the uprighting process. • Check the vehicle for leaking automotive fluids, battery acid, etc. Resolve any problems or get assistance from first responders if necessary. • Check and determine recovery path, as well as possible obstacles for a clear uprighting process.

ROLLOVER OF A VEHICLE TOWARDS RECOVERY TRUCK
This procedure assumes the vehicle is sitting on its roof.

Step 1)
Position the recovery truck perpendicular to the overturned vehicle. Allow enough space between the overturned vehicle and your truck to clear as the vehicle rolls on its side, then space to land on its wheels, plus a margin of safety. Set your transmission in “Park”, firmly set the truck’s parking brake, and chock the wheels.

Step 2)
Inspect the recovery area, vehicle, and recovery path. Clear all obstacles, and arrange for recovery area/scene control. Resolve any other concerns.

Step 3)
Attach the recovery chains to the vehicle’s far, uppermost side. Route the chains across the vehicle and attach the winch line to the bridle. The chain should be secured and positioned for easy detachment after the vehicle is righted.

Step 4)
Winch the vehicle up and onto its side, then onto its wheels. Once the vehicle is on its side, this is a good time to re-check placement of wheel chocks/lumber to ensure the vehicle will not roll away after it is uprighted. There should be no reason to re-rig or make adjustments during the process, but if you have concerns, immediately stop and check all connections and make any necessary corrections. As the vehicle begins to drop, boom down to prevent the vehicle from landing on the winch line.

ROLLING A VEHICLE AWAY FROM RECOVERY TRUCK
This procedure assumes that the vehicle is sitting on its roof.

Step 1)
Back up to the vehicle and position the recovery truck in a perpendicular position to the overturned vehicle, but very close and the boom centered to the vehicle’s body.

Set your transmission in “Park”, firmly set the truck’s parking brake, and chock the wheels.

Step 2)
Inspect the recovery area and vehicle. Secure the recovery area. Wheel chocks and/or lumber should be set to prevent the vehicle from rolling once it’s back on its wheels.

Step 3)
Make a rigging attachment with the roll-over chain assembly. Secure each leg of the roll-over chain to the frame or sturdy suspension component. It should be routed under the vehicle’s roof, up to the frame structure evenly attached near the front and rear tire area. The winch line is then attached securely to the pear ring or center of the bridle. Rigging should be evenly adjusted as the line is tensioned.

The decision to either allow the vehicle to fall onto its wheels with gravity or to lower the vehicle under control with a catch line can be made at this point. A slower and controlled catch line is desired when there are limited space or obstructions.

Step 4)
Winch the vehicle up and onto its side, then onto its wheels. Once on its side, recheck placed wheel chocks/lumber to ensure the vehicle will not roll after it is uprighted. There should be no reason to re-rig or make adjustments during the process. If you have any concerns, stop immediately and make any necessary corrections.

UPRIGHTING ROLLOVER VEHICLE PULL-DOWN METHOD
This procedure assumes that the vehicle is sitting on its side.

Step 1)
Position the recovery truck in a perpendicular position to the overturned vehicle, allowing enough space between the casualty vehicle and the wheel-lift, so that the vehicle can be
lowered back
onto its wheels
without setting
it on top of
the towing
device. Set your
transmission in
“Park”, firmly set the truck’s parking brake, and chock the wheels.

Step 2)
Rig a line through a “low point” snatch block, attached to one of the dedicated “D” rings on the
tailboard. The line
angle must be low
enough to create
a “down-pull”
effect. A recovery
chain is attached
to the frame or
a sturdy suspension component (of the overturned vehicle), leaving little to no slack.

After attaching the line to the chain, secure and center your rigging, keeping in mind that the rigging should be positioned for easy detachment.

Step 3) A second recovery chain can also be placed on the uppermost frame or suspension component. Using a second winch line attached to act as a “catch” line, will follow the
vehicle as it is
lowered down
gently back onto
its wheels. This
may require
extending the
recovery boom
out and up over the vehicle. This of course, happens simultaneously when done by a skillful operator.

SINGLE LANE ROLLOVER
This procedure allows the recovery unit to “end roll” an overturned vehicle that is lying on its roof back onto its wheels continuously, without re-rigging. If done correctly, the vehicle should land directly behind the recovery truck, ready to attach and quickly remove from the scene.

This can be accomplished with a single or dual line recovery truck, but for the purposes of our demonstration, we will describe the single line method. Remember that all previously noted safety precautions and recommendations apply to any uprighting/recovery process.

Note: The size, weight, and shape of the overturned vehicle may affect this procedure.

In addition, the boom position and line angle will greatly affect the ability of the vehicle to begin to roll. A professional tow operator should evaluate each uprighting scenario and choose the best solution. DO NOT attempt to catch the vehicle with your second line. Doing so may cause the vehicle to spin or twist.

Step 1)
Position the recovery truck so that it is in front of the overturned vehicle and offset in a manner that will allow space for the vehicle to end up directly behind the unit (in the customary hook-up position) after the uprighting procedure. The position must provide enough clearance so that the vehicle will not come down onto its wheels and land on top of the wheel-lift or hit the tailboard.

Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY
357
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 149
Step 2)
Lower the wheel-lift near the ground surface, free-spool the winch, take a 4”X12’ recovery strap, two shackles, and short recovery chain to the casualty vehicle.

Step 3)
Set the vehicle in park, set the parking brake, and/or make provisions so that the vehicle cannot possibly roll after being uprighted (e.g. By setting out wheel chocks).

Step 4)
Make your attachment on the vehicle to the opposite side of the tow unit position. Locate an area just forward or rearward of the rear tire and attach the recovery chain to the frame or strong suspension component. Secure the chain to the shackle and shackle to the recovery strap. Route the strap from the rear wheel opening around the vehicle running over the rear window post section, then across the roof section. The strap should then come up the other side along the door jam post. This area will be approximately halfway between the front and rear tire. This will be the point at which you attach the winch line from the recovery truck.

Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY
358
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 150
Step 5)
Lower and extend the recovery boom. Tension the winch line and re-check all line attachments and connections. Once certain everything is secure, slowly winch in the recovery line.

Remember, you are rolling the vehicle over on the ground; too much lift will slide or shift the vehicle out of position. You will immediately know this by the reaction you see from the tensioning of the winch line. If
you get any sliding or turning
of the vehicle, immediately
STOP! Re-position the strap
or make the necessary
boom adjustment to begin
the rolling process. Once
the vehicle begins the roll,
continue as it comes over
onto its side, and then onto
its wheels. Keep a close eye
throughout the entire process
keeping safety in mind as
you perform each and every
procedure.

The entire process normally
takes less than five minutes.

Use wise judgment to
determine when it is proper
and appropriate to use this
technique.

All uprighting techniques
must be practiced in a tow
yard environment until you
are confident enough to
skillfully perform at a recovery
scene. Do not use the streets
or highways under real conditions to test/practice your skills. Get assistance from a qualified recovery operator should you have any doubt about your ability to safely and quickly upright any vehicle.

SNATCH BLOCKS
Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS
IMPORTANT i
SNATCH BLOCKS MUST BE REGULARLY INSPECTED, LUBRICATED AND MAINTAINED.

A snatch block is a device consisting of a sheave, side plates, and an end fitting hook that is used for lifting or pulling a load. When properly used, a snatch block can reduce tension on a line or change direction in a rigging.

Any snatch block used in a recovery situation must
have a rating plate which provides the working load
limit of that block. A snatch block (or multiple lines) must be used when a load would exceed the working
load limit of your wire rope.

In light duty applications, a snatch block of 4 ton
capacity-accepting a 3/8” wire rope on its sheave
would be the minimum size to use.

A properly attached snatch block hook should be free to align itself with the direction of pull. Do not allow the block to be forced against another object (“side” or “tip" load), thus causing the block to be loaded unevenly; it could result in the snatch block binding or failing.

To gain a 2 to 1 mechanical advantage to reduce line tension while winching a vehicle with a single line tow truck, you would route the wire rope through a snatch block attached to the load and then hook the wire rope to the back of your tow truck. It is best to limit the number of snatch blocks in each line to three. More than three snatch blocks will increase cable friction, thus reducing the effectiveness of the snatch blocks.

It is important to know that only lines that are properly attached to a load reduce tension. A snatch block that is moving with a load is reducing tension, while a snatch block that does not move with the load is just changing direction or is being used as an anchor.

For safety reasons, the hook portion of a snatch block should always have the tip of the hook pointing upward when tension is applied. Should there be a failure in the rigging, the snatch block and wire rope would tend to be directed towards the ground. 361
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 153

SIDE PLATE

CENTER PIN

LOCK PIN

SHANK & NUT

FITTING HOOK

SNATCH BLOCK CONSTRUCTION AND USE
Note: An end fitting can also be a shackle.
• When properly used, a snatch block can reduce line tension or change direction of a line.
• A snatch block must have a rating plate which provides information on the working load limit and appropriate size wire rope to be applied on that block. • Snatch blocks used in light duty applications should have a manufacturer’s rating of at least 4-tons.
• The weight of any load applied on a snatch block must be seated in the throat area of the hook.
• Snatch blocks must be regularly inspected, lubricated, and maintained. • The hook of a snatch block should be positioned with the hook point (open part) facing in an upward direction during any application.

Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS

FITTING HOOK

SHANK & NUT

LOCK PIN

SNATCH BLOCKS IN RECOVERY RIGGING TERMS
Rigging is the application of wire rope and various related components, used in combination to lift or pull loads. Snatch blocks are a part of this process. Depending on where and how they are applied, they are termed and defined as follows:

Fixed Block
A block attached to a stationary object (anchor) is
classified as a fixed block. The sheave of a fixed block permits a change of direction of the wire rope and acts as a first class lever. The wire rope enters from one side of the sheave from the source of effort, passes around
the sheave, and returns to the resistance. The sheave
pin acts as the fulcrum.

Running Block
A block attached to a load and moves with the load is
classified as a running block. A running block will gain mechanical advantage at angles up to 120 degrees,
and its sheave functions as a second-class lever. The
sheave is reeved in the same manner as the fixed block; however, the load location is on the sheave pin. The
fulcrum is at one side of the sheave, and the effort is exerted on the opposite side. Effort distance is twice
the resistance distance; the result is 2 to 1 mechanical advantage. The line speed will be reduced.

Floating Block:

A block used with a tow cable to allow the pull of the
cable to align with the source of power is known as a
floating block. A floating block provides no mechanical advantage. It allows the pull to be equally distributed to both tow attachments (hooks) to the disabled
vehicle.

LOAD
LOAD
LOAD

ANCHOR POINT

SNATCH BLOCK, LINE AND RIGGING TERMS
The following terms are crucial:

Fall Line:

The line from the source of effort (winch) to the first block in the rigging. There is only one fall line in a rigging system.

Return Line:

The lines between the blocks or the line from the sheave of the block to the point where the end of the line is attached.

Dead Line: The lines used to attach blocks or other equipment to the load or to an anchor point.

Anchor Point:

A point or place of support where rigging components can be attached to terminate or change the direction of line (Dead-man).

Winch:

The winch represents the effort or physical action used to overcome resistance.

Load:

The load represents resistance. It is the weight to be moved (Opposing effort).

Dead-man:

The point to where you can attach the other half of your load. This is accomplished by attaching snatch blocks in your rigging. By routing to another location, you allow the load to be shared. The rigging must include the use of mechanical advantage to successfully reduce tension on the lines and remain within the capacity of the winch.

LOAD
In the example above, there are three (3) lines
attached to the load. The effort to pull the load is now reduced by a 3:1 mechanical advantage.
364
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 156
Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS
The following two rigging examples show the same angle of pull (90°) and the same snatch block positioning. The only difference is the positioning of the load has changed. By simply changing this one factor, your rigging has totally changed.

Example A
Illustrates how the snatch block is being used for mechanical advantage. This configuration is used for reducing line tension. The load imposed on the snatch block is 1,000 lbs. There are two lines to the load and the snatch block moves with the load, reducing the line tension.

Example B
Illustrates how the snatch block is not being used for mechanical advantage but for change of direction. Now that the snatch block has been anchored, the load imposed on the snatch block is 1,410 lbs. There is only one line to the load and the snatch block does not move with the load.

MECHANICAL ADVANTAGE VS. CHANGE OF DIRECTION
1,000 lb
“Change of Direction” s.
90° Angle
1,000 lbs.
“Mechanical Advantage”
90° Angle
Anchor Point
365
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 157
Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS

CHANGE OF DIRECTION EXAMPLES
Using a snatch block connected to the D-Ring on the back of the tow truck allows you to achieve a straight pull. This is a change of direction because the snatch block is not moving with your recovery/pull.

Using a snatch block connected to the D-Ring on the back of the tow truck allows you to achieve a downward pull in situations such as rollovers and recoveries. This is a change of direction because the snatch block is not moving with your recovery/pull.

Using a snatch block connected to the chain pocket on the side of the bed of a car carrier allows you to move the front of the vehicle sideways during the loading.

PARALLEL LINES
Parallel: Lines, planes, surfaces, or objects side by side that have the same distance continuously between
them. If extended to
infinity, parallel lines
will never cross.

A snatch block properly attached and rigged has its best advantage when effected with two connecting lines. This is known as a “two-part line” or “parallel lines”. Each line would equally share the load and the tension on each part to 1/2 the tension of a single line. Adding additional snatch blocks in the rigging can further divide and reduce line tension.

LOAD

ANCHOR POINT

PARALLEL LINES

UNDERSTANDING LINE TENSION
As you can see, the snatch block DOES NOT lighten or reduce the weight being held, it only relieves the tension applied on each line to the load.

Example (B)
Shows 2 lines to the load. The same amount
of weight is being lifted, yet the stress is
now being dispersed between two points,
creating less stress on one point, and more
balance and stability throughout your body.

This entire load is supported by one line
and supports 100% of the weight.
50 lb. LOAD
ex. A
This load is shared by
two lines and each line
supports 50% of the
weight.
50 lb. LOAD
ex. B
Example (A)
Shows one line to the load. If you were to
hold this, your arm would bear the entire
load and your body would tend to lean to
the side of the load carried, causing you to
be unbalanced and unstable.

CALCULATING LINE TENSION ON EACH LINE
When rigging snatch blocks attached to the load, as the line angle increases, the tension on each line part will increase.

LOAD
120° ANGLE
THIS EXAMPLE AT 120°, SHOWS THAT EACH LINE PART WILL SUPPORT 100% OF THE LOAD
BY RE-RIGGING THE LINE TO A 90° ANGLE, EACH LINE PART NOW SUPPORTS 70% OF THE LOAD, THEREBY REDUCING LINE TENSION BY 30%.
90° ANGLE
LOAD
Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS
368
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 160

ANGLE FACTORS
The angle that the winch line enters and leaves the snatch block can dramatically influence the line tension. It is important to understand how angles can work for you and more importantly, how they can work against you. Never exceed the rated WLL of any snatch block. Use the chart below to determine the total load being imposed on each line in a rigging:

ANGLES
0°
30°
60°

LINE TENSION
50% OF THE WEIGHT

ON EACH LINE
52% OF THE WEIGHT

ON EACH LINE
58% OF THE WEIGHT

ON EACH LINE
90°
120°
70% OF THE WEIGHT

ON EACH LINE
100% OF THE WEIGHT

MECHANICAL ADVANTAGE LOSS - LINE ANGLES ADD TENSION

LINE LOAD
1,500 LBS.

LINE LOAD
1,560 LBS.

Tension on each line is 50% of
the total load. This is known as a
2 to 1 mechanical advantage.

Tension on each line is 52% of
the total load. This is loss of
mechanical advantage due to
the 30° angle.
3,000 LB. VEHICLE 3,000 LB. VEHICLE
Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS
370
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 162
MECHANICAL ADVANTAGE LOSS - continued

LINE LOAD
1,740 LBS.
3,000 LB. VEHICLE 3,000 LB. VEHICLE

LINE LOAD
2,100 LBS.

Tension on each line is 58% of the total
load. This is loss of mechanical
advantage due to the 60° angle.

Tension on each line is 70% of the
total load. This is loss of mechanical
advantage due to the 90° angle.

LINE LOAD
3,000 LBS.
3,000 LB. VEHICLE

LINE LOAD
3,000 LBS.

Tension on each line is 100% of the total load. This has no mechanical advantage and each part of these lines
support 100% of the load.

LOAD IMPOSED ON A SNATCH BLOCK
When a snatch block is used to change direction and/or attached as a fixed block, it will subject the block to loads greatly different from the weight being lifted or pulled.

As the line angle decreases, the load on the snatch block will increase. It is very important to understand the effects of line angle factors in snatch block use. Never exceed the WLL of any block attached in a rigging. Regardless of the angle of the pull, the line tension will remain constant. Use the chart below to determine the total load on a block by multiplying the factor by the line load.
90°
60° load
load
45°
load
an
c
hor
ANGLE
45°
60°

ANGLES FACTOR MULTIPLIERS
FACTOR

1.84 1.73
90° 1.41

LOAD IMPOSED ON A SNATCH BLOCK
Look closely at every snatch block in your recovery line rigging. Evaluate each aspect of your rigging to ensure that you DO NOT exceed the WLL.

Example B
In this example, the line is routed
through a snatch block at 90°
to the load. The 1,000 lb. load
is multiplied by the angle factor
of 1.41. This results in a snatch
block load of 1,410 lbs.

Example A
1 winch, 1 fall line, 1 return line at
60° = 58% of the load = 580 lbs. line
tension per line. The load on the
snatch block is 1,000 lbs.
1,000 LBS.
1,000 LBS.

EXAMPLE
A

RECOVERY REQUIRING SNATCH BLOCKS
In this recovery scenario, use the same recovery estimate method and calculate this recovery. Establish your recovery and rigging to safely recover this vehicle. 4,700 lbs.

USE THE SPACE BELOW TO ILLUSTRATE THE RIGGING

SNATCH BLOCK RECOVERY
30° SLOPE
4,700 LBS.
=÷
=

SURFACE TYPE
1,551
SLOPE
2,350
DAMAGE
1,175
TOTAL

RESISTANCE
5,076
++
TOTAL

RESISTANCE
5,076

MECHANICAL

ADVANTAGE
2 to 1
LINE PART 1
2,538
LINE PART 2
2,538
Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS
378
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 170
A.) The weight imposed on any snatch block should never exceed the WLL or rated capacity per the manufacturer’s recommendation
B.) Snatch Blocks must never be used in any manner that may side load, back load, or tip load the fitting hook of that block
C.) Keep all body parts away from the pinch or crush contact areas, as well as the area between the hook and load
D.) All snatch blocks should be inspected prior to use to ensure that they are in good working order, sufficiently lubricated, and properly maintained E.) Any component attached to or working with a snatch block must be used for its intended purpose and must be properly connected or attached
F.) Snatch block safety latches must be in good working condition G.) Never impose a load on the safety latching device
H.) Only the appropriate size and grade of wire rope should be used with a snatch block I.) Never allow wire rope lines that are rigged through a snatch block to become crossed or make contact with each other during each use
J.) The lock pin of any snatch block must be fully engaged K.) Snatch blocks equipped with a securement or security pin must be properly set before beginning any work
L.) Never allow anyone to assist you with any snatch block work unless they are qualified and knowledgeable in the proper use and application of snatch blocks M.) Designate an area of safety in and around any rigging or snatch block use N.) Do not allow bystanders or others to be in the immediate area O.) In the event of an unexpected failure in any of the rigging components, never position yourself and others in an area where backlash can occur P.) All snatch blocks should be placed so that the tip of the lifting hook faces in an upward direction during any winching operation
Q.) Do not use a snatch block if you are uncertain of its ability to safely perform an operation during its use
R.) If you are unsure of any snatch block procedure, you must ask a qualified individual for assistance

SNATCH BLOCK SAFETY REMINDERS
Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS
379
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 171
NOTES_
380
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 172
SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENT Chapter 17: SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENT You’ll never arrive at the scene if you are involved in a traffic accident en route. Tow trucks are not emergency vehicles; they are not allowed to use center divides or right shoulders to get around traffic unless given permission by a law enforcement officer. Speeding to a scene compromises your safety and the safety of other motorists. Although the incident you are responding to may be causing heavy congestion, you are required to obey all traffic laws.

RESPOND SAFELY
When approaching the scene of an incident, decide the best place to position your truck. It’s a judgment call based on the merits (or lack of) of a specific scene. Do not cross into an accident scene unless directed to do so by the incident commander. Remember not to block access or exits for emergency responders. Park out of traffic if possible and use only the appropriate lighting for the situation.

ARRIVAL TO AN ACCIDENT SCENE
Your main responsibility will be to follow the instructions of the officer in charge. You may have to speak with law enforcement, fire, medical personnel, customers, or bystanders at the scene. Use your people skills as you communicate: be friendly, understanding, and courteous.

Always be professional. Keep your dispatch office informed of your progress throughout the incident.

COMMUNICATIONS
Manage your time wisely. While waiting for law enforcement to finish their investigation and survey the scene. Study all aspects of the incident environment. Check with the incident commander for any issues such as access, hazardous materials, and traffic concerns. Move all bystanders safely away, and ask law enforcement for assistance. Get additional help from your company if necessary to perform the recovery safely. Think before you act and do not take any chances. Remember to always request assistance if you are not sure of what to do. Do not start a recovery if you are not confident that it is within your capabilities.

USE OF WARNING LIGHTS
Only use necessary and appropriate emergency lighting while at the scene of an incident. Some tow operators feel it necessary to use all of their warning lights when on scene. However, too much lighting may cause additional traffic congestion by distracting the motorists. This may slow traffic, possibly causing a second incident.

Be aware that your emergency lights, flood lights or spot-lights may blind oncoming traffic. Your flashing and/or rotating lights should only be used if your truck is blocking the road or if a definite hazard exists.

ROAD SERVICE CALLS
Know the location before you respond. Clear up any doubt about the description of the vehicle, nature of the disablement, any supplies necessary, direction of travel, etc. Activate your truck’s warning lights just prior to arrival and gradually pull over to provide assistance. Always leave about 1 to 1 1/2 truck lengths behind the disabled vehicle as a safety cushion should an errant or drifting vehicle strike your service vehicle. If the conditions are unsafe, get assistance from law enforcement. Always park completely out of the lanes of traffic and never assume that any location is safe.

Always approach from the curb side of the vehicle. Keep an eye on traffic and NEVER turn your back to it. The use of reflective cones may be necessary at some scenes.

ACCIDENT/COLLISION
Coordinate with the
scene commander
to identify and
address any potential
hazards at a collision
or recovery scene
such as fuel/oil leaks,
damaged or leaking
batteries, etc. Resolve
any potential hazards
before proceeding
with the hooking up
process of a vehicle.

Clean and clear traffic lanes as soon as possible, but only when it is safe to do so.

There will be some collision scenes that may need additional resources for the volume or amount of spill from a collision. These spills will sometimes exceed the amounts of absorbent or equipment that is commonly carried by a tow truck. It will be necessary to coordinate with the scene manager to ensure proper scene cleanup.

No tow truck driver
should leave a scene
that is not properly
cleaned up. There is
a hazard to passing
traffic, pedestrians,
or the environment
from debris or
spills. A towing
company and/or the
employee may be
held accountable for
their action, or failure to act, in providing a clean and safe roadway prior to leaving a collision scene. Let common sense and good judgment be your guide in these matters.

Resupply and clean all equipment that was used in scene cleanup. Properly dispose of any contaminated absorbent material and debris collected. Never put used absorbent, parts, or debris inside a wrecked vehicle.
383
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 175
Chapter 17: SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENT

TRAFFIC CONE RECOMMENDATIONS
It is recommended that tow trucks and/or car carriers carry a minimum of six (6) 28" retro-reflective traffic cones as part of their operational equipment. There are situations where the application of traffic cones may be necessary. Use common sense and keep safety in mind as you begin to set up a cone pattern at a scene. The use of cones may be advantageous over flares in some situations. The following is a partial list of guidelines to be aware of when using traffic cones:
• Evaluate the scene and determine the appropriate placement and cone pattern.

Find a safe route away from the immediate scene to begin cone placement and work your way upstream from the incident as you place each cone. • Keep your eyes on traffic and NEVER turn your back to traffic. • Place cones approximately 20 to 25 feet apart.
• Set cones in a taper pattern allowing for transition area for traffic to flow around the scene, NOT in the roadway.
• Cone patterns should be set to direct traffic to only one side of an incident.

TRAFFIC CONES
All tow operators should be trained in the safe practices for accomplishing their tasks in and near traffic on city or highway systems. Tow
truck operators must always be aware of their visibility to oncoming traffic and take necessary measures to
make the area safer. In addition, a tow truck operator
must NEVER jeopardize his own personal safety
or the safety of others. If there is any doubt about
traffic control procedures, immediately request law
enforcement.

Each scene or scenario must be evaluated based on traffic speed, traffic volume, hazards in the area, possible impact and/or effects of warning device placement, etc.

Qualified training, good judgment, and common sense should be your guidelines as you decide on what level of traffic control you provide at each scene. Any questions about blocking lanes, causing closures, or impeding the flow of traffic should result in calling out the proper law enforcement agency for assistance. Tow operators are not authorized to close roads or lanes.

Regardless of whether the incident site is a residential street, major city artery, two lane remote highway, or interstate highway system, you and the company you work for may be held accountable for your actions when a decision is made to block or close any portion of the road. It may be necessary to utilize flares, retro-reflective cones, or other warning devices at some scenes when you arrive or during the course of your duties. Under no circumstances should you allow anyone to assist you in traffic control.
384
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 176
Chapter 17: SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENT
Based on the above noted procedures, a cone pattern using six cones should be laid out with a minimum distance of 100 feet, but can be adjusted depending on the current oncoming traffic speed or other conditions.

When retrieving your cones, always work from the incident scene going away (upstream). Tow truck operators should never become complacent at any incident scene and must be alert for inattentive drivers or the possibility of intoxicated motorists. A cone pattern DOES NOT guarantee your safety or the safety of others in the area.

Note: Some incidents may require the presence of law enforcement due to the traffic speed, hazardous situations, etc. NEVER compromise your safety or the safety of others while attempting to provide traffic control.

TRAFFIC CONE RECOMMENDATIONS - continued

TRAFFIC CONTROL FOR TOW TRUCK OPERATORS
Most incidents that tow truck operators respond to will be minor traffic incidents.

These incidents are typically disabled vehicles and minor traffic accidents that result in partially or fully blocked lanes or lane closures of less than thirty (30) minutes.

Tow truck operators who do respond to these scenes should always remain calm and in control of their emotions. Generally, on-scene responders (from law enforcement, fire department personnel and department of transportation) will provide support for scene management. Tow truck operators should always attempt to rely on these agencies to provide incident management direction and traffic control.

If these resources are not immediately available, or the situation demands that the tow truck operator begin to place warning devices from his/her service vehicle to warn or alert oncoming traffic, then the tow truck operator must be knowledgeable in maintaining the safety of all people at the scene and the appropriate and proper placement of warning devices.

IMPORTANT i
TOW TRUCK OPERATORS MUST NEVER ATTEMPT TO STOP OR HOLD TRAFFIC. 385
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 177
Chapter 17: SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENT
It is recommended that tow trucks and/or car carriers carry a minimum of twelve (12) traditional style flares as part of their operational equipment. Use common sense and keep safety in mind as you begin to set up a flare pattern at an incident scene. The use of flares may be advantageous over cones in the evening and nighttime hours. The following is a partial list of guidelines to be aware of when using flares. • Use flares only as an initial or short term response warning device • Assess the scene and determine the appropriate placement and flare pattern • Find a safe route away from the immediate scene to begin flare placement and work your way back toward the incident scene as you place each flare • Keep your eye on traffic. NEVER turn your back to traffic • Determine if there is any fire danger prior to lighting any flare • When lighting a flare, point it downward and away from your body • Always turn your face away as you light each flare
• Keep flares away from your body by extending your arms • NEVER hold the burning end of a flare in an “up” position. This will avoid possible sulfur burns to your hands, wrists, or arms
• Attach the cap to the non-burning end of the flare before placing on the ground.

This will help keep the flare from rolling
• Avoid breathing the toxic fumes from the burning flares • DO NOT place flares on plastic striping, highway dots, or under or near any vehicles • Place flares in a taper pattern, allowing for a transition area for traffic to flow around the scene
• Flare patterns should be set to direct traffic to only one side of the incident • Based on the above noted procedures, a flare pattern using six (6) flares would be laid out with a minimum distance to 100 feet, but can be adjusted depending on the current oncoming traffic speed or other conditions.

EXTINGUISHING FLARES
To extinguish a flare, pick up the non-burning end of the flare and rub out the burning end on the pavement. NEVER throw a flare or leave a flare burning unattended.

Always work from the incident scene going away, as you extinguish and terminate the flare pattern. The following are examples of situations where the use of flares may be a hazard:
• Gasoline, diesel, or any other fuel is present at the scene • The presence of any other flammable substance
• The presence of an explosive
• An area that could easily catch fire, such as dry brush.

WARNING !

SCENE SAFETY - DISCUSSION POINTS
• Your safety first
• Safety for all at a scene
• Understanding vicarious duty
IMPORTANT i

PERSONAL SAFETY, CUSTOMER SAFETY AND SCENE SAFETY ARE THE MOST IMPORTANT TOPICS WE COVER. TRAINING, REASONED DECISIONS AND FOLLOWING

PERSONAL SAFETY
Tow truck operators find themselves in many different situations during the course of their duties and many can be potentially dangerous. The most important issue for all tow truck operators is their focus on safety. Keep yourself safe at all times. This will include but is not limited to the following:
• Having a clear understanding of your equipment, its proper use and its limitations. • Wearing of safety apparel and the utilization of other safety devices. • Always face traffic. NEVER turn your back to oncoming traffic. • Never become so complacent in doing your job that you get “comfortable” while on the streets and highways.
• Always plan your escape route during roadside duties. Keep your eye on traffic and be ready to react to any situation which you believe places you in jeopardy. • Check traffic before you exit your tow truck.
• Exit your tow truck from the passenger side whenever possible.

IMPORTANT i

YOU MUST KEEP YOURSELF SAFE FIRST SO THAT YOU CAN CONTINUE TO MAKE THE

AREA SAFE FOR OTHERS AND FOR ONCOMING TRAFFIC AS IT ENTERS THE SCENE OF YOUR WORK.

AIRBAG SAFETY
Airbag Facts
Most frontal airbag systems work in deceleration, rather than impact, to set the system off during an impact.
• Side airbag systems can deploy during an impact rather than deceleration • It is highly unlikely that during the normal towing process you will cause an airbag to deploy
• It is highly unlikely that during a typical recovery you will cause an airbag to deploy • If proper jump-starting procedures are followed, jump-starting a vehicle will not affect an airbag system
With any vehicle involved in a collision where airbags have not deployed, use extreme caution if entering the vehicle. Do not place your body close to the airbags.

Disconnect the battery terminals and tape up the ends; then wait at least ten minutes before entering the vehicle or beginning the tow.

Dual Stage Airbags
Some vehicles are equipped with frontal dual stage airbags. A deployed dual stage air bag will look the same whether one or both stages are deployed. Always assume that a deployed dual stage inflator module has an active second stage and could deploy a remaining airbag if the vehicle is bumped or moved.

In some airbags, a canister of sodium azide is converted to nitrogen gas to deploy an airbag. The nitrogen gas inflates the bag and then quickly deflates. Some smoke coming from the deployed inflator module is normal; the smoke is actually airborne particles from the inflation.

WARNING !

ACUTE EXPOSURE TO THE DUST OR GAS PRESENT WHEN AN AIRBAG IS DEPLOYED MAY PRODUCE ADVERSE REACTIONS THAT MAY INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:

HEADACHE, DIZZINESS, CONFUSION, BRONCHIAL IRRITATION AND MUCOUS MEMBRANE IRRITATION. SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION IF YOU BELIEVE THAT YOU HAVE BEEN ACUTELY EXPOSED. WHEN WORKING AROUND A VEHICLE THAT HAS DEPLOYED AIRBAGS, ALLOW GASSES TO DISSIPATE FOR TEN TO TWENTY MINUTES.

CUSTOMER/BYSTANDER SAFETY
Although law enforcement will usually provide
scene management at a collision or vehicle
disablement, there will be times when it will be
necessary for you, as a professional tow truck
driver, to take the necessary steps to provide
safety to your customer or bystanders during
the course of your duties. It is very important to
immediately evaluate the situation, recognize
any potential hazards, and take actions to
provide for a safer environment.

This can be difficult at times since customers and bystanders are not familiar with scene safety or do not understand the potentially hazardous situations. You must provide clear instructions to everyone in the area and attempt to move them to a safer situation. Although you do not have the authority to force people to comply, most people will understand and follow a reasonable request to move to a safer area. If a customer or bystander refuses or does not want to comply, use your public relations skills to convince them towards safety.

Here are a few suggestions:
• Immediately move people away from passing traffic and the roadway • Keep your eyes on people and be aware of their movements • Do not allow anyone to wander or roam around in the area • Do not place anyone in a position of foreseeable danger • Offer the cab of your tow truck as an area of safety
• Assist people entering and exiting the cab of your truck • Suggest they wear the seat belt while in the truck cab • Do not begin your work until you have provided for scene safety • Never allow anyone to walk, stand, or work between vehicles • Call for assistance or help from law enforcement when necessary • Never allow anyone to enter the vehicle while it is lifted off the ground • Some areas or surroundings are not safe. Never leave or abandon a customer in an unsuitable area, as there may be situations that may compromise their safety.
• It is the duty of the tow operator to ensure motorist safety even if service is not provided. It may even be a good idea to transport the customer to a “safer” location.
391
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 183

CLASSROOM DISCUSSION
Arrival to an Accident / Disablement Scene:

FREEWAYS • Approaching accident scenes • Approaching disabled vehicles • Merging out of traffic • Positioning truck at a scene • Blocking traffic • Vehicles in traffic lanes • Center dividers • Right shoulders STREETS • Approaching accident scenes • Approaching disabled vehicles • Merging out of traffic • Positioning truck at a scene • Obstructing traffic • Parking lots • Residences • Backing • Delivery of towed vehicles Chapter 17: SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENT
392
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 184
NOTES
393
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 185

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
Most of the time when a tow truck operator arrives at a scene where hazardous material is present, it has been contained and it is safe to proceed. However, there have been incidences in which hazardous material has not been discovered until after a vehicle recovery has begun.

Keep in mind that not all vehicles containing hazardous materials will be marked with a placard. For instance, a vehicle used to haul pool cleaning supplies may carry acids that are highly corrosive and can cause major injuries to skin, lungs, and eyes. Remember, if you are unsure if hazardous materials are present, ask and get help.

WARNING !

IF YOU SUSPECT A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL AT AN INCIDENT WHICH YOU ARE WORKING, GET HELP AND NOTIFY THE INCIDENT COMMANDER IMMEDIATELY.

THE BEST PLACE FOR YOU AND OTHERS IS AWAY AND UPWIND FROM THE SUSPECTED HAZARDOUS MATERIAL.
• If you believe that you have been
contaminated by a hazardous
material, inform emergency personnel
immediately.
• Do not smoke, eat, or drink around
hazardous material. Never attempt
to inhale, touch, or taste an unknown
material to identify it. IT CAN KILL YOU!
Chapter 18: HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
394
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 186
A.) Communicate any danger to emergency responders.

B.) Always consider the possibility of multiple hazard categories in each hazard class.

C.) Approach all hazardous material incidents from upwind and upgrade, positioning vehicle/ apparatus headed away from incident.

D.) At any hazardous material incident, you may have delays while first responders are tending to the injured in order to save the lives of others.

E.) The first operational priority: isolate the hazard, secure the area, and limit the spread of material.

F.) Never eat, smoke, or drink at or around hazardous material incident scenes until you decontaminate and wash hands, face, and hair thoroughly.

G.) Think safety with every breath you take.

H.) Do not provide medical aid or rescue until you are convinced it is safe to do so.

I.) When Fire or Hazmat arrives on the scene, they will determine what available protective clothing is compatible with the materials involved in the incident.

J.) The minimum safety perimeter is usually 1,000 feet beyond the inner perimeter boundaries in open air areas.

K.) Only those emergency personnel, in the proper level of protective clothing and positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus, are to operate within the inner perimeter.

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL SAFETY REMINDERS
Chapter 18: HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
395
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 187
NOTES_
396
© Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 188
Chapter 19: HYBRID & ELECTRIC VEHICLE SAFETY
WARNING !
Contact with the high voltage system must be avoided for your personal safety; the high voltage wiring can normally be identified by the bright orange (sometimes yellow or blue) wiring loom easily seen under the hood and throughout the vehicle.

Hybrid Electric
Vehicle
A hybrid
electric
vehicle (HEV)
uses both an
electric motor
and an internal
combustion
engine to
propel the
vehicle.

Plug-In Hybrid
Electric Vehicle
A plug-in hybrid
electric vehicle
(PHEV) uses
electricity obtained
by plugging into
the grid to power
an electric motor,
and similar to a
pure hybrid, also
utilizes an internal
combustion engine.

Battery Electric Vehicle
A battery electric vehicle (BEV) is powered
exclusively by electricity from its on-board
battery, charged by plugging into the grid.

NEVER TOUCH, CUT OR OPEN ANY ORANGE HIGH VOLTAGE CABLES OR HIGH VOLTAGE COMPONENTS UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES.

All towing and road service to a hybrid / electric vehicle must be within the noted manufacturer's safe procedures, cautions, and warnings as outlined in the vehicle owner's manual, AAA Tow & Service Manual, or
Hybrid Vehicle Procedures Manual.

Because of the continuing changes and modifications
during model year changes, the possibility exists that
you may not be familiar with current road service
concerns. Check carefully each time as you respond
to each road service or tow request.

Important notes when servicing or towing a hybrid/electric vehicle:
• Never assume a hybrid / electric vehicle is shut off simply because it's silent, or you don't hear an engine/motor running.
• Never allow any person in the immediate area to assist you who is not knowledgeable in hybrid/electric vehicle service.
• Always approach a hybrid vehicle from the side, never from the front or back of the vehicle.
• Always chock the wheels and set the emergency brake, preventing the vehicle from moving forward or backwards.
• Secure the keys and store them a minimum of 16 feet away. • Be aware and expect that a hybrid/electric vehicle's engine may start on its own, without any warning.
• Never touch, cut, or breach any high voltage wiring, cables, or system components. • Failure to follow the manufacturer's safety instructions may result in serious injury or death.

HYBRID/ELECTRIC VEHICLE INVOLVED IN ACCIDENT
CAUTION:

In the event of damage to or fire
involving a hybrid/electric vehicle:
• Always assume the high voltage (HV)
battery and associated components
are energized and fully charged.
• Exposed electrical components,
wires, and HV batteries present
potential HV shock hazards.
• Venting/off-gassing HV battery vapors are potentially toxic and flammable. • Physical damage to the vehicle or HV battery may result in immediate or delayed release of toxic and/or flammable gases and fire.

RESPONDING TO THE SCENE OF AN ACCIDENT
• Determine if the vehicle is a hybrid or electric vehicle, and if it is, advise your dispatch and all other responders that a hybrid or electric vehicle is involved. • Always approach vehicle from the sides to stay out of potential travel path. It may be difficult to determine if the vehicle is running due to lack of engine noise. • If you detect leaking fluids, sparks, smoke, flames, increased temperature, gurgling, popping or hissing noises from the HV battery compartment, ventilate passenger area (i.e., roll down windows or open doors), notify first responders or call 911 if they are not on scene.
• Use your judgment and if the vehicle has only minor damage, prepare vehicle to remove from the scene. Chock the wheels, set emergency brake, place vehicle in park, and secure the keys 16 feet away.
• If major damage is observed, get assistance from emergency first responders to disconnect power source and discharge system.
• Call an authorized service center or vehicle manufacturer representative, if necessary, to determine additional steps that you should take to safely recover or transport the vehicle.
• Never touch, cut or breach any high voltage wiring, cables, or system components. • Never allow any winch cables, chains, hooks, or other recovery devices to come in contact with any part of the high voltage system during winching or recovery operations. Refer to vehicle manual/recovery guide to locate proper attachment/ connection points and transport method.

STORING HYBRID/ELECTRIC VEHICLES
• Do not store a severely damaged hybrid/electric vehicle with a lithium-ion battery inside of a structure or within 50 feet of any structure or vehicle. • Ensure that passenger and cargo compartments remain ventilated. • Prior to placing and while located in storage area/tow lot, continue to inspect vehicle for leaking fluids, sparks, smoke, flames, gurgling or bubbling sounds from the HV battery and call 911 if any of these are detected. • Notify authorized service center or vehicle manufacturer representative as soon as possible. There may be additional steps necessary you or they can take to secure, discharge, handle, and store the HV battery and vehicle. • Maintain clear access to stored vehicles for monitoring and emergency response if needed.
• Always assume the high voltage battery and associated components are energized and fully charged.

A.) Never cut orange high voltage, or yellow or blue medium voltage cabling.

B.) Never touch damaged or submerged high voltage or medium voltage cables or components.

C.) Lack of engine noise in most hybrids and electrics does not mean that the vehicle is OFF. Silent movement or instant restart capability exists until vehicle is fully shut down.

D.) Store vehicle at least 50ft. from structures or vehicles.

E.) High voltage electrolyte leakage should be minimal but is likely caustic and/or flammable if released.

F.) Some damaged vehicles may require the use of personal protective equipment that towers are not equipped or trained with. Leave disconnecting and discharging of high and medium voltage batteries to the trained professionals.

There is not a second chance! The mishandling of high and medium voltage wiring, cables, and system components is fatal.

7.3 Towing and storage Contract Questionnaire
Question 9 – Dispatch Training Manual
404
Rev 5.1
User’s Guide
IT Help Desk:
866‐800‐8677 Option 1
or
[email protected]
405
TOPS User Manual Table of Contents
Rev 5.1
- i -
General Information................................................................................................................. 1 System Overview ................................................................................................................ 1 Central Resource for Information....................................................................................... 1 Basic Definitions.................................................................................................................. 1 General Notes / Tips ........................................................................................................... 2 Screen Resolution ............................................................................................................... 3 System Maintenance .......................................................................................................... 3 Support................................................................................................................................ 3 Optional Features..................................................................................................................... 5 GPS Truck Tracking.............................................................................................................. 5 Dispatch Location / Destination Mapping .......................................................................... 5 TOPS Link............................................................................................................................. 5 TOPS Mobile........................................................................................................................ 5 VIN Decoding ...................................................................................................................... 6 Bar Code Inventory Management ...................................................................................... 6 Accounting Options............................................................................................................. 6 California DMV Integration................................................................................................. 6 Call Taking................................................................................................................................. 7 Entering New Calls.............................................................................................................. 7 Required Fields.......................................................................................................................... 7 Call Details Section (Fields Not Required)...............................................................................10 Vehicle Section (Fields Not Required).....................................................................................12 Miscellaneous Section (Fields Not Required)..........................................................................13 Tow Pricing ..............................................................................................................................15 Quick Call.................................................................................................................................15 Integrated Call Mapping System....................................................................................................17 Dispatch .................................................................................................................................. 19 Dispatching a Call.............................................................................................................. 19 Assigning a Call ........................................................................................................................20 Paging ......................................................................................................................................20 Dispatch Multiple Drivers / Single Call ....................................................................................21 Filtering Dispatch Screen.........................................................................................................25 Custom Settings.......................................................................................................................27 Updating Call Status ................................................................................................................28 Unassigning Calls.....................................................................................................................29 Completing Calls......................................................................................................................30 Completing Dispatch ...............................................................................................................31 After the Call is Dispatch Complete .................................................................................. 32 Finding a Call (Search) .............................................................................................................32 Pricing the Call.........................................................................................................................32 Add a Payment ........................................................................................................................33 Delete payment.......................................................................................................................34 Overmileage ............................................................................................................................35 Retow ......................................................................................................................................35 406
TOPS User Manual Table of Contents
Rev 5.1
- ii -
Dropoffs...................................................................................................................................36 Change Call Status............................................................................................................. 38 Inventory to Complete ............................................................................................................38 Place a Vehicle in Inventory ....................................................................................................38 Releasing from Inventory ........................................................................................................40 Accounting.............................................................................................................................. 43 Reconciliation.................................................................................................................... 43 Reconciling from the Checkout Screen ...................................................................................44 Reconciling from the Call Screen.............................................................................................47 Confirmation ..................................................................................................................... 48 No Charge Calls........................................................................................................................50 Exporting / Retrieving Data .....................................................................................................52 Completing Disposed Vehicle Calls................................................................................... 54 Auctioned Vehicle ............................................................................................................ 54 Scrapped Vehicle ............................................................................................................. 56 Sold Vehicle...........................................................................................................................................57 Adjustments...................................................................................................................... 59 Daily Accounting ............................................................................................................... 61 Reconciliation Checklist .................................................................................................... 62 Confirmation Checklist...................................................................................................... 63 Troubleshooting Accounting.................................................................................................. 65 Employees............................................................................................................................... 67 Drivers..................................................................................................................................... 68 Trucks...................................................................................................................................... 71 Customers............................................................................................................................... 74 Customer Private Property Impound Database (PPI)........................................................... 76 Tow Tickets............................................................................................................................. 78 Lot / Inventory........................................................................................................................ 80 Services and Pricing................................................................................................................ 82 Lien.......................................................................................................................................... 92 Auction.................................................................................................................................. 101 User Settings......................................................................................................................... 118 Company Settings................................................................................................................. 121 User Management................................................................................................................ 124 407
TOPS User’s Guide General Information
Rev 5.1
- 1 -
System Overview
TOPS (Towing Operations Software) is a powerful, flexible and easy‐to‐use towing and recovery management system that allows you to streamline the dispatching process, improve accountability, track inventory and assets, and produce meaningful reports.

TOPS is a completely integrated software solution that provides all of the tools needed to manage and increase efficiency in all aspects of your towing operation. Every feature provided by TOPS is dedicated to making each towing company more effective than ever before. TOPS features automated pricing and lien management, helps to ensure employee accountability with tow ticket management and the driver checkout system, and provides detailed management reports for sales activity, truck and driver productivity, customer activity, and much more.

Central Resource for Information
Information, once stored in many different locations, such as customer data, inventory data, dispatch history, driver / truck history, and pricing information, can now be stored in a centrally accessible database. You can use this central database to find and use information much more quickly.

Improved Dispatching and Company Management
At any time it is possible for multiple staff members to know exactly what is happening with your entire call load, including volume of calls, drivers on duty, trucks and equipment in service, inventory of all lots, and the status of all tows and services.

Basic Definitions
Short Codes Abbreviations for customers, drivers, trucks, etc. When entered into the appropriate field, they quickly find information for the record associated with that short code.

Single Click Means to click once using the left mouse button.

Double Click Means to click twice quickly using the left mouse button.

Right Click Means to click once using the right mouse button.

Wild Card Refers to the asterisk (*) button used during searches.

Window and Screen These terms are used interchangeably in this document and refer to an open TOPS window or TOPS screen.

Main The Main portion of TOPS consists of the Call, Dispatch, Customer, Driver, Truck, Reports, Inventory, Maintenance and Sale buttons.

Maintenance The Maintenance portion of TOPS consists of the Checkout, Lien, Payment, Pricing, Service, Tow Ticket, Employee, Main and Sale buttons.

Sale The Sale portion of TOPS consists of the Seller, Auction and Bidder buttons. 408
TOPS User’s Guide General Information
Rev 5.1
- 2 -
The following figure shows the Main window of TOPS.

The following figure shows the Maintenance window of TOPS.

General Notes / Tips
• Single‐click to select
• Double‐click to edit
• Gray labels indicate fields that are not editable. These fields may be automatically filled by TOPS, entered elsewhere in the program, or not accessible to the user. • Fields highlighted in yellow are required. You will not be able to save any information on a screen until all yellow fields are filled in.
• Use the Tab key to advance to the next field. To go backwards using Tab, hold down the Shift and Tab keys simultaneously.
• A down arrow next to a field indicates that you can populate this field by selecting from a list. Click on the arrow to display the pull‐down menu. • Press the Enter key in any date field to select the date from a calendar. • On the Dispatch screen and in any search results window, you can change the width of rows and columns by clicking and dragging.
• On the Dispatch screen and in any search results window, you can change the position of columns by clicking and dragging.
• If you prefer using your keyboard to a mouse, each button has an Alt‐shortcut. To use the shortcuts, hold down the Alt key while you depress the letter that’s underlined in the name of the button you’d like to select. (For example, to start a New call on the Call Screen, press the Alt‐key and the letter ‘N’ at the same time.) 409
TOPS User’s Guide General Information
Rev 5.1
- 3 -
Screen Resolution
If you are unable to view the entire screen in the TOPS program, for example the bottom part of the call screen is chapped off, then it is highly likely that the screen resolution for your monitor is set too low. The TOPS program needs to be run in at least 1024 X 768 screen resolution. The following instructions outline the procedure for adjusting your screen resolution.

1. Click on the Start Menu button located at the bottom left corner of the screen

2. Click on “Control Panel”

3. Double click on “Display”

4. Click on the “Settings” tab at the top of the window

5. In the “Screen Resolution” section of the screen, move the slider bar to read “1024x768”

6. Click Apply at the bottom right
At this point your screen resolution will change. You may get a popup asking if you want to keep this resolution. If so, click “Yes”. Your screen resolution is now changed. Log out of TOPS and log back in for the change to fully take effect.

TOPS System Maintenance
All systems at one time or another require maintenance. TOPS maintenance is generally planned for off hours and on weekends. The maintenance window generally does not last more than one hour. In some cases, users may not notice an outage.

On occasion there may be need for an Emergency Maintenance Window. In these cases, the Information Technology group will do their best to minimize the outage and will notify users with as much advance warning as possible.

TOPS Support
Telephone Support
We provide 24‐hour, 7 day per week telephone support. Our standard, toll‐free telephone support is available to all customers between 8AM and 6PM ET, Monday through Friday, excluding holidays. Our support center can be reached at 877‐401‐2345, Option 1. After hours support is available through our on call support staff which can also be reached at 877‐401‐2345, Option 1. We ask that hold general and non‐emergency questions until the next business day.

Email Support
Support issues can be submitted online and will be addressed promptly. Our support staff will contact you by telephone or e‐mail during normal business hours regarding your issue.

Support issues should be e‐mailed to [email protected]. 410
TOPS User’s Guide General Information
Rev 5.1
- 4 -
towXchange Knowledge Base
In addition to this manual, you may also consult our Knowledge Base for answers to some of our more frequently asked questions. The Knowledge Base is accessible through you’re My towXchange login on the towXchange.net web site.
411
TOPS User’s Guide Optional Features
Rev 5.1
- 5 -
TOPS Optional Features
GPS Truck Tracking – BudgetGPS.com
TowXchange offers a low cost truck mounted GPS solution for towing companies. This system is marketed under the name of BudgetGPS. Towing related pricing can be found at www.budgetgps.com. For more information, please visit www.budgetgps.com or contact towXchange, Inc. at 866‐800‐8677.

TOPS Dispatch Location / Destination Mapping Integrated with GPS The TOPS Dispatch screen is now integrated with our towGPS product. This integration allows users to see call location information, call destination information and current vehicle locations on the same map! Icons on the map are uniquely identified and this new visual dispatch tool offers a new perspective in dispatch call management.

Two requirements are necessary to use the Dispatch Integration tool with GPS:

1. You must have an active GPS account using the towGPS / BudgetGPS / TOPSGPS system. Pricing can be found at www.budgetgps.com .

2. You must subscribe to the TOPS address verification system which allows each user to verify address information as calls are entered into the TOPS system. This service is enabled with our Dispatch Integration tool and cost pennies per call.

Contact towXchange for more information.

TOPS Link
TOPS Link provides a powerful tool to increase communication with your customers, while saving you time and money. TOPS Link is a web based tool where towing companies can offer their customer a web portal into their TOPS system for the purpose entering new calls, monitoring call dispatch status, checking inventory status all with detailed search capabilities. This service will save your dispatchers time in dealing with new calls and call updates. Contact towXchange for more information.

TOPS Mobile
Eliminate stress in your dispatch office and improve your call dispatch time stamps by equipping your drivers with TOPS Mobile. TOPS Mobile is accessible through the use of a web enabled mobile device allowing drivers to see current calls and offers the ability for 412
TOPS User’s Guide Optional Features
Rev 5.1
- 6 -
drivers to update call time stamps as calls are being work. TOPS Mobile offers real‐time call updating without the need for voice communication via radio or phone with your dispatch office. Improve your call management today! Contact towXchange for more information.

VIN Decoding
Enable vehicle VIN Decoding for your TOPS system for a nominal one‐time annual fee. With a valid VIN, users can decode vehicle Year, Make, Model and Body Type. Contact towXchange for more information.

Bar Code Inventory Management
Using handheld mobile technology cut your lot inventory time down from a day to an hour.

Scan you lot and only deal with the exceptions. Contact towXchange for more information.

Accounting Options
• Simple Billing – Included with TOPS, Simple Billing offers a convenient way for customers to manage their billing directly from TOPS. Companies are able to print invoices, statements, and manage aging. Users can run sales summary reports to feed their financial accounting packages.
• QuickBooks Integration – Is your company large enough to require a direct integration to QuickBooks? TOPS offers a direct feed to QuickBooks allowing users to import invoices directly. This offers users additional flexibility in billing, reporting and bank account management. A small setup fee is required. For more information, contact towXchange.

California DMV Integration
Processing California Liens? If so, TOPS offers integration with the California DMV allowing users to pull Vehicle Registration information as required for Lien processing. TOPS lien with CA DMV Integration allows users to process liens quickly and at a reduced cost. TOPS Lien processing allows towing companies to eliminate the middleman. The only requirement is that you have a CA DMV Requestor code. Contact towXchange for more information.

Contact towXchange at 86‐800‐8677 about these and other integrated features. 413
TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking
Rev 5.1
- 7 -
Entering New Calls
Upon login to TOPS, the window will be blank except for the toolbar across the top. Click the Call button at the top left of the TOPS window to display the Call Screen in New mode.

Note: Dispatchers will spend the majority of their time on the Dispatch screen. To enter a new call from the Dispatch screen, click on the New button. This action will take you to the Call screen in New mode, where you can enter new call information. When you save the new call, you will automatically return to the Dispatch screen.

The Call screen contains all information pertaining to a tow. When taking a New call, obtain the required information from the caller, and enter it into the appropriate fields in the Call Details, Vehicle, and Miscellaneous sections.

Required Fields
Fields that are highlighted in yellow are required information fields. These include the Customer, Location and Tow Type fields.
414
TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking
Rev 5.1
- 8 -
Selecting a Customer
The Customer field may be completed by using the arrow to display a drop‐down list of customer names or by typing the ‘Short Code’ for the customer.

Note: Please see the Customer Section for a description of the PP (Private Property Impound) button located next to the Customer Field
Call Location / Destination
Users can enter the call location and destination directly into the location and destination fields or by using the address formatting window.

To access the address formatting window, click the @ symbol button to the left of the location or destination field to display the text box for entering the address (Pressing the Enter key while in either field will also open this window). The bracket icon will open a 415
TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking
Rev 5.1
- 9 -
formatting window for both the location and destination. The Locale field is designed for the street address. The Use City, State check box will pull the City and State from your companies address record. Other Information such as cross street, mile marker, etc. should be entered into Other Info. (Latitude, Longitude and the Get Coordinates button are discussed in the Mapping Section)
After entering the address information, save your changes to return to the call screen.

Tow Type
Tow Types are selected by entering the tow type short code or by using the drop‐down arrow associated with the Tow Type field. The screen below displays the drop‐down list of available tow types.

Available tow types include:

Tow Type Short Code Tow Type Short Code
Light Duty LD Light Duty Flatbed LDF
Heavy Duty HD Heavy Duty Flatbed HDF
Heavy Duty Recovery HDR Heavy Duty Rotator ROT
Dropoff DO Lot Management LM
Vehicle Transport VT Specialized Transport ST
Medium Duty MD Medium Duty Flatbed MDF
Maintenance and Service MS Service Patrol SP
416
TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking
Rev 5.1
- 10 -
Entering Additional New Call Data
After entering the required fields, the call taker has the option to save the call or add any additional information desired before saving the call.

Saving the New Call
To save the call, click the Save button at the bottom of the screen. This will transfer the call to the Dispatch screen.

The following fields are automatic fields within the Call Screen. • The Call number, Call taken Date/Time stamp, Call Taken by and Call Status fields are automatically populated when the call is saved. (With the appropriate security access, users can change the call taken Date/Time prior to the call being saved the first time.)
• Call priority field is assigned based on the account information. If necessary, the priority can be modified on the Call Screen. Default Priority is 9.

Note: The next section addresses the New call fields which are not required.

Call Screen Fields NOT Required – Call Details Section
Setting Appointments/ETA
Appointments can be set when new calls are entered by specifying the appointment date and time in the Appoint: field (in Call Details on the Call Screen). Appointment dates and times must be in the following format:

M/D/YYYY HH:MM:SS AM
(i.e. 6/8/2008 10:23:42 AM)
417
TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking
Rev 5.1
- 11 -
Double‐click in the Appoint: field to add the current date & time and edit that information as necessary. If there is no time entered, the system assumes the appointment time is 12:00:01 AM for the specified date.

When TOPS is set up, each location will have a default setting to indicate how far in advance appointment calls appear. This setting can be overridden on the Settings Screen if necessary. Checking the Show All Appointments checkbox on the Dispatch screen will override the settings and will show every future appointment entered into the system.

An ETA may be entered in the ETA field in minutes. The minutes will be translated to a date and time field when you tab out of the ETA field. If you have entered an appointment, you will not be able to enter an ETA.

Reason
Reason is used for selecting the reason for the tow. The reason field includes selections such as Accident, Battery, Driveline, etc.

Truck Req
Truck Required is used for specifying a specific type of truck. If the customer request or if the call taker determines a specific type of truck is required for the call, the selection is made using the Truck Req drop‐down list.

Eqp Rqd
The Equipment Required field is designed for adding informational notes about special equipment needed for the call.

Dispatch Notes
Dispatch Notes are designed for Dispatch and Dispatcher related notes.

Driver Notes
Driver Notes are designed for Driver related notes.

No Charge (check box)
When checked, the call is set as a No Charge call.

Portal To Portal (check box)
When checked, is used to calculate total mileage charges based on the drivers starting point and final ending point. (This field can be flagged as a required field based on a specific customer’s requirements. This requirement is set on a customer by customer basis from the customer screen. If required, this check box is automatically set when taking a new call.) Tow Ticket
Tow Ticket is used for entering the drivers tow ticket (or invoice) and is typically entered when the call is dispatch complete.
418
TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking
Rev 5.1
- 12 -
Second Commission Applies (check box)
When checked, this will append the second commission amount (defined on the driver screen) to the first commission for creating the drivers commission for this specific call.

Call Screen Fields NOT Required – Vehicle Section
Year
Vehicle Year (Enter manually or automatically populated using the VIN decoder) Make
Vehicle Make (Select manually or automatically populated using the VIN decoder) Model
Vehicle Model (Select manually or automatically populated using the VIN decoder) Type
Type is used for selecting a body type for the vehicle. (Select manually or automatically populated using the VIN decoder)
Color
Color defines the color of the vehicle (Select manually NOT automatically populated using the VIN decoder)
Tag #/State
Used to define the Tag # of the vehicle being towed and Tag State. Tag State is selectable for a drop‐down list.

Tag Expiry
The Expiration date of the vehicles Tag. This is entered as a full date (Month/Day/Year) or as Month/Year. If entered as Month/Year, the system will translate into a full date and will select the last day of the month. (5/2008 is translated to 5/31/2008) Odometer
Odometer reading of the vehicle being towed. (This field can be flagged as a required field based on a specific customer’s requirements. This requirement is set on a customer by customer basis from the customer screen. If required, the word “Required” will auto populate in the field when a new call is taken and the user is warned if they try to save a call without replacing the word “Required”.)
419
TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking
Rev 5.1
- 13 -
VIN
The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) of the vehicle being towed. This field will check the validity of the VIN and warn the user if an incomplete or inaccurate VIN is entered. (This field can be flagged as a required field based on a specific customer’s requirements. This requirement is set on a customer by customer basis from the customer screen. If required, the word “Required” will auto populate in the field when a new call is taken and the user is warned if they try to save a call without replacing the word “Required”.) VIN Decoder (Optional)
The TOPS Call screen also includes a built in VIN decoder for decoding full 17 digit VIN numbers and returning the following information; Year, Make, Model and Body Type. The VIN field is designed to verify you have entered a full 17 digit VIN, and will also warn the user if the VIN is not valid or if data already exist in these fields. If users decode a VIN when data already exist in these fields, the data will be overwritten. To decode a VIN, enter a full 17 digit VIN and press the decode button to the left of the VIN field in the Vehicle section of the call screen. Pressing the VIN decode button will populate the Year, Make, Model and Type field. The user can use the VIN decoder at any time prior to call confirmation. Please contact towXchange to gain access to the VIN decoder feature.

Owner, With Vehicle (check box) and Phone
These fields are designed to track the vehicles owner information. The Owner field is for the owners name, the w/Vehicle check box signifies the owner is waiting with the vehicle and the Phone field is for the owner’s phone number.

Hold (check box), Until and Hold Notes
Select the Hold (check box) if the vehicle is to be held for a period of time. The Until field is a Date field for the Hold Until Date and the Hold Notes field contains notes associated with the vehicles Hold.

Call Screen Fields NOT Required – Miscellaneous Section 420
TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking
Rev 5.1
- 14 -
Membership # and Expiration Date
If the vehicle being towed has and affiliation that requires you to track a Membership # and Expiration Date, the information is stored in these fields.

PO #
Purchase Order number associated with the tow. (This field can be flagged as a required field based on a specific customer’s requirements. This requirement is set on a customer by customer basis from the customer screen. If required, the word “Required” will auto populate in the field when a new call is taken and the user is warned if they try to save a call without replacing the word “Required”.)
RO #
Work Order number associated with the tow. (This field can be flagged as a required field based on a specific customer’s requirements. This requirement is set on a customer by customer basis from the customer screen. If required, the word “Required” will auto populate in the field when a new call is taken and the user is warned if they try to save a call without replacing the word “Required”.)
Mileage Reqd
If the Mileage Required check box is checked, users cannot save the call without entering the mileage on the dispatch tab of the call screen. (This field can be flagged as a required field based on a specific customer’s requirements. This requirement is set on a customer by customer basis from the customer screen. If required this check box is automatically set when taking a new call.

Zone
If the tow is related to a Zone (typically used with Police accounts), the data is entered into this field.

Police Number and Police Beat
These fields are used to store Police related information User Defined Fields
These fields are designed to allow the towing company the ability to create a unique field that is not already addressed in the standard set of fields on the call screen. These fields are a text only field and cannot be formatted. These fields can be renamed by the towing company. (These fields can be renamed in the TOPS Company Settings section of the user portal accessible from the towXchange web site. Manager level access is required to access this information.)
Adding a Payment when taking a new Call
If required, users can enter a payment as they are taking a new call. Payments entered at the time new calls are created are considered “Pending” Payments and are intended to be dealt with after pricing items are added to a call. The Receipt type must be changed prior to 421
TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking
Rev 5.1
- 15 -
call confirmation. Pending Payments are added on the Payment tab in the lower left of the call screen.

Tow Pricing
After a Customer and a Tow Type have been selected, default pricing is added to the call. If required, the call taker can click on the Tow Pricing Estimate button to see a pricing estimate. Any default services and pricing that have been assigned to the customer and tow type specified in the Call details will automatically appear here. Additionally, the call taker has the option to add additional services to the Pricing estimated as required. Work within the Tow Pricing Estimate does not transfer to Tow Pricing.

Call Takers also have the ability to add Tow Pricing items as new calls are added. For Additional Information see the Pricing section of this manual.

Quick Call
The Quick Call feature within TOPS will allow users to quickly enter a call into the system without having to work the call through Dispatch. This feature is ideal for entering calls after the call has been completed (i.e. weekend calls being entered on Monday). In addition to the basic new call requirements, the system will recognize the call as a Quick call when the user enters the following additional information:
• Call Taken Date and Time
• Tow Ticket Number
• Driver and Truck Short Code on the Dispatch tab of the call screen • Completed Date and Time on the dispatch tab of the call screen 422
TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking
Rev 5.1
- 16 -
Typical Quick Call Screen
Steps to enter a Quick Call

1. With the Call screen in New mode, enter the Call Taken date and time.

2. Enter all additional information in the Call Details, Vehicle and Miscellaneous sections of call screen.

3. Enter the Tow Ticket Number

4. Enter the Driver and Truck numbers on the Dispatch tab of the call screen

5. Enter the Dispatch Completed Date and Time
Note: The Dispatch Complete Date and Time must be greater than the call taken date and time.

6. After the Dispatch Complete Date and Time is entered, the Complete Dispatch Dialog box will open allowing the user to select the call status. Select the appropriate call status from the Complete Dispatch Dialog box.

Note: If the destination of the call is a Lot, the Complete Dispatch Dialog box will not display.

7. The user can now enter the Dispatch time stamps manually or the user can click the arrow just to the right of the Dispatch Complete date and time.

8. Save the call.
423
TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking
Rev 5.1
- 17 -
Integrated Call Mapping System
The Integrated Call Mapping System allows the Location and Destination fields on the TOPS Call screen to link directly to Google™ Maps, providing your dispatch office with an accurate and up to the minute map, including turn by turn directions, ETA and mileage.

The system can be accessed from both the Call, and Dispatch screens.

Accessing the mapping while on the call screen is done by clicking on either the question marks to the right of the Location and/or Destination Fields, or by clicking on the Bracket icon located to the right of the question marks.

Clicking on one of the question marks will bring up a map of that location and surrounding area (provided you have entered valid address). Clicking on the bracket will bring up a detailed map between the location and destination, including total mileage, ETA and step by step driving directions.

The mapping system interprets the information entered into the two fields, and therefore requires correct address formats to be used. You can insure the correct format through one of two methods.

1. Click in the Location or Destination field, and hit the Enter key or click the “@” symbol to the left of the location and destination field or by clicking the bracket to the left of the @ symbol will open a location/destination window where users can enter both addresses.

This will open a new window where the user can enter the appropriate address information into the fields, including Locale (street address), City, State, and Other info. Once you have entered your information, click on the Save Changes button to save the info into the chosen field.
424
TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking
Rev 5.1
- 18 -

2. You may also enter the information in the location or destination fields in the following format: Locale (address), City, State, Other Info. (each separated by a comma)
The “Get Coordinates” button is primarily associated with our GPS product integration which allows you to verify an address and capture the Latitude and Longitude coordinates for a specific address. If you would like to use this tool, please contact our Helpdesk. There is a minor fee associated with address validation. If your company does not subscribe to our address validation service the “Get Coordinates” button is not accessible.

Note: If the location or destination is in the same city and state as your location then you only need to enter the Locale (address). The “Use City/State” check box is enabled by default. When setting up New Customers on the Customer Screen you have the option to setup “New Call Defaults”. These new call defaults are fields that are automatically populated when you take a call for a specific customer. If you always tow from the same location or to the same destination for a specific customer, you can setup their location and/or destination as a new call default to save time when taking calls. When setting up a location or destination new call default, make sure the address is formatted correctly to take advantage of the integrated mapping. From the Inventory screen you now have the ability add you lot inventory locations address. When creating a new call, you have always had the ability to choose which lot the vehicle will be going into, from the drop down menu to the right of the Destination field. Now, with the new Map system, when you select a lot from that drop down list, the system will look up the address information for that lot (which is stored on the lots inventory screen) and will apply that address information to the Destination field automatically.

Users may also access call mapping from the Dispatch screen. Selected calls from either the Unassigned or Assigned section can be mapped by selecting the appropriate Map button that coincides with the calls status. To map a call in the assigned section, highlight the call to be mapped and press the Map button at the top of the assigned section. This functionality works the same for calls in the unassigned section.

Hermosa Beach City CouncilApril 9, 2024

Hermosa Beach City Council
April 9, 2024